Rebekah Radice https://rebekahradice.com Social Media Speaker, Consultant, Trainer Thu, 12 Jul 2018 19:18:22 +0000 en-US hourly 1 https://wordpress.org/?v=4.9.7 3 Steps to Set Achievable Social Media Goals For Your Business https://rebekahradice.com/set-achievable-social-media-goals-for-your-business/ https://rebekahradice.com/set-achievable-social-media-goals-for-your-business/#respond Sun, 08 Jul 2018 21:30:09 +0000 https://rebekahradice.com/?p=13034 If you want to achieve success on social media, you need to set the right goals. And yet, strategic goal setting is a challenge for over 80% of small business owners. Though the statistics might sound daunting, don’t worry. You can create social media goals, track and measure them, and do it all without it […]

The post 3 Steps to Set Achievable Social Media Goals For Your Business appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>

If you want to achieve success on social media, you need to set the right goals. And yet, strategic goal setting is a challenge for over 80% of small business owners.

Though the statistics might sound daunting, don’t worry. You can create social media goals, track and measure them, and do it all without it being a huge time-suck.

During this Brand Authority Podcast, you’ll get clear on the…

  • Who
  • What
  • Why
  • When
  • How

… of strategic (and company aligned) social media goals.

If you’re ready to win more customers, increase revenue, and drive significant business growth, listen in!

Subscribe to Brand Authority Podcast in iTunes

3 Steps to Set Achievable Social Media Goals For Your Business

Highlights From Episode 21

  Before You Begin: Reflect on The Previous Year

Before you begin setting your goals, you need to look back and reflect on the previous year. It will help you highlight and examine what worked for you and what didn’t.

Fnd a quiet place and write down your answers to these questions:

  • Is your business exactly where you want it be?
  • Have you achieved everything you set out to do?
  • Is your clientele exactly who you want them to be?
  • Is revenue growing at an exponential rate?

All of these will translate into your business and social media goals.

  Step 1. Create High-Level Social Media Objectives

Start out by writing down your top three social media objectives. Remember that these should support your main business objectives. They should also challenge and inspire you.

One of the best ways to check whether you’ve set the right goals is to ask yourself: “Is this something that, when achieved, would blow my mind?” All of your objectives should get a resounding “YES!” to this question.

Once you’ve set your objectives, it’s time to create 3 key business or social media results for each objective.

While objectives are what you want to achieve, your key results are how you’re going to get there.

Source: Weekdone

As soon as you jot these down, take a minute to write down one Stretch Goal – the BHAG (Big Hairy Audacious Goal).

This should be a high-performance ambitious goal that will have a big impact on your results. Make sure it’s clear, compelling, energizing, and highly focused.

  Step 2. Prioritize Your Objectives

Your next step is to prioritize your objectives and determine what the end result will look like.

So, for each objective answer the following question:

When I achieve ______, _______ will (increase, improve, radically change by) _______ (%, #, leads, etc.)

Be as specific as possible in what that outcome will be.

If you cant visualize it, you’ll never be able to take the right steps to get there.

  Step 3. Create a Plan of Action

You’ve written down your goals. Now it’s time to make sure you actually follow through and turn them into reality.

You need to envision what you need to make happen to achieve your goals.

What you need is a plan of action. This is where you’ll work through the tiny daily details that formulate your action plan.

Now schedule deadlines for all of these goals and objectives. Deadlines are the fuel that powers your social media goals, and the milestones that keep you motivated and inspired by your end goals.

Once your goals are written, keep them in front of you.

Source: Finances Online

Final Thoughts

Looking at your goals as a whole often makes them look unachievable. That’s why you need to break them down into smaller actionable steps and start turning them into daily to-do’s.

If you really want to put your goals on overdrive, download my 2018 Goal Setting Guide and worksheet.

It will walk you through every step of how to create business and life goals that help restore clarity back into your business and life.

Want to learn more?

Subscribe to the Brand Authority Podcast

Subscribe on iTunes

Subscribe on SoundCloud

Subscribe on Stitcher

Subscribe on Google Play

People, Brands and Resources Mentioned:

2018 Goal Setting Guide

Evernote

Trello

Jira Atlassian

Want to View on YouTube Instead?

The post 3 Steps to Set Achievable Social Media Goals For Your Business appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>
https://rebekahradice.com/set-achievable-social-media-goals-for-your-business/feed/ 0
How to Use Social Media to Sell More Products https://rebekahradice.com/use-social-media-to-sell-more-products/ https://rebekahradice.com/use-social-media-to-sell-more-products/#respond Thu, 05 Jul 2018 10:10:01 +0000 https://rebekahradice.com/?p=13029 Social media is more than a traffic and engagement driver. It’s also one of the best ways to sell more products and increase sales. Sure, it takes time to build trust with your audience, but as you do… … that trust turns into motivation to purchase. But to do that, you need a holistic solution. […]

The post How to Use Social Media to Sell More Products appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>

Social media is more than a traffic and engagement driver. It’s also one of the best ways to sell more products and increase sales.

Sure, it takes time to build trust with your audience, but as you do…

… that trust turns into motivation to purchase.

But to do that, you need a holistic solution. Rather than focusing on one-off tactics, you connect strategically align your sales and marketing efforts.

And that’s what I talk  about in  episode 20 of the Brand Authority Podcast.

Listen in as I share a few ways you can use social media to sell more products, generate revenue, and create a consistent stream of income.

Subscribe to Brand Authority Podcast in iTunes

How to Use Social Media to Sell More Products

Highlights From Episode 20

  1. Promote Your Product or Service (the Right Way)

Social Media is the perfect place to make connections and share with the world who you are, what you do, and who you help.

However, if all you share is promotional content, you’ll lose audience interest fast. That’s why you need to intermix your promotional posts with those that bring value to your audience.

For example, earlier this year, I released a Goal Setting Guide. If all I did was promote that, my audience would soon lose interest. If, on the other hand, I share insightful ways of how other people are creating goals within their business, and combine that with my downloadable – that’s value!

So, take the time to think about your product and the outcome you’re creating. Then, come up with creative ways to mix value with promotion.

  2. Build an Email List

Not everybody who’ll see your social media posts will be ready to buy. That’s where email marketing comes in. It helps you nurture those relationships into paying customers.

Pairing social media with email marketing is a way to move people off social channels and into a more personalized conversation.

Once they’re on your email list, you can nurture that relationship over time.

Share relevant information that aligns with the reason they signed up. For example, they opted in after clicking through from a tweet about Facebook Ads. Once they’re on that list, don’t make the mistake of sharing anything and everything.

Create an email workflow that shares past blog posts, downloads, podcasts and other items of value around that topic.

The key is retaining their attention by moving them further into your funnel.

Source: Hiver

  3. Create And Sell Informational Products

If you’ve cultivated a social media following that views you as an authority, your next step is creating and selling an informational product. This can be an ebook, online course, online event, or any number of digital items.

Whatever you decide to create, know that it doesn’t have to take a long time and you don’t have to create it from scratch.

An easy way to decide on topic is to go back and look at your top-performing content.

You can also use Google Analytics, Google Console, or tools like Buzzsumo to find topics that your audience loves.

Better yet,  just ask your audience what they want from you. Crowdsourcing and gaining instant feedback from your social media followers gives you invaluable insight into what they want, need, and will eventually buy.

  4. Affiliate Marketing (Products You Don’t Have to Create)

If you’ve built a loyal audience that trusts you,  affiliate marketing might be the right revenue solution for you.

Think about the tools you use on a daily basis. Would you be comfortable promoting them on your blog, social networks, and so on? If the answer is “yes,” see if they have an affiliate marketing program.

From there, you’ll sign up, get your special URL, put together a marketing campaign, and then earn a commission for every sale.

I suggest you only promote the tools and products you use yourself and know to be beneficial. Be transparent and tell your followers that it’s an affiliate promotion, but that you’d never recommend something you don’t already use.

Nothing creates distrust faster or puts a wedge between you and your audience like dishonest or disingenuous motives.

Source: Ebay

  5. Sponsored Posts for Relevant Products

Last but not least, if you don’t have a product of your own or find affiliate marketing difficult to pitch, sponsored posts might be a way to go.

This revenue stream can also be a nice complement to everything I’ve mentioned above.

If you’ve worked to cultivate a loyal online community, companies might want to work with you to expand their reach into your market. Dependent on the type of content (blog posts vs. social posts), the price will vary.

But just like affiliate marketing, you must be very careful in who you choose to promote. Anybody and everybody is not a strategy, it’s a desperate revenue tactic and your audience will sniff that out a mile away.

Be picky in who you partner with, just as the company who chooses to work with you should be. And remember, what want from you isn’t all about the numbers.

Companies are not necessarily looking for someone with a huge following. What they want is someone with an active community – people with the authority to get others to take action.

Use a tool like IZEA (free to signup) to connect with companies looking to sponsor. Once registered, IZEA will place you with companies that have a relevant need.

Final Thoughts

I’ve shared 5 strategies to sell more products on social media, but don’t worry. You don’t need to tackle them all at once.

Start with one, implement it, and then add on.

Whatever you choose, remember that “promotion” and social selling are not dirty phrases. Don’t be shy!

Give yourself the permission and the freedom to sell your product and services, and go for it!

Want to learn more?

Subscribe to the Brand Authority Podcast

Subscribe on iTunes

Subscribe on SoundCloud

Subscribe on Stitcher

Subscribe on Google Play

People, Brands and Resources Mentioned:

2018 Goal Setting Guide

ConvertKit

Buzzsumo

IZEA

Want to View on YouTube Instead?

СохранитьСохранить

The post How to Use Social Media to Sell More Products appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>
https://rebekahradice.com/use-social-media-to-sell-more-products/feed/ 0
This is the One Thing Holding Every Entrepreneur Back From Success https://rebekahradice.com/one-thing-holding-every-entrepreneur-back-from-success/ https://rebekahradice.com/one-thing-holding-every-entrepreneur-back-from-success/#comments Thu, 10 May 2018 21:05:39 +0000 https://rebekahradice.com/?p=13202 Are you an entrepreneur frustrated by the day to day grind? Feel as if the glorified hustle so many talk about just isn’t for you? It’s easy to get distracted by the urgency of what’s happening in your business and lose sight of what’s most important. It’s also easy to fall into the trap of […]

The post This is the One Thing Holding Every Entrepreneur Back From Success appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>

Are you an entrepreneur frustrated by the day to day grind?

Feel as if the glorified hustle so many talk about just isn’t for you?

It’s easy to get distracted by the urgency of what’s happening in your business and lose sight of what’s most important.

It’s also easy to fall into the trap of believing what everyone else’s version of success is, instead of focusing on your own.

In today’s show, I share how detrimental it is to forget what matters most in your life and business, and how to:

  • Learn the power of saying no
  • Embrace your version of success
  • Never lose focus on your own intentions

Tune in and read below for the full transcript!

This is the One Thing Holding Every Entrepreneur Back From Success

I had lunch with a friend the other today. You know this kind of friend…the one where time and space don’t exist.

You can talk once a month or once a year and always fall right back into sync. The conversation is always effortless and the time together is priceless.

That’s why this lunch was different. The vibe was off and the small talk was clueing me into a much bigger problem.

My friend, typically an open and transparent person, was engaged in idle chatter.

She’d mentioned the weather, feigned interest at the menu, and even glibly talked about animal rescue, a topic saved for serious and often heart-wrenching conversation.

Little did I know, the next hour we’d share would become a profound moment.

The Simple Revelation

What was revealed wasn’t a revelation. In fact, I believe it’s something all entrepreneurs struggle with.

And yet, it’s never discussed.

There’s shame, fear, and a whole lot of “I should have known better,” tied into the topic.

That’s why it’s so important that we face it head on.

Because it’s the thing holding her back… and the one thing keeping you from achieving radical success.

Why This One Thing is Holding You Back

As I sat there listening to her chat  about her day, her week, her life, her business… I asked what was really bothering her. That’s when she started to spill.

She said she was frustrated, felt like she was running, and chasing, and spinning on a hamster wheel.

Now keep in mind, this is someone who’s successful, has been an entrepreneur for a decade, and seemingly has it all figured out.

And yet, here we were, having a conversation about boundaries, and success, and the lure of “the entrepreneurial hustle.”

That’s when she looked me straight in the eye and asked, “Is this really what being an entrepreneur is all about? Am I supposed to chase someone else’s version of success my entire career?”

No, I told her. That’s not at all what it’s about. But I could see the look of shame in her eyes.

And believe me, it hit me like a ton of bricks. Why?

Because I totally get it. We’ve all fallen into the trap.

We’re busy.

  • Busy building a life.
  • Busy building a business.
  • Busy raising a family.
  • Busy grabbing our piece of happiness.

But when you look at it… can you honestly say that the “busy-ness” equals productivity, joy, and success?

She couldn’t and I suspect you feel the same.

Taking Back What’s Yours

Every day is a battle won if you can focus on the important, push away the urgent, and stay aligned with what truly matters.

Maybe it’s your family, maybe it’s your new client, maybe it’s an exciting project you’re working on… whatever your “important” is, keep it right in front of you.

Post it on the wall, write it on your whiteboard, put it on a freaking sticky note if it helps. But don’t let it leave your sight, your mind, or your determination.

Over to You

How are you going to make every day matter?

It’s time that you focus on your one thing and push everything else aside.

Decide and commit to making your “important,” your everything.

Subscribe to the Brand Authority Podcast

Subscribe on iTunes

Subscribe on SoundCloud

Subscribe on Stitcher

Subscribe on Google Play

The post This is the One Thing Holding Every Entrepreneur Back From Success appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>
https://rebekahradice.com/one-thing-holding-every-entrepreneur-back-from-success/feed/ 2
The Case for Influencer Marketing (and How it Will Change Your Business) https://rebekahradice.com/the-case-for-influencer-marketing-and-how-it-will-change-your-business/ https://rebekahradice.com/the-case-for-influencer-marketing-and-how-it-will-change-your-business/#comments Mon, 30 Apr 2018 08:00:45 +0000 https://rebekahradice.com/?p=12986 Did you know that 92% of people trust recommendations from individuals over brands? It makes sense if you think about it. After all, would you rather buy a product you’ve seen online or one that was recommended to you by someone you trust? For most, it’s the latter. And that’s where the power of influencer […]

The post The Case for Influencer Marketing (and How it Will Change Your Business) appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>

Did you know that 92% of people trust recommendations from individuals over brands?

It makes sense if you think about it. After all, would you rather buy a product you’ve seen online or one that was recommended to you by someone you trust?

For most, it’s the latter.

And that’s where the power of influencer marketing comes in. It helps you connect with an all-new audience and on a much deeper level.

Still not sure if influencer marketing is right for your business? In this episode of the Brand Authority Podcast, I make a case for influencer marketing, sharing why it’s a key ingredient to your marketing strategy and how you can find the right influencers for your brand.

Subscribe to Brand Authority Podcast in iTunes

The Case for Influencer Marketing (and How it Will Change Your Business)

Highlights From Episode 19

ROI

Huge follower and subscriber numbers look and feel fantastic, but what do they matter if they’re not translating into a return on investment?

Influencer marketing is one of the most effective ways to get it. In fact, according to a case study by TapInfluence and Nielsen Catalina Solutions, influencer marketing delivers 11x the ROI of digital marketing.

And the best part is that the return on influencer marketing is the gift that keeps on giving. Unlike ads, most influencer created content will stay online, maintaining an evergreen benefit.

Rather than an expiration date, it brings in leads and engagement months and even years later.

Source: Jeffalytics

Authentic Experience

Traditional advertising is becoming less and less effective and it’s obvious why: it interrupts the customer experience.

No wonder 47% of online customers use ad block technology! But influencer marketing is a completely different way to reach that audience.

Source: Hubspot

While people can block out ads, there’s no way they’ll be able to block out native advertising – advertising that is so organically embedded in valuable content that it’s barely noticeable.

When you find an influencer that relates to your audience, you’re able to extend your reach to an all-new market and build organic growth.

That’s because influencer marketing places your brand within organic content, creating a natural and authentic experience for the audience.

And it’s an experience they’re more likely to enjoy and remember.

Consumer Trust

Consumers are increasingly cynical. In fact, almost 70% of consumers don’t trust advertising and 42% distrust brands, seeing them as part of the establishment and therefore ‘remote, unreachable, abstract and self-serving.’

All of this according to a new study by Trinity Mirror.

But what they do trust is the opinion of people they know and respect. These are the influencers they’ve been following and listening to – people who’s opinion they’ve grown to rely on.

However, keep in mind that a huge follower count doesn’t necessarily mean that the individual is influencing buyer behavior.

That’s why you need to look at how many people are commenting on the posts, and if any of them are automated. Also, make sure the influencer is interactive with that audience.

By leveraging influencer marketing and getting the “big star” to talk about your brand or product, you’re breaking into that circle of trust in a very natural way.

But in order to keep it real, you need to make sure that:

  • Your product or service is relevant to the influencer’s niche and content focus
  • The influencer has a good understanding of what you’re offering and can present it in a way that shows a clear benefit to their audience

Highly Targeted Audience

Influencers are called “influencers” because of their popularity and following. Think about what would happen if:

  • Those followers learned about your product or service?
  • You solved a real problem they’re facing?
  • Your price point was designed specifically with them in mind?

You’d become an overnight sensation!

Source: Woomio

But  you need to make sure that the influencer’s followers fall into your target audience. Why waste time and money getting your content in front of millions of people if none of them care about what you have to offer?

Makes zero sense for you or the influencer.

You need to find those people in your niche that have the same target audience as you. The easiest way to do that is by looking at their content.

If yours is a local business, make sure you also check location. You’re better off with a smaller influencer in your city than a huge one with an audience in a different city or country.

How to Find The Right Influencer

Buzzsumo

Buzzsumo will help you find top bloggers writing about your niche. Go to the “Influencers” tab and run a search for your keyword.

Click through to their blog, check out their social channels, get to know them first, connect with them second.

Social Media

Start with the channel your company is most focused on. If it’s Instagram, you can do a search for your niche hashtags and look at the top nine “trending” posts. See who’s posting and if they’re the right influencer for you.

You can also do a search by people. Follow one person and Instagram will suggest a few more.

You should also begin with a simple survey of the influencers you already know. Ask them about their favorite person to follow.

While you’re looking for influencers on social, don’t forget about LinkedIn. Do a search for your keywords and scroll through the influencers.

See what they’re posting on LinkedIn Pulse and how much engagement they’re receiving. You can start interacting by sending them a personal and customized message.

PitchBox

PitchBox is a tool that will help you find influencers in a matter of seconds. It also makes it very easy to find and create a customized outreach email to manage that relationship, and to track each step of the way.

Tap Influence

This tool is an opt-in marketplace that gives you instant access to thousands of registered and experienced influencers. It makes it simple to find, measure, and track the effectiveness of the outreach.

Bitly

Use Bit.ly to check whether or not the influencer is driving traffic. Many people don’t realize this, but you can look at the stats of any Bit.ly link.

Copy the Bit.ly URL and add a + sign to it. That will give you the inside data on where the link originated and how well it’s performing.

Final Thoughts

Influencer marketing is one of the best and easiest ways to get your content in front of a large audience in a real and authentic way.

The key is to find the perfect influencer to collaborate with!

Now, over to you: do you leverage the power of influencer marketing? Who have you built a relationship with?

Subscribe to the Brand Authority Podcast

Subscribe on iTunes

Subscribe on SoundCloud

Subscribe on Stitcher

Subscribe on Google Play

People, Brands and Resources Mentioned:

The List-Building Blueprint

Want to View on YouTube Instead?

The post The Case for Influencer Marketing (and How it Will Change Your Business) appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>
https://rebekahradice.com/the-case-for-influencer-marketing-and-how-it-will-change-your-business/feed/ 5
5 Social Media Marketing Tactics That’ll Improve Your Conversion Rate https://rebekahradice.com/social-media-tactics-improve-conversion-rate/ https://rebekahradice.com/social-media-tactics-improve-conversion-rate/#comments Tue, 06 Mar 2018 17:50:34 +0000 https://rebekahradice.com/?p=12978 Social media is one of the most powerful lead generation tools available today. Problem is, time and effort on social media doesn’t always translate into real leads. But given the fact that content marketing costs 62% less than outbound marketing and generates three times as many leads, it’s time to turn that effort into results. […]

The post 5 Social Media Marketing Tactics That’ll Improve Your Conversion Rate appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>

Social media is one of the most powerful lead generation tools available today.

Problem is, time and effort on social media doesn’t always translate into real leads.

But given the fact that content marketing costs 62% less than outbound marketing and generates three times as many leads, it’s time to turn that effort into results.

If you’ve been using the same strategies and frustrated that your social media content isn’t converting, listen in to the latest episode of the Brand Authority Podcast.

Tune in as I talk about the “why” behind your social media content, the real reason why it’s not converting, and how you can fix it.

Subscribe to Brand Authority Podcast in iTunes

5 Social Media Marketing Tactics That’ll Improve Your Conversion Rates

Highlights From Episode 18

  1. You Don’t Differentiate Your Personal Brand

If you don’t know what sets your brand apart from the competition, how do you expect your audience to get it?

Social media is a way for you to express what makes you unique. And before you push back on this idea, think about it like this.

Whether you’re an entrepreneur, small business owner or marketing manager, you’re a reflection of the company.

And in a crowded online world, positioning your personal brand as an expert and authority in your field is only going to help… not hurt company visibility.

This is what people like Arianna Huffington, Steve Jobs, and Richard Branson did for The Huffington Post, Apple, and The Virgin Group. Each represented themselves as well as the brand, extending trust from one to the next.

And once you do this, creating content that resonates with your audience will become infinitely easier.

Instead of shooting in the dark, your audience tells you what they’re looking for. And more than that, they’ve connected with you on a personal level.

They rally around you and enthusiastically share content coming from you and your company.

  2. Your Content Doesn’t Answer The “What’s In It For Me?” Question

Consumers don’t have time to look at your content for hours or even minutes. They’re moving at a lightning pace and have mere seconds to research, interact, and decide what company they’ll connect with.

Source: Neil Patel

That’s why it’s critical to find a way to capture their attention right off the bat. To do this effectively, you need to answer their WIIFM (what’s in it for me) question.

First, get clear on what problem you’re solving, and how you uniquely create a positive outcome for your audience.

Next, make sure to incorporate your answer into every piece of content, including your online conversations.

And finally, ensure that all of your posts and daily interactions are straightforward with a clear call to action.

Don’t leave your potential customer guessing what your company is all about – they may guess wrong.

  3. You Lack Creativity

If your social media content is boring and lifeless, your traffic, leads, and sales will suffer.

Get creative and make every piece of content scream YOU!

Source: Happier

When you add creativity and originality into the mix, you give insight to your audience into:

  • Who you are
  • How you help
  • Why you do what you do

People don’t want to do business with a stranger, especially one that’s unappealing and boring to them. They want to connect with people they know, like, and trust.

Create content that’s both creatively appealing, and speaks the language of your audience. Creativity will help add a new level of personality and make your content uniquely yours!

  4. Your Content Doesn’t Educate

The purpose of social media should never be to simply spam your feed with promotional content.

Talk about things that matter most to your audience while creating intrigue and awareness through conversation.

Not sure what to talk about?

Ask yourself: is there a question that your customers ask over and over again? Find a way to answer it.

You can turn that into a new blog article, a quick tip, podcast, or a short video tutorial.

  5. You’re Too Slow to Respond or Follow Up

The easiest way to lose a lead is to take a lot of time to respond.

Just think about it: your potential customer has taken the time to reach out to you with a problem or question. If you don’t respond in a timely manner, you’re disrespecting (and possibly upsetting) them.

Source: Cooler Insights

Put a plan in place to quickly address their questions and a system for follow up after their initial contact.

A system will create consistency, and help you build trust and stay top-of-mind.

And remember… never let a lead drop off your radar. By doing that you’re leaving a potential customer’s decision up to chance.

Instead, feed your lead additional details and encourage them to move forward with you. Your follow up may come in the form of a phone call, tweet, email, face-to-face meeting, or any appropriate way of communication.

But always, always, always – circle back around.

  Final Thoughts

Content is a great way to communicate your thoughts and ideas. But not all content is created equal.

Design content with your audience and their journey in mind. What will it take to create awareness, nurture that relationships, and move them into activation?

What do they need to know to make an educated decision?

Focus on creating content that hits each aspect of the marketing funnel. Inspire them, encourage them, engage them.

Give them every reason (and then some) to take that next step with your business.

Subscribe to the Brand Authority Podcast

Subscribe on iTunes

Subscribe on SoundCloud

Subscribe on Stitcher

Subscribe on Google Play

Want to View on YouTube Instead?

The post 5 Social Media Marketing Tactics That’ll Improve Your Conversion Rate appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>
https://rebekahradice.com/social-media-tactics-improve-conversion-rate/feed/ 4
The Secret Sauce to Effective Social Selling https://rebekahradice.com/secret-sauce-to-effective-social-selling/ https://rebekahradice.com/secret-sauce-to-effective-social-selling/#comments Tue, 13 Feb 2018 16:27:23 +0000 https://rebekahradice.com/?p=12972 Getting lots of likes on social media feels great. But what do those likes mean to you if they don’t translate into customers? Nothing. That’s why it’s important to create content that drives leads and sales to your company. Because, let’s face it, social media and sales go hand-in-hand. In fact, research done by IDC, […]

The post The Secret Sauce to Effective Social Selling appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>

Getting lots of likes on social media feels great.

But what do those likes mean to you if they don’t translate into customers? Nothing.

That’s why it’s important to create content that drives leads and sales to your company.

Because, let’s face it, social media and sales go hand-in-hand.

In fact, research done by IDC, International Data Corporation found that:

  • 91% of B2B buyers are now active and involved in social media
  • 84% of senior executives use social media to support purchase decisions
  • 75% of B2B buyers are significantly influenced by social media

That’s why, in the latest episode of the Brand Authority Podcast, I share tips on how to increase social media conversions and get people to click, subscribe, and buy.

Listen in!

Subscribe to Brand Authority Podcast in iTunes

The Secret Sauce to Effective Social Selling

Highlights From Episode 17

  Understand The Needs of Your Audience

The most common reason your leads aren’t converting isn’t a complicated one.

It’s a lack of empathy and understanding into the needs of your audience.

If you don’t know who your audience is, what challenge they’re dealing with, and how you can solve it, you’ll never be able to convey the value you offer.

Take the time to understand their NEEDS:

  • Natural motivators
  • Energy
  • Enthusiasm
  • Desire
  • Story

Learn what moves potential customers to buy and the emotional triggers that encourage action. What do I mean by this?

If you want to get inside the head and heart of your target market, look to past behavior and a universal psychological truth.

In Maslow’s “Hierarchy of Needs,” there are three basic emotional triggers that drive consumer buying behavior:

  • Safety
  • Security
  • Sense of Belonging

To appeal to these basic needs, take a look at your product and the experience you’ve created around it.

Make sure it speaks to at least one of those three needs, incorporating empathy into your copy and conversation.

Source: Cities That Work

  Offer a Clear Benefit

Nowadays, it’s not enough to just sell a product. You need to sell an experience.

After all, it’s important that your customers have a very clear picture of the benefit your product or service offers, including their outcome.

What will they:

  • Get
  • Be Able to Do
  • Learn More Of
  • Increase
  • Improve

… because of your company?

Be clear in your explanation and make sure to show, don’t just tell.

 

Use social media to clearly share your solution, value proposition, and the experience it provides.

  Use a Simple, But Compelling Call-to-Action

You might think that your audience will read your post and know exactly what action to take, but that’s rarely true. Just like your significant other, they can’t read your mind. ?

That’s why you need to be direct in what you what that next step is. Do you want your audience to like, click, read, comment, share?

Be BOLD in what you ask for.

Stop with the ambiguous social media posts and formulate a clear and compelling call-to-action.

But remember, always offer enough incentive, value, and relevancy to your audience to give them a reason to take action.

Source: Truconversion

Your followers need to know exactly what they’ll get once they click or share. Never promise anything just for the sake of getting that click or share.

Always be transparent and true to your promise.

Social media has a lot of additional options, such as the Facebook “Call to Action,” and Twitter Cards, that can help you help your followers take action.

Whatever method you chose, be sure to test and measure. Test one variable at a time to see what drives the best results.

  Promote Your Posts

Let’s admit it – Facebook organic reach is decreasing at a rapid pace and is practically non-existent. For those of you who’ve been solely dependent on organic reach, that strategy will now be replaced by a paid model.

Treat this as an exciting challenge.

Instead of the days when you could throw a post up on Facebook and have 300 likes and comments in less than an hour, today you have to work for it.

This requires that you’re far more strategic in the placement of your content, context around it, tools you’re using, how you position your ads, manage your spend, and so much more.

That’s why the NEEDS conversation is critical.

The better you understand your audience, their needs, and where they’re at on their customer journey, the more targeted your posts and ads will be.

Final Thoughts

With the immense amount of changes happening across social media, don’t forget that its role remains the same.

It is, and always will be, the great connector.

Social media acts as a digital gateway into social sectors previously untapped by traditional marketing methods.

If you want to convert more leads into sales, you first need to start a conversation.

Share powerful content, get involved where they’re spending time, and make sure to leverage social media to tell a compelling story.

Everything else will flow from that.

Subscribe to the Brand Authority Podcast

Subscribe on iTunes

Subscribe on SoundCloud

Subscribe on Stitcher

Subscribe on Google Play

Want to View on YouTube Instead?

The post The Secret Sauce to Effective Social Selling appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>
https://rebekahradice.com/secret-sauce-to-effective-social-selling/feed/ 2
The Most Important Digital Marketing Skills in Demand Right Now https://rebekahradice.com/important-digital-marketing-skills-demand-right-now/ https://rebekahradice.com/important-digital-marketing-skills-demand-right-now/#comments Tue, 09 Jan 2018 13:00:21 +0000 https://rebekahradice.com/?p=12836 The digital world is evolving at a rapid pace. If you want to stay ahead, you must understand the changes taking place. In the latest episode of the Brand Authority Podcast, I share 4 of the most important digital marketing skills in demand right now that you need to know. Listen in and read the […]

The post The Most Important Digital Marketing Skills in Demand Right Now appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>

The digital world is evolving at a rapid pace.

If you want to stay ahead, you must understand the changes taking place.

In the latest episode of the Brand Authority Podcast, I share 4 of the most important digital marketing skills in demand right now that you need to know.

Listen in and read the recap below!

Subscribe to Brand Authority Podcast in iTunes

The Most Important Digital Marketing Skills in Demand Right Now

Highlights From Episode 16

  1. Data-Analysis

There’s no room for guess work in marketing. If you’re not making data-driven decisions in 2018, you’ve already lost your edge.

Think about it. If you want to create effective marketing campaigns, you must have a full understanding of your audience:

  • Who they are
  • What they like
  • What they need
  • When they’re online

Because without a clear picture, there’s no way to create content that solves their problems.

And without that, you can’t encourage a relationship, nurture trust, or offer them the exact solution they’re looking for.

To do all of that and avoid extinction through irrelevance, you have to keep a close eye on analytics.

Pay attention to what’s working, what’s not, and make educated decisions to iterate and adjust.

Source: IBM

  2. Content Marketing Strategy

Content marketing has evolved.

While high-quality, relevant content has been the key to attracting attention, driving traffic, acquiring new leads, and bringing customers to your doorstep….

That won’t change in 2018.

What will change is how you create and position the content you share.

Whether it’s a blog post or the creation of ebooks, infographics, visuals, webinars, or social posts, the focus is on relevance and personalization.

Take your piece of content and speak to your audience of one, instead of shouting at an audience of none.

Source: Speaking Socially

  3. Video- Creation

The popularity of video is growing at a massive rate. Just look around. Everyone you see is watching video on their mobile device.

Problem is, we’re reaching a saturation point.

The video we’re willing to watch today isn’t the unprofessional, poorly outlined, and uninspiring video we were willing to watch yesterday.

If you want to capture the attention of your audience, you better stand out.

But more than that, you have to figure out how to create appealing, relevant, and “make me wanna stop scrolling,” types of video.

There are two ways you can do this:

  1. Recorded video. Creating videos that are highly stylized, edited, and branded. According to Tubular’s new sponsored social video intelligence product, DealMaker, views on branded video content have increased 258% on Facebook and 99% on YouTube as of June 2017.
  2. Live Streaming. Taking your knowledge, thoughts, skills, and talents to a live audience. Why? People spend 3x longer watching video which is Live compared to video which is no longer Live.

  4. SEO

Some beat the drum that SEO is dead, but that couldn’t be further from the truth.

As with everything, it’s only evolved in 2018.

If you’re a digital marketer, it’s vital that you know what affects search results, how your content is sorted, will eventually show up, and leads potential customers to you.

Begin with understanding your audience, their needs, and true intent. Rather than “keyword stuffing,” try to answer a specific question better than anyone else.

Why should that matter? Because…

Google RankBrain will award you for it.

Not familiar with what it is? It’s really pretty simple.

The better your content, the more people interact with your content, the higher you’ll rank in search. As Brian Dean from Backlinko explains it,

“RankBrain is a machine learning system that helps Google sort their search results. RankBrain simply measures how users interact with the search results and ranks them accordingly.”

Understanding SEO in 2018 will help you get your content in front of your audience and consistently drive leads and traffic off of that content.

Want to learn more?

Subscribe to the Brand Authority Podcast

Subscribe on iTunes

Subscribe on SoundCloud

Subscribe on Stitcher

Subscribe on Google Play

Want to View on YouTube Instead?

The post The Most Important Digital Marketing Skills in Demand Right Now appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>
https://rebekahradice.com/important-digital-marketing-skills-demand-right-now/feed/ 11
5 of The Best Ways to Network on Social Media and Grow Your Business https://rebekahradice.com/best-ways-to-network-on-social-media-grow-your-business/ https://rebekahradice.com/best-ways-to-network-on-social-media-grow-your-business/#comments Thu, 14 Dec 2017 14:28:08 +0000 https://rebekahradice.com/?p=12792 If you’re an entrepreneur or small business owner, networking is a crucial part of your day. Especially since the days of making connections solely through conferences and other live events are long gone. Social media has made it easier than ever to connect with like-minded individuals, customers, and potential clients. But, it all still takes […]

The post 5 of The Best Ways to Network on Social Media and Grow Your Business appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>

If you’re an entrepreneur or small business owner, networking is a crucial part of your day.

Especially since the days of making connections solely through conferences and other live events are long gone.

Social media has made it easier than ever to connect with like-minded individuals, customers, and potential clients.

But, it all still takes time. If you want to succeed at using social networking to grow your business, you need to be intentional in your outreach.

Not sure where to begin?  In the latest episode of the Brand Authority Podcast, I share 5 ways to use social media to create connections that last.

Subscribe to Brand Authority Podcast in iTunes

5 of The Best Ways to Network on Social Media and Grow Your Business

Highlights From Episode 15

  1. Create a LinkedIn Outreach Campaign

If your goal is to connect with people in your niche, you can start by doing a search for your industry keyword inside LinkedIn.

Once you have a list of people, get in the habit of connecting with 5 of them per day. But don’t send the stock LinkedIn invite!

Instead, personalize your message.

Talk about what you have in common and be very specific about why you want to connect.

It’s also important that you avoid making a sales pitch right out of the gate. No one wants to be sold!

Begin by being a valuable resource, offering assistance, or simply sharing a commonality.

  2. Use Twitter Advanced Search

Twitter Advanced Search is a way to do a deep dive into keywords used by the people you’re looking to connect with.

Are they entrepreneurs, speakers, coaches? Think about who that exact person you’re trying to reach is and the words they’d use in their bios, tweets, and as hashtags.

Search those keywords and you’ll see a list of global conversations happening around those words or phrases.

Next, carefully look through that stream and pay attention to the community, conversations, and engagement around their content. Is it hitting the mark time and again?

You’ll quickly start to notice people who hold authority in that niche and share content that connects.

Now take this one step further to intentionally interact with them on a daily and weekly basis.

Add 5 people you find in your research to a Twitter list – public or internal. This makes it easy to click into that list, see who is tweeting what, share their content or respond.

  3. Tune Into Facebook Audience Insights

Facebook Audience Insights is an incredibly powerful tool that can help you find potential customers.

You’ll find Facebook Audience Insights inside your Facebook Page drop down menu.

Use filters to identify certain key elements of your target audience:

  • Demographics
  • Page likes
  • Interests
  • Location
  • Income

You can also use Facebook Audience Insights to do competitive research. Look at the type of content people are sharing and how your audience is responding.

Take that information and model their success. This does not mean stealing their content or branding.

Use learnings from what’s working, how they’re interacting with their audience, and what content is resonating to build out your own personalized strategy.

Want to learn more? I wrote about Facebook Audience Insights in-depth here.

  4. Hack Your Hashtags

Hashtags are a fantastic way to find and connect with absolutely anyone in your niche. However, know that you need to be very strategic. Not every hashtag will get you the results you’re looking for.

One of my favorite tools for finding hashtags is Hashtagify. Use it to do a search for your industry keyword or hashtag, and the tool will show you the top 10 related hashtags as well as their popularity.

Find 3-5 relevant hashtags for your niche. Now look at their popularity. While it might seem wise to use popular hashtags, it could take you a while to battle through that noise.

Finding hashtags that are active, but not as crowded can help you cut through the clutter.

And while you’re researching the hashtags, don’t forget to take each individual social network into consideration.

Not all social networks use hashtags in the same way. For example, how many you use on Instagram is very different from how you’ll use them on Twitter. Be mindful of the network and your audience.

  5. Use Tools to Build Your Outreach List

There are a few tools that can help you find and network with influential people in your niche.

Two of my favorites are Followerwonk and BuzzSumo.

Followerwonk lets you search bios based on a specific keyword. Look through people’s profiles, read their bio, and if you like what you see – add them to a Twitter List.

BuzzSumo is another free and easy way to find people to connect with. Use the “Influencers” tab to search by topic, keyword or username. This will give you a list of pages, ranked by page authority, domain authority, average engagement, and more.

The great thing about Buzzsumo is that you can connect across a variety of social networks.

After you use these two tools to do your research, start following 5 relevant people per day.

Reach out to them and start a conversation. But don’t forget to show the human side of your business.

After all, once you take the time to show that you care, others will take a natural interest in you.

Final Thoughts

Relationships and connections matter in every business. However, that does not mean that you need to connect with everyone and anyone.

Instead, be strategic in who you’re networking and connecting with.

Find time to make deep connections and build real, targeted relationships.

Subscribe to the Brand Authority Podcast

Subscribe on iTunes

Subscribe on SoundCloud

Subscribe on Stitcher

Subscribe on Google Play

People, Brands and Resources Mentioned:

Daily Social Media Checklist

 

Want to View on YouTube Instead?

The post 5 of The Best Ways to Network on Social Media and Grow Your Business appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>
https://rebekahradice.com/best-ways-to-network-on-social-media-grow-your-business/feed/ 15
5 Ways to Write Better Social Media Content Starting Today https://rebekahradice.com/write-better-social-media-content-starting-today/ https://rebekahradice.com/write-better-social-media-content-starting-today/#comments Mon, 04 Dec 2017 01:28:01 +0000 https://rebekahradice.com/?p=12791 Content creation is easy. Don’t believe me? Just take a look around social media. It’s riddled with low quality, uninspired content. High value content on the other hand is tough to come by. It’s also even harder to create. I remember when I first started translating my blog posts over to social media. It was […]

The post 5 Ways to Write Better Social Media Content Starting Today appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>

Content creation is easy. Don’t believe me? Just take a look around social media. It’s riddled with low quality, uninspired content.

High value content on the other hand is tough to come by. It’s also even harder to create.

I remember when I first started translating my blog posts over to social media. It was undiscovered territory at the time and the “how-to’s” and “tip” posts hadn’t yet been written.

But today, we know what it takes to write social media content that connects with the right audience.

It’s content that’s written with confidence, shared with enthusiasm, and expertly crafted to build creditability and authority.

Want to learn how to write better social media content?

Tune in to the latest episode of the Brand Authority Podcast and get started today.

Subscribe to Brand Authority Podcast in iTunes

5 Ways to Write Better Social Media Content Starting Today

Highlights From Episode 14

  1. Focus on Authenticity, Not Perfection

While this can be a difficult step to embrace, especially for Type-A personalities, there’s a huge upside:

A perfectionist mindset can be a hindrance to your progress and success. There will always be something more you can do or improve upon.

If you spend all of your time in a never-ending spiral of perfection, you’ll never finish anything.

Step out of your perfection mindset and let your content happen organically.

What do I mean by this? Your first step is to choose topics where you’re better than everyone else. Now build your competency there.

Your second step is to stop pressing. Don’t write when you’re not ready, and for goodness sake, stop multi-tasking while you’re writing.

Instead, schedule time into your calendar. Write with no distractions, no notifications, and any other creativity killers.

Source: AZ Quotes

  2. Push Past the Fear and Publish

Hitting “publish” or post on your content can be a scary thing. After all, you’re opening it up for the entire world to see. They may love it, or they may hate it, but you’ll never know until you publish.

Don’t let that fear hold you back – face it head on. Because when you do, you reduce your psychological response to that fear. But in order to overcome it once and for all, you have to face it over and over.

So take a deep breath, keep writing, and most importantly… keep posting.

The more you write and share your emotions, the more you let go of anxiety, worry, and stress.

  3. Keep Writing

When it comes to writing great social media content (or any other type of content), the only way to get better is to commit to writing on a consistent basis.

After all, it takes 21 days to form a habit.

But I get it. Writing consistently can be a challenge, especially given all of your other responsibilities.

That’s why you have to get this into your calendar like I mentioned above.

So, start writing and never stop. Incorporate it into your daily routine. Believe me, once you’re intentional, you’ll start to find inspiration everywhere.

The best way to capture moments  is to write down ideas as they come to you.

You can use an app like Evernote or Day One to keep your ideas in one place.

That way, when you’re finally ready to sit down and write a post, you won’t have to start from scratch. You’ll already have many ideas to work from.

Source: Sketchnote

  4. Make Your Content Easily-Digestible

Many entrepreneurs focus so much on the topic of the post that they forget all about the ebb and flow. Don’t let that happen to you.

Look at your post and ask yourself:

  • Is it easy to read?
  • Is it natural?
  • Do the words roll off the tongue?

If you’re not sure about your answers, try reading your content aloud. This way you hear it the way your audience will read it.

Source: Irene’s Blog

  5. Focus on Your Strengths

You don’t have to be everything to everybody.

I know, this goes against everything every “so-called” expert tells you.

But I’m here to tell you, let go of the idea that you need to serve everyone.

Rather than that, play to your strengths. Become well-versed on one or two topics that matter most to your business and your audience.

When you do this, you speak to what I call an audience of one. That ONE is your perfect customer.

Not sure where to get started?

Answer these questions:

  • What are you an expert on?
  • What do you know that no one else does?
  • What’s the most valuable piece of information you can give your audience right now?

Instead of trying to fix what’s broken, focus on improving what you already do well. As you become more confident, your weaknesses will transform into game-changing strengths.

So, stay in your own lane – focus on what you do better than anyone else and everything else will fall into place.

Final Thoughts

If you want to create content that convinces and converts, you need to get rid of your fear and focus on your strengths.

Find your something that you know better than anyone else, and excel at it!

Become an authority and share your knowledge over and over again, even if that means you feel like a broken record.

Your audience (and those who’ve never met you) will love you for it.

Subscribe to the Brand Authority Podcast

Subscribe on iTunes

Subscribe on SoundCloud

Subscribe on Stitcher

Subscribe on Google Play

People, Brands and Resources Mentioned:

Daily Social Media Checklist

9 Ridiculously Easy Ways to Write Better Content According to the Pros

Steve Gutzler

Jacob Warwick

Neil Patel

Geoffrey James

Day 1 App

Evernote

Want to View on YouTube Instead?

СохранитьСохранить

The post 5 Ways to Write Better Social Media Content Starting Today appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>
https://rebekahradice.com/write-better-social-media-content-starting-today/feed/ 12
The 3-Step Formula You Need for Social Media Growth https://rebekahradice.com/formula-you-need-for-social-media-growth/ https://rebekahradice.com/formula-you-need-for-social-media-growth/#comments Mon, 27 Nov 2017 13:00:11 +0000 https://rebekahradice.com/?p=12668 Ever wonder what’s holding you back from exponential social media growth? If you feel you’re doing all the right things on social, yet failing to see any noticeable growth, don’t throw in the towel just yet. In the latest installment of the Brand Authority Podcast, I share a 3-step formula that will eliminate roadblocks, so […]

The post The 3-Step Formula You Need for Social Media Growth appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>

Ever wonder what’s holding you back from exponential social media growth?

If you feel you’re doing all the right things on social, yet failing to see any noticeable growth, don’t throw in the towel just yet.

In the latest installment of the Brand Authority Podcast, I share a 3-step formula that will eliminate roadblocks, so you can quickly gain traction. Listen in!

Subscribe to Brand Authority Podcast in iTunes

The 3-Step Formula You Need for Social Media Growth

Highlights From Episode 13

  1. Commit to Daily Rituals

If you want to stay on track and ensure consistency, you must commit to daily rituals.

To do this, follow the Start, Stop, Continue formula. It’s a way to monitor what you’re focused on, and assess what’s working, and what’s not.

Here’s how it works:

START: These are things you need to start doing – the steps that will bring you closer to your goals.

If, for example, your goal is to grow your authority online, you might read about the value of influencer marketing and decide to “START building a relationship” with social media influencers.

The important thing here is that the 1-2 things you decide to START doing are all aligned with your objectives and key results.

STOP: These are things you need to stop doing: actions that aren’t getting you any results.

More than likely, you’ve fallen into bad habits. It could be daily to-do’s, systems, or processes that used to work. And while you might be comfortable with them, it’s time to determine if they’re bringing you any closer to your goals.

To get started, take a look at your marketing plan and write down the top 10 actions you’re taking every day. Now look at whether they’re making a difference. Find actions that:

  • waste time, energy, money
  • don’t directly align with company goals
  • no longer produce results

For example, let’s say you changed up your social media strategy. You decided to add 5 additional posting times, adding in more promotional content.

Over the last month, you’ve watched engagement, clicks, and new leads sharply decline. After reviewing the data, you realize it’s something you need to STOP and readjust.

CONTINUE: These are actions you’re currently taking and should continue because they’re working. Consistency is the key to any area of your business.

So, let’s say you started popping into social media every day to engage and interact with your followers, and saw your coaching leads increase significantly.

You’re building relationships, your engagement is up, and there’s a lot of excitement around your brand. That’s something you need to CONTINUE to do.

Source: Leading With Questions

Once you commit to the Start, Stop, Continue formula, now add a few questions to the end of each day.

These keep you honest, focused, and on top of what’s happening within your business.

  • What did I succeed at?
  • What needs improvement?
  • What 1 thing will I improve upon tomorrow?

  2. Tap Into Your Audience and Their NEEDS

You need to know your audience inside and out:

  • What motivates and drives them forward?
  • What’s important to them?
  • What do they care about most?

Not sure? Take the time to get to know their NEEDS.

  • Natural motivators
  • Energy
  • Enthusiasm
  • Desire
  • Story

Learn what motivates and drives them, what about your business they’re enthusiastic and energetic about, what their deepest desires are, and the story you can share to create interest, awareness, and synergy.

Use this knowledge to tailor your social media and content strategies to your audience.

Source: Content Chat

  3. Practice the Rule of 3

The rule of 3 involves 3 C’s: Content, Context, and Clarity. These 3 C’s should make up the foundation of your content strategy.

Content

We’ve all heard the phrase “Content is king.” It’s the key to reaching your audience, getting noticed, and passing along your message.

But not just any content. You must share content that resonates, provides value, and builds trust.

Not only will sharing the right type of content help you attract the right audience, it will turn them into leads, prospects, and buyers.

Source: Digital Marketing Profs

Context

Context is every bit as important as content when it comes to sharing in social media. It’s the glue that makes your brand stick, creating stickiness in the mind of your audience.

Adding context makes your content relevant and relatable.

Clarity

Muddy, confused and unclear minds don’t buy, click, download or take action. That’s why it’s so important that there’s clarity in the content you share.

Remove ambiguity by clearly expressing what that next step is and what action you want your followers, fans, and readers to take.

Never assume and hope for the best. Be clear, concise, and to-the point.

Final Thoughts

Don’t let roadblocks slow you down or prevent you from social media growth. Commit to the process of assessing, adjusting, and consistently improving.

When you pay attention to what’s happening in your business, you can be bold in your decisions.

It’s boldness that will move your business forward and bring the momentum that leads to exponential growth.

Subscribe to the Brand Authority Podcast

Subscribe on iTunes

Subscribe on SoundCloud

Subscribe on Stitcher

Subscribe on Google Play

People, Brands and Resources Mentioned:

Daily Social Media Checklist

Want to View on YouTube Instead?

СохранитьСохранить

The post The 3-Step Formula You Need for Social Media Growth appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>
https://rebekahradice.com/formula-you-need-for-social-media-growth/feed/ 10
7 Ways to Use Social Listening to Generate Leads for Your Business https://rebekahradice.com/use-social-listening-to-generate-leads-for-your-business/ https://rebekahradice.com/use-social-listening-to-generate-leads-for-your-business/#comments Fri, 24 Nov 2017 14:55:40 +0000 https://rebekahradice.com/?p=12843 Do you want a new way to generate leads for your business? I’ll let you in on a little secret: You need to start listening. Yep, it’s that simple. By intentionally listening to your customers, you’re able to target your niche audience and attract potential leads. In fact, you’ll find that social listening is one […]

The post 7 Ways to Use Social Listening to Generate Leads for Your Business appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>

Do you want a new way to generate leads for your business?

I’ll let you in on a little secret: You need to start listening. Yep, it’s that simple. By intentionally listening to your customers, you’re able to target your niche audience and attract potential leads.

In fact, you’ll find that social listening is one of the most powerful ways to better understand your audience. And once you do, you can give them exactly what they need.

But be careful not to confuse social listening with monitoring. Monitoring is simply tracking your brand mentions. Social listening, on the other hand, requires analysis and lets you see the bigger picture behind the conversation.

Become a good social listener and you’ll generate valuable leads, create content your audience loves, and improve the overall customer experience. All while keeping your finger on the pulse of your industry and the health of your brand.

Today’s post is sponsored by Brand24, a tool I use daily to listen across social media. If you’re looking to generate leads for your business, grab their special offer.

As you know, I don’t recommend tools I don’t already use, and this one is in the list of daily tools I can’t live without!

7 Ways to Use Social Listening to Generate Leads for Your Business

  1. Better Position Your Message (Learn Their Language)

If you want to reach your target audience and convert them into customers, you need to speak their language.

Only then will you be able to position your message in a relevant way to your potential customers. For that, you need to know about the people that make up your target audience.

Start by gathering data on your target market. Search their social profiles for common characteristics and interests. Then dive into tools like Facebook Audience Insights and Brand24 to find common words or phrases that you can track.

You’ll find Facebook Audience Insights inside your Ads Manager, attached to your Facebook Page.

From here, you can learn exactly what your audience likes, the type of content they’re already interacting with, and what competitor pages they’re hanging out on. The information you find will be a mix of professional and personal.

Once inside Audience Insights, hover over each keyword and review the description. What words jump out at you? Let’s use “City Mixers” as an example. Here I can see that my target market is a corporate career builder, established in their career, single, no children, and lives in an urban area.

Do some research on yours and begin to write down the words that jump out at you. Each of those will translate into the hashtags, topics, and words your target audience uses and those that matter most to them in life and business.

Now head over to Brand24 and add those keywords into a new project. Here you can start tracking their conversations. This will give you an even better feeling about how your audience talks, what makes them happy, what they’re looking for, and how they feel about your brand and any others within your market.

Armed with this knowledge, you can create personalized content that uses the same language as your audience. This will be top of funnel (awareness), middle of the funnel (nurture), and bottom of the funnel (activation) content that generates leads at every stage of the customer journey.

Knowing what words and phrases your potential customers use will also help you optimize your content for search. By using the same hashtags and keywords as your audience, you significantly increase your chances of showing up in their search.

  2. Create a Social Lead Gathering Campaign

Now that you know who your customers are and what they want, it’s time to set up an ongoing listening campaign. From your list you created above, choose a few keywords relevant to your niche and use a social listening tool to monitor each one.

Many social listening tools, allow you to opt in to receive daily reports on those mentions. What I like about Brand 24 is the one-stop shop. In one location, I can see mentions from blogs, social channels, forums, video sites, and more. No need to bounce around the web looking for the conversations my users, buyers, and potential customers are having.

Make a daily commitment to actively monitor the mentions of those using those using keywords and phrases most important to your business. For example, let’s say you’re a frozen yogurt shop in Los Angeles. You might want to monitor “frozen yogurt la” or “where to get frozen yogurt la.”

Your next step is outreach. Begin to reach out and engage with people interested in your product. You can even filter by influence if you’re short on time and looking to activate a certain segment.

Now the fun begins! Get involved in the conversation. You can start a dialogue by asking a question, like Denny’s does here. Think they know their audience. I’d say so!

Or reply to their question, thought, or query in a natural and authentic way. As you insert yourself into conversations, your connection will grow stronger, their understanding of your brand will deepen, and eventually they become a lead, customer, and sale.

  3. Improve Customer Experience

Did you know that 54% of millennials, 50% of Gen Xers, and 52% of baby boomers say they’ve stopped doing business with a brand due to poor customer service?

Customer experience is often the main deciding factor behind whether or not a person buys or ever becomes a lead for your business. That’s why it’s incredibly important that you use social listening to create a one-of-a-kind experience for your customers.

Here’s a few ways to do that through social listening.

  • Quickly Respond to Any Questions or Complaints

Start by getting a system in place to respond and engage with your current and potential customers.

The research published in The Social Habit, by Jay Baer, states that among respondents who attempted to contact a company:

  • 32% expect a response within 30 minutes
  • 50% expect a response within 60 minutes
  • 25% expect a reply within 30 minutes, regardless of when they posted their comment

That means you must constantly listen, hear, and respond. Fortunately, there are many social listening tools that can help you monitor brand mentions. Two of my all-time favorites are Brand 24 and Sprout Social. You can use them as the perfect combination to keep track of what people are saying to you, about you, and around you. Then you can respond in real-time.

If they have a complaint, you’ll see that mention in Brand24. You can either click through directly from the Dashboard or take that over to Sprout Social where you can see your full conversation history with that customer.

This is particularly helpful if you have a team. Don’t’ step on someone else’s’ toes by responding brindley. Instead, review the history before you reach out.

  • Gather Feedback

As I mentioned before, there’s a big difference between social monitoring and social listening.

Responding to a customer complaint, and solving one problem at a time, is social monitoring. But if you want to solve many problems all at once, you need to really “listen” and look at the bigger picture.

Listen to your customers’ feedback, and use it to create a better experience. Look for any trends – problems that many of your customers are experiencing all at once.

That’s just what Elon Musk did when a Tesla customer sent a Tweet complaining about how one of the superchargers was always occupied due to people leaving their cars charging for hours.

Elon Musk replied within hours. And, seeing that this was not the only complaint of this kind, Tesla Motors introduced a solution within 6 days!

  • Respond to Customers

Often times, customers will not reach out to you directly. Instead, they’ll simply mention that they’re using your product or service.

That’s why a huge part of creating a positive customer experience is taking initiative and seeking your customers out.

By using a social monitoring tool, you can catch any type of mention and make first contact. You can ask for their feedback, offer any help or tips, or respond in any other appropriate way.

Show your customers that you’re here, you’re listening, and that you care.

Zelmer, a vacuum cleaner manufacturer, is a perfect example. The company was monitoring social media for mentions and caught the following instagram post:

The post showed a cake in the shape of a Zelmer vacuum cleaner – a Birthday cake for a boy who loves domestic appliances. Zelmer responded by inviting the boy and his mom on a tour to one of the company’s factories, making the boy’s dream come true.

This action earned the company at least two very loyal customers and some extremely positive publicity.

Another great example is this mother’s social post.

She complained that most restaurants have no changing tables, which makes it more difficult for mothers to dine with their babies. Notice that she did not call out any names or mention any restaurants.

But three brands that were actively “listening,” heard her plea, and listened to her feedback. By simply buying a changing table, they improved her and other mothers’ customer experiences and gained some positive response on social in the process.

  • Be a Problem Solver

Social media can be huge lead-generator, but only if you listen very closely.

According to Brand 24, each month, there are 14,000 online searches that start with “can anyone recommend?” and 30,000 searches for “where can I buy?”

Surprisingly, only 40% of these questions ever receive a response. That’s thousands of missed opportunities every day! Don’t let that happen to you.

Stop limiting yourself to only tracking mentions of your brand. Keep an eye on any relevant keywords or phrases your potential customers might be using. Then quickly jump in and engage your potential customers in conversation.

Answer their questions, offer advice, and provide guidance. Where appropriate, show people how you company can help solve their problem. You will build trust, and possibly even convert them into a lead or customer.

That’s just what Brand24 did. They caught a tweet addressed to their competitors needing assistance. Seeing that the competitor was slow to respond, a Brand 24 representative jumped into conversation.

As you can see, in their case, a good social listening campaign and a fast response time were enough to win a new customer over from a competitor. You can do the same.

  4. Reach New Leads By Engaging with Influencers

According to a recent case study by TapInfluence and Nielsen Catalina Solutions, influencer marketing delivers 11 times the ROI of digital marketing.

And that’s not surprising. When you collaborate with an influencer with similar goals as yours, you get a chance to tap into their immense reach and influence.

The good news is that social listening is the key to connecting and engaging with such influencers. Monitor the keywords and hashtags most used by influencers in your industry or niche.

Now add them to your monitoring tool, track the data (you can even download robust reports through Brand24), and continuously analyze the tweets and posts of those actively influencing their community.

Your next step is to create an outreach campaign just as you did for your customers above. Get involved in conversations on social media and when appropriate, reach out via email.

A collaboration can help you gain access to a whole new market or increase awareness around a specific product or service perfectly suited for the influencers community.

  5. Follow Industry Hashtags to Boost Exposure

Start by keeping a close eye on industry hashtags. If you don’t know what the most popular hashtags in your niche are, you can use a tool like Hashtagify, to find them. Here you’ll see the top 10 most used hashtags used around your seed keyword.

Here’s an example of what comes up when I search, “branding.”

I not only see the popularity of each hashtag, but the additional hashtags used and the influencers using them.

Once you know what hashtags you want to monitor, you can use a social listening tool to set up alerts. It’s easy to do in Brand 24, or even in the free TweetDeck.

Tell the tool what hashtags to track and it will compile a list of posts that include it. Now, it’s up to you to read through those messages and look for emerging industry trends.

What are people talking about? What do they need? Go solve that!

  6. Discover New Market Opportunities

So, you’re tracking all your brand mentions as well as niche-related keywords. Fantastic – that should begin to generate leads for your business.

But, let’s say your niche is very narrow and you’ve already reached everyone you can. Or perhaps you’re simply ready to penetrate new markets. In that case, it’s time to discover new opportunities!

Why limit yourself to one market, when there are so many others that need what you have to offer? It might be as simple as switching to a different location, or as difficult as adjusting the entire focus of your brand.

Either way, if you want to engage new markets, you need to listen.

Listen to what people are talking about. What are some common problems and needs? Are there any you can meet?

Choose a few specific keywords. If you’re a real estate professional in the Los Angeles area, that might be, “I want to buy a house in Los Angeles.” Now take a look at how many times people are asking that question.

Even if it’s only 5 times per day, consider the multiplication opportunity. 5 queries = 5 responses from you per day. At 5 days per week that’s 25 new leads for your business. Worth 15 minutes per day, wouldn’t you say?

Now consider what content those people share and search for trends. Once you find them, come up with ways to tap into them.

That’s just what Marshalls did. They analyzed the Pinterest boards of their customers and noticed that many of them were pinning images of decor and fashion items.

The retail brand noted this trend and decided that there was enough interest to build a successful campaign around it.

  7. Make Education a Part of Your Daily Strategy

Leaders are learners. If you want to continue to drive leads to your business, you need to remain relevant. To do that, you must always be learning.

Read industry-related blogs, listen to podcasts, attend webinars, and soak in valuable information any way you can.

Look to brands that inspire you, and try to see what they’re doing well. What new strategies are they implementing? There’s nothing wrong with modeling success that doesn’t include swiping ideas or stealing content.

Gather information and find new trends and ideas you can implement in your business. But don’t wait until everybody in your industry is doing it. Be the trendsetter.

Final Thoughts

Millions of people are active on social media every day, and many of them have the potential to become a lead for your business. Sometimes all they need is someone to listen to their frustration, offer an empathetic ear, and a helpful solution.

Be that brand. Keep a close ear to everything going on in social, monitor your brand keywords, and get ready to jump into conversations.

At the same time, don’t forget to also listen from afar and look at the big picture and trends. Do that and you’ll never have a problem getting new leads.

The post 7 Ways to Use Social Listening to Generate Leads for Your Business appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>
https://rebekahradice.com/use-social-listening-to-generate-leads-for-your-business/feed/ 12
This is the Content Strategy You Need to Create for Your Personal Brand https://rebekahradice.com/content-strategy-need-create-personal-brand/ https://rebekahradice.com/content-strategy-need-create-personal-brand/#comments Mon, 30 Oct 2017 12:01:37 +0000 https://rebekahradice.com/?p=12627 If you want to build your brand online, there’s one thing you absolutely can’t do without: content marketing. Why? Because good content can open the doors to new conversations, as well as boost engagement and awareness. If you’re not sure how content marketing can help you brand your business, keep reading. In this episode of […]

The post This is the Content Strategy You Need to Create for Your Personal Brand appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>

If you want to build your brand online, there’s one thing you absolutely can’t do without: content marketing.

Why? Because good content can open the doors to new conversations, as well as boost engagement and awareness.

If you’re not sure how content marketing can help you brand your business, keep reading.

In this episode of the Brand Authority Podcast, I share how you can create valuable content that connects with your customer at every stage of the buyer’s journey.

You’ll turn your audience into leads that convert in no time.

Subscribe to Brand Authority Podcast in iTunes

This is the Content Strategy You Need to Create for Your Personal Brand

Highlights From Episode 12

     1. Know What Your Audience Wants

At the heart of all great content is research.

Once you fully understand who your audience is and what they want and need, you can create content that addresses their pain points and how to solve them.

Here’s a few ways you can gain valuable insight:

Google Analytics

Go to Google Analytics. Click Behavior, then Site content, then Content Drilldown. Sort by unique pageviews.

Look through the list and find your top 10 most popular blog posts that are continuing to bring in traffic. You want to find common themes and topics your audience engages with over and over again.

Google Search Console

Go to Google Search Console. Note what content you’re ranking in that top position for, and if it’s the one you want to be known for.

Facebook Audience Insights and Twitter Analytics

Browse through at all the content you’ve previously shared. What type of content got the most engagement?

Your Competition

Your job isn’t to copy what they’re doing, but simply see what their (and possibly your) audience is interacting best with. What do their audience like, share, and comment on every day? You can model success.

“If you want to achieve success, all you need to do is find a way to model those who have already succeeded.” – Tony Robbins

BuzzSumo

Another great tool for research is BuzzSumo. You can do a search around a specific topic and see who else has written about it, as well as how popular it is.

Google Search

Google search utilizes predictive search. Use it to see what other searches people have looked for around your topic. What are they typing into the search bar?

Remember, your content is the bridge between you and your audience.

Another way to get to know your audience is to talk to them directly. You can do this through:

  • In person interviews
  • Hangouts
  • Skype interviews
  • Exit surveys
  • Questions on social media
  • Email

Once you have that data, you can use your audience’s language and speak in their own words. There’s nothing more effective than custom-made content.

     2. Use Emotionally Charged Copy

If you think your audience will enjoy reading about your product or service over and over again, you’re wrong. They’ll get bored and often times will stop looking at your content altogether.

People want to be entertained, enlightened, and motivated. The only way you can get them there is by creating emotionally-charged copy… content that elicits some type of strong emotions.

Source: CoSchedule

Even if you’re not the sappy or sensitive type, know that your audience could be. Find out what moves them and use that in your social media content.

If you’re not sure how emotionally charged your copy is, you can use the Advanced Marketing Institute Headline Analyzer. It lets you test the emotional value score (EMV) of your writing.

Use it as an initial A/B test to see how it will resonate with your audience on an intellectual, empathetic, and spiritual level.

     3. Share Captivating Stories

Every business has its own story. Your job is to take yours and share it with your audience in a real and relatable way.

This is important because most people gravitate towards brands that tell stories that move them and speak to their soul. So, use stories to bring your audience into your world. Make them feel connected. This will create a bond that translates into trust over time.

The first step is to write your story and then inject it into your content.

Source: Business 2 Community

     4. Create Useful and Share-Worthy Content

Your goal should always be to create valuable content your audience will want to share. For that, you’ll need three things:

1. Original content. The only way your content will stand out is if it’s unique and comes from your own perspective. Make sure you put your own voice and tone into everything you share.

2. Irresistible content. Create content that’s so custom-made for your audience that they simply can’t say “no” to it.

3. Empathetic content. Make sure your content is empathetic to the needs of your audience. Show that you understand their current situation and feel their struggle. Use your content to humanize your brand.

Final Thoughts

Not every piece of content you share will be a huge success, and that’s ok. As long as you have a deep understanding of your audience and keep creating and sharing the type of content they need, you’re on the right track.

If you want to know more about using content marketing to build your brand, make sure to listen to the full podcast episode, and come back next week for more brand-building tips!

Subscribe to the Brand Authority Podcast

Subscribe on iTunes

Subscribe on SoundCloud

Subscribe on Stitcher

Subscribe on Google Play

People, Brands and Resources Mentioned:

Google Analytics

Google Search Console

Facebook Audience Insights

Twitter Analytics

BuzzSumo

Mean Joe Green Coca-Cola commercial

Budweiser puppy commercial

Advanced Marketing Institute Headline Analyzer

Brand Story Formula

Stella & Dot

Want to View on YouTube Instead?

The post This is the Content Strategy You Need to Create for Your Personal Brand appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>
https://rebekahradice.com/content-strategy-need-create-personal-brand/feed/ 10
How To Build The Most Powerful Personal Brand In Your Industry https://rebekahradice.com/build-powerful-personal-brand-industry/ https://rebekahradice.com/build-powerful-personal-brand-industry/#comments Mon, 23 Oct 2017 12:00:30 +0000 https://rebekahradice.com/?p=12732 Want to build a dynamic personal brand, but don’t know where to begin? Eager to create buzz around your business, build authority, and design a branding strategy that builds momentum fast? You can! If you have expertise in a specific area, building a credible brand creates the differentiation you need. Read on to learn how […]

The post How To Build The Most Powerful Personal Brand In Your Industry appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>

Want to build a dynamic personal brand, but don’t know where to begin?

Eager to create buzz around your business, build authority, and design a branding strategy that builds momentum fast?

You can!

If you have expertise in a specific area, building a credible brand creates the differentiation you need.

Read on to learn how you can develop your personal brand and then join me and author, international speaker, and dynamic branding strategist, Debra Trappen for our event on November 2nd.

Get ready for a one-time experience where you’ll master personal branding through a proven 3-day strategy.

And don’t forget to grab the Infographic at the end to get a sneak peek.

How To Build The Most Powerful Personal Brand In Your Industry

  1. Get in Alignment With Your Internal “Code”

It might seem strange that I’d start with a code. I mean, what is it really? Some secret word that unlocks a “brand in a box” strategy?

Nope, sorry. Nothing as cool as that.

But it is an incredibly important aspect of defining your personal brand. Let me tell you why:

Your code is what you subconsciously or consciously live by. It’s the driving force behind all that you do.

[clickToTweet tweet=”Your code aligns with your core values. It’s the driving force behind all that you do.” quote=”Your code aligns with your core values. It’s the driving force behind all that you do.”]

It’s the one thing that’s been prevalent in your life and business, helping you CRUSH any outside negative forces.

That code is what keeps you on track, acting as your moral compass. But more than that, it’s your commitment to yourself.

As you’ve grown, it’s grown with you, helping you shape and design your best self. Through it, you’ve set the goals you want to achieve, defined your version of success, and intentionally nurtured your mindset.

But what happens when your code is out of alignment with your words or actions? Here’s what that could be for you:

  • You say yes when you KNOW you should say no… and no when you want to say YES.
  • You tell yourself you’ll get up at 5am and then hit the snooze button 3,4,5 times.
  • You say you are going to exercise 5 times a week and only do it twice because you’re tired.
  • You plan on writing 2 new blog posts per week, but barely get one out a month.
  • You tell a client you’ll get that project to them on Tuesday and then don’t start on it until Wednesday.

Living out of alignment with your code (an embodiment of your values, vision, passion and purpose) causes tension in your life and business.

And when you feel the tension, your clients, fans, and followers feel it as well.

If you want to establish a strong personal brand, you need to bake trust into everything you do.

The only way to do that is to stand firm in your beliefs and share those without reservation. It’s when you step outside of that (doing or saying something that doesn’t feel true to you), that you create internal and external conflict.

  2. Define Your Core Values

Like it or not, your beliefs are what drive your core values. That means the lens in which you see the world is how you communicate your values. They’re the internal beliefs that dictate your life and create a strong business foundation.

According to Wikipedia, they’re the…

“fundamental beliefs of a person or organization. They help people to know what is right from wrong; they can help companies to determine if they are on the right path and fulfilling their business goals; and they create an unwavering and unchanging guide.”

When you look at it that way, sharing what you value most shouldn’t be too difficult, right? Let’s take a look at what that might look like.

Let’s say you value reliability in your life. In your business, that would translate into a commitment of always saying what you do and doing what you say.

If you’ve yet to sit down and define your core values, it doesn’t have to be complicated. After all, you’ve lived with them your whole life.

Below are a few examples to get your creative juices flowing, and if you need more help – here’s a HUGE list of 500 examples.

Once you’ve gone your own soul searching and reflected on that list, write down 3 that speak to you the most.

Now weave those into the very essence of your brand. They’ll be seen and felt in every article, post, and tweet you share.

[clickToTweet tweet=”Your core values are seen & felt in every article, post, and tweet you share. Get to know yours!” quote=”Your core values are seen & felt in every article, post, and tweet you share. Get to know yours!”]

Example of core values:

  • Trustworthy
  • Agile
  • Disciplined
  • Innovative
  • Results-Oriented
  • Enthusiastic
  • Candid
  • Open-Minded

  3. Speak to an Audience of One

Have you ever read a post that felt it was written just for you? It’s as if they reached into your world, overheard a conversation, and provided the exact solution.

That’s what knowing your audience does for your brand and business. It infuses life into your content and communication. It allows you to empathize, but not in a trite, “I feel ya” kinda way.

Instead, you stop talking and start showing. Your actions say to your fans that you know exactly what their pain is because you’ve, “been there, done that, and found the best solution to their challenge.”

Now if you’ve wondered why no one is listening, responding, hiring or buying from you, think on what I just shared. Because that is your answer in a nutshell.

Stop worrying about what needs to be changed: your content, what or when you’re posting, the amount of content you’re sharing. None of that matters if you’re not incorporating one simple aspect into the mix:  speaking your audience’s language in a real and authentic way.

Because whatever you’ve read or heard about defining your target market, identifying your persona, or any other marketing speak, doesn’t matter if you haven’t gained clarity around your audience.

So, before throwing the baby out with the bathwater (such a bizarre phrase, but you get what I mean…), answer these questions.

  • Who do you want to serve?
  • What are they struggling to do, solve, fix, or get more of in their life or business?
  • Why  should they care about you, your product, or service?

[clickToTweet tweet=”If you want to create a vision of your perfect customer, you must design a customized experience.” quote=”If you want to create a vision of your perfect customer, you must design a customized experience.”]

For example, in the new online course I’m getting ready to launch, my target audience is a 35 – 45 year old married career women with 2 teenage kids, 1 dog, 2 cats, and a deep desire to get out of her 9 to 5 and create a life and business that makes her leap out of bed every day.

As I’ve written the course, emails, social posts, and all other content, I speak to “Sophia,” not a blank face, but a woman whose particular challenge I’m eager to solve. Feels far more authentic, don’t you think?

Kind of like talking with a friend as opposed to shouting out a window to a neighbor you don’t know.  Pretty weird, right?

Take the time to get to know your “Sophia, and then speak to her in everything you do.

  4. Establish a Brand Style That Mirrors Your Values

Your brand style is something that will flow from your website, to your blog, social media, and more.

It makes you instantly recognizable and creates a distinct point of separation between you and the competition.

If you haven’t taken the time to design your brand style, here’s a few steps to take.

Style

Your style is a combination of each ingredient that makes up your brand. It allows you to express your personality and define your style within the marketplace.

If you’re happy, then this is the place to let that shine. If you’re somber, melancholy, or serious — let that come across in your brand style.

Your style is also portrayed through the consistent use of your logos, brand name, trademarks, communication, core visual elements, advertisements, signs, brochures, and presentations.

Think of it as all of your brand goodness fused into a likable, shareable, and highly contagious brand that your community can’t get enough of.

Identity

Your brand identity should never be compromised. What do I mean by that? Think about how inconsistency hurts you.

For example, if your logo and brand colors are one thing on your website, another on your blog and something completely different on your social networks – your audience is going to have a difficult time understanding who you are, what you do, and how you help.

Sitting down and putting your brand details into an easy-to-read doc makes sure everything is streamlined.

Message

This one piece can dramatically change all of your online copy. I promise you – if you get nothing else out of this article, nailing down your messaging is HUGE.

One critical aspect of this is how you respond to that all too often uncomfortable question, “what do you do?” Instead of silence, put together a quick, but super specific way of expressing who you help and how.

Here’s a few simple questions to help you craft what will become copy for your website About page, social media bios, and more.

1. What do you love to do?

e.g. help people lose weight, eat healthy, house train their new puppies, or better manage their money

2. Who do you love to help?

e.g. couples looking to get healthy or people who want to create an exercise regimen, or maybe wine drinkers or those that love dance

3. What does your personal brand promise to do?

e.g. what will people achieve through you / think about what they’ll be able to do better, more of, or walk away with after working with you?

Maybe they become a great tennis player or work more fruit or healthy foods into their diet or finally get their finances under control. Again, be as specific as you can.

Next Steps

I want you to think about your answers and set aside 30 minutes. Whether it’s in the morning or afternoon, choose a time when you can do your best thinking.

Now write out your responses. Because this is where your personal brand really starts to come to life.

What you’ll end up with is something similar to a 30 second elevator pitch. An old school term for a short, expressive way to share details about your personal brand and company.

Here’s how your answers to the above questions might come together:

“I’m a positive enforcement coach who specializes in helping you cut through the diet and exercise noise to get healthy, eat nutritiously, lose weight, and earn back your life.”

See how much better that sounds than, “I’m a health and diet coach.” Hmmm… tough for me to understand who your target market is and what makes you so spectacular at what you do.

Think creatively, but honestly as you put yours together. What results can you truly offer?

Your Main Colors

To be remembered, you must make an impact. Your colors – the dominant, secondary and tertiary colors – help you create an indelible mark in the mind of your audience.

If you haven’t chosen your brand colors yet, here’s a few tools you can use to pick the perfect color palette.

  1. Use an online color picker. I like Colordot.
  2. Upload your image to imagecolorpicker.
  3. Download a Chrome or Firefox extension like ColorZilla to find colors you like online.

  5. Build Buzz, Gain Publicity, and Become Known in Your Industry

To maximize your personal brand and become known in your industry, you need to create a diverse strategy.

This will incorporate various online tools to quickly accelerate conversation, buzz, and word of mouth.

Step 1: Create a Personal Brand “About” and Press Page

One of the biggest must-have steps in building your personal brand is creating an About and Press page.

By incorporating both of these into your web marketing mix, you’re letting your target market (and the media) know what’s going on with your brand, and also creating an extra opportunity to be discovered in search results.

The first step is deciding what you’ll share on your About and Press page. For your About, give all relevant details about your education, work, and personal history.

For your Press page, think about whether it will share press releases, a media kit, company news, media coverage, or something else?

If you’re not sure, ask yourself:

  • Who do I want to see my page?
  • Is it potential customers, journalists, Google?

Now write with them in mind.

And don’t forget to optimize your pages for SEO. This is your extra chance to get found on Google, so make sure you use your industry keywords.

Your next step is to choose a place for your About and Press page. You have plenty of options!

You can put them inside your blog, in the top-level navigation, or in a dropdown “about” section.

Find a logical and easy-to-find place for them to reside.

Now, decide what to call them. Your About will be exactly that or Bio or Meet Me. Any variation works.

For your Press page, you can use a title like “news,” “media,” “press” or “company news.”

Step 2: Launch Your Social Media Branding Strategy

Launching your brand across social media can feel overwhelming. It can also be terrifying if you haven’t put a plan in place.

In this step, I’m going to walk you through a 4- step process I’ve taken thousands of clients through.

It’s called PREP and with this proven process, you can launch your personal brand social media strategy without worry, stress, or headache.

Your PREP Work Process:

Perception

Analyze what you know vs. the real intent and struggle of your audience. For example, if you’re a food blogger – is your audience looking for the best gluten free recipes because of a chosen diet or because they want to know how to manage celiac disease?

What you want to get to the bottom of is the purpose behind the connection your personal brand is looking to make. What is going to bring your perfect audience to you?

Research

Identify your top differentiators, objectives, and opportunities.

Where is there a hole in the market or a space for you to put your creative spin on an already established idea? This is where differentiation really starts to happen with your brand.

While there might not always be a new idea, there’s always you and your perspective.

Execution

Create a social media marketing strategy and justify the content mix and posting plan through data.

Profitability

Improve authority and credibility to monetize your social media marketing efforts. This final step comes from consistently sharing your value, solving customer problems, and giving away your secrets.

Because yes – you must give to get, especially on social media.

If you want personal brand success on social media, you need to add value continuously.

This PREP process will help you stay proactive in your approach, making it easy to not only keep up with social media, but also create sustainable growth for your personal brand.

Step 3: Hack Your Hashtags

Hashtags are one of the best ways to reach a completely new audience and get the word out about your personal brand. But not every hashtag will get you results, you have to be strategic.

Do some research to find hashtags relevant to your industry. Look for both: the general trending hashtags, and the lesser-known, but more specific ones.

The trending hashtags will help you reach a large or broad audience, while the specific (and targeted) ones will help you connect with people more likely to be interested in what you’re offering.

For example, #socialmedia is broad and while it might be a very active hashtag, you could also get lost in the barrage of content. A more targeted hashtag like #facebooktips places you in front of the exact people looking for Facebook content.

And if you run a local business, make sure you also use location-specific hashtags. Since I’m in the Los Angeles area, I often use #mydayinla or #ILoveLA.

Look to a tool like Display Purposes or Hashtagify to see related hashtags. You’ll see additional hashtags that are relevant to your search based on usage and popularity.

Once you’re done with research, start using the hashtags in your social media posts. But remember to only use the ones that best align with your business.

By using trending hashtags which have nothing to do with you, you attract an audience you don’t want – or need. Sure, you may get a lot of visibility, but no real sales.

Ready to Unleash Your Dynamic Personal Brand?

Want to build a dynamic personal brand, but don’t know where to begin?

Join me and Debra Trappen, professional educator, author, and international speaker, for your 3 day “getting started plan!

On November 2nd, we’ll show you exactly how to build a brand that helps you gain the competitive edge.

PIN AND SHARE THE INFOGRAPHIC

 

The post How To Build The Most Powerful Personal Brand In Your Industry appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>
https://rebekahradice.com/build-powerful-personal-brand-industry/feed/ 21
How to Use Social Media to Future-Proof Your Business https://rebekahradice.com/use-social-media-to-future-proof-your-business/ https://rebekahradice.com/use-social-media-to-future-proof-your-business/#comments Wed, 11 Oct 2017 12:00:09 +0000 https://rebekahradice.com/?p=12535 The online world is changing at a rapid pace. Not a day goes by without an advance in technology. But with this never-ending transformation, how do you ensure your business stays ahead? The key is adopting a future-proof strategy that allows social media to act as your first line of defense. As an insulator, social […]

The post How to Use Social Media to Future-Proof Your Business appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>

The online world is changing at a rapid pace.

Not a day goes by without an advance in technology. But with this never-ending transformation, how do you ensure your business stays ahead?

The key is adopting a future-proof strategy that allows social media to act as your first line of defense.

As an insulator, social media can protect you from those waves of change that threaten to derail your company.

Not sure where to begin?

Tune in for this episode of Brand Authority Podcast, where I share exactly how to do that.

Subscribe to Brand Authority Podcast in iTunes

How to Future Proof Your Business with Social Media

Highlights From Episode 11

  1. Don’t Rely on a Single Social Network

With so many social networks, picking one to focus on can be overwhelming… but it doesn’t have to be. You simply need to do your research in order to understand where your audience is spending their time.

A great way to do this is to start a listening campaign. Go to Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, and Pinterest – find out what your followers and your competition are saying around your niche topic(s). Which network(s) are they most active on? How are they interacting? What content are they sharing?

You want to make sure not to spread yourself too thin, trying to be everywhere. Instead, set up a home-base on 2-3 social networks that are right for you, and commit to them.

Then you can focus on drilling down on your audience’s wants and needs within each network – and building a strong presence.

Source: Accion

  2. Commit to the Long Game

Don’t fall victim to the shiny object syndrome, chasing after each new network, strategy, or tactic.

Social media is not a sprint, it’s a marathon. You want to be in it for the long run.

This means you need to set actionable social media objectives and understand how they support business growth. You will never know the full capabilities of a network or process if you don’t commit to getting and being there.

If you let people see that YOU show up on a consistent basis, that consistency will push you towards credibility, authority, and ultimately, success.

  3. Focus on Relationships

Building relationships on social media is critical to future-proofing your business. You can’t just send a few tweets or like a few posts and expect people to invest in your brand.

Take the time to get to know your audience – the people talking (or looking) for the same thing your business has to offer.

To accomplish this, do some research within each of the social networks. Search out your keywords and identify conversations around those topics.

Start using those hashtags in your posts, and give people a chance to find and connect with you.

This will help you build credibility, awareness, and relationships with people in that industry.

  4. Build a Rock-Solid Brand

Perhaps the most important way to future-proof your business is to create a brand that’s instantly identifiable and one people trust.

Source: Trend N’Com

For that, you need to translate all the characteristics that make up your brand, across social media.

You can start by identifying your WIN:

Who: Who are you speaking with?

Issues: What problems do you solve?

Need: What are their specific needs?

Your answers will become the driving force behind your use of social media and how you brand your business online. After all, once you understand your WIN, you’ll be able to speak to the Who, the Issues, and the Need in a clear and concise way.

Final Thoughts

As a startup or small business, ensuring that the wave of online change doesn’t pull you under is more important than ever.

If you commit to the 4 strategies I shared in this podcast, you’ll be able to use social media to strengthen your brand and future proof your business.

Subscribe to the Brand Authority Podcast

Subscribe on iTunes

Subscribe on SoundCloud

Subscribe on Stitcher

Subscribe on Google Play

People, Brands and Resources Mentioned:

Daily Social Media Checklist

Want to View on YouTube Instead?

СохранитьСохранитьСохранитьСохранитьСохранитьСохранитьСохранитьСохранитьСохранитьСохранить

The post How to Use Social Media to Future-Proof Your Business appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>
https://rebekahradice.com/use-social-media-to-future-proof-your-business/feed/ 4
5 Ways to Use Social Media to Build Influence https://rebekahradice.com/use-social-media-to-build-influence/ https://rebekahradice.com/use-social-media-to-build-influence/#comments Mon, 09 Oct 2017 12:00:55 +0000 https://rebekahradice.com/?p=12529 Have you ever wondered how to gain attention on social media and expand your brand? Wish you could make powerful connections, create differentiation, and establish credibility? You can! But it will take some work, flexibility, and a commitment to consistency. Ready to make it happen? In this episode of the Brand Authority Podcast, I share […]

The post 5 Ways to Use Social Media to Build Influence appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>

Have you ever wondered how to gain attention on social media and expand your brand?

Wish you could make powerful connections, create differentiation, and establish credibility?

You can! But it will take some work, flexibility, and a commitment to consistency.

Ready to make it happen?

In this episode of the Brand Authority Podcast, I share 5 proven steps to build influence on social media.

Subscribe to Brand Authority Podcast in iTunes

5 Ways to Use Social Media to Build Influence

Highlights From Episode 10

  1. Make Your Content Ridiculously Valuable

If you’re looking to build loyalty and trust with your audience, then valuable content should be your number one focus.

This is the type of content that addresses your audience’s needs and pain points. Whether it be an infographic, white paper, ebook or blog post, everything you create should be targeted for your specific niche.

But before you even begin to put pen to paper (or fingers to keyboard), make sure you’ve done your research.

Analyze your keywords. Identify personas. Research the competition (what they’re sharing, what’s working, what’s not). Nail down your brand story.

It’s only then that you can be sure you’re writing for the reader (and not yourself!).

Bonus: The great news about all the content you create is that you don’t have to reinvent the wheel every day, week or month. You can repurpose it.

Source: Scoop.It

Take your old email, blog posts, newsletters, or any other marketing collateral you have lying around, and turn it into quick tips on graphics or even a short video.

If you give your followers the information that will help them save money, make money, or win in a negotiation, they’ll be sure to keep coming back for more.

  2. Share Content At The Right Time

If you want to set yourself up for social media success on Facebook and Twitter, you need a solid posting strategy. This begins and ends with nailing down the right times to share your content.

You don’t want to post about your brand new, data-packed case study if your audience is sleeping – and you certainly don’t want an empty feed when they’re actively looking to consume your content.

So, take a look at when your audience is actually interactive and engaged.

Source: CoSchedule

Once you understand your followers’ habits, you can time out your content accordingly.

  3. Post Timely Content

As a thought leader, you want to be at the forefront of everything that’s going on. Constantly look ahead at everything that’s happening in your industry and break it down for your followers.

Make sure you’re not just pushing out content, but instead explaining what and why it matters. Put your spin on the news and add relevance.

Still not convinced? Here’s 3 reasons to stay on top of current events and share them with your following:

1. It capitalizes on the conversations happening in real time in your industry. Use social media as your very own water cooler – a virtual place for your fans to come together and share their thoughts.

Not only will this give your opinion relevance, but will also help you organically show up in the news feed.

2. It’s the perfect opportunity to add context to the content. Don’t just push out news stories. Instead, share your own thoughts and feedback, and establish expertise.

A great example of this is the Facebook Live video below where Twitter expert Diana Adams and I broke down all recent updates on the various social networks.

Instead of simply regurgitating the news, we told people why they should care.

3. It’s shareable. If the content you’re posting is timely, interesting, and relevant, your audience will be more inclined to share it. Don’t pass up this opportunity to increase your reach, build momentum, and get more engagement.

Source: Buffer

  4. Building Connections With Like-Minded Business Professionals

If you want to build your social media influence, you need to connect with other business professionals with similar interests as yours.

As counter-intuitive as building connections with your potential competitors may seem, know that relationships are everything in the online world.

As you start to engage with others and share their content, the connection grows and they’ll likely reciprocate the gesture. It’s mutually beneficial and exposes both sides to a larger audience.

Be careful though!

Be strategic in who you contact and what you say. For example, you shouldn’t randomly send out requests or long DMs, especially if you haven’t established a prior relationship.

Focus on building relationships and not numbers.

  5. Collaborate and Engage with Your Audience

Instead of speaking AT your audience, you need to speak WITH them. Join their conversations and become an active participant.

Don’t get so carried away with creating content that you forget about the relationship-building aspect of social media. Listen to what your fans, followers, and clients are saying about you and your brand.

Once you know what’s going on, you can easily inject yourself into those conversations. Do so by sharing advice or timely information. This will help you become a valuable resource and build bridges.

There are a lot of tools that can help you listen and personally respond to your audience. Here’s a few of my favorites.

Source: Socialglims

Final Thoughts

There are many ways to build influence on social media, but it all begins and ends with having conversations and being human.

Show your audience that you’re real and that you care. They need to know you understand who they are and what they find valuable.

So, get involved in the conversation and start building authority and influence today!

Subscribe to the Brand Authority Podcast

Subscribe on iTunes

Subscribe on SoundCloud

Subscribe on Stitcher

Subscribe on Google Play

People, Brands and Resources Mentioned:

Mention

Brand 24

Sprout Social

Daily Social Media Checklist

Want to View on YouTube Instead?

The post 5 Ways to Use Social Media to Build Influence appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>
https://rebekahradice.com/use-social-media-to-build-influence/feed/ 6
How to Recover From a Social Media Disaster https://rebekahradice.com/recover-from-a-social-media-disaster/ https://rebekahradice.com/recover-from-a-social-media-disaster/#comments Mon, 25 Sep 2017 17:59:17 +0000 https://rebekahradice.com/?p=12376 We’ve all seen it happen. Social media mistakes that end in disaster. Whether it’s an ill-timed post, poorly thought out joke, or a badly planned marketing campaign, crisis can strike anytime and anywhere. Do you know how you’ll recover when a social media disaster hits your business? In this episode of the Brand Authority Podcast, […]

The post How to Recover From a Social Media Disaster appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>

We’ve all seen it happen. Social media mistakes that end in disaster.

Whether it’s an ill-timed post, poorly thought out joke, or a badly planned marketing campaign, crisis can strike anytime and anywhere.

Do you know how you’ll recover when a social media disaster hits your business?

In this episode of the Brand Authority Podcast, I tackle this topic.

Listen in and learn 6 actionable ways to put your response and escalation plan in place, including the exact steps to take during any social media disaster.

Subscribe to Brand Authority Podcast in iTunes

How to Recover From a Social Media Disaster

Highlights From Episode 9

  1. Assess the Situation

When disaster strikes, a knee jerk reaction is never the right action. While your response time to a social media disaster is critical, it’s important to first take a moment and assess the situation.

Gather your team, discuss the problem openly, and answer a few questions.

  • Who was harmed / injured / impacted?
  • How many people were harmed / injured / impacted?
  • Is the situation under control or is it an ongoing issue?
  • What is being / has been done in response to the situation?

Once you’ve identified the who, what, and how, you can objectively review your next steps.

Because believe me when I tell you, not all negative feedback is a disaster, and not all deserves the same response (if a reply at all).

For example, one person who can’t access your website is very different than 25 incoming tweets about the same issue.

It’s your job to look at the scope of what’s going on and determine whether the complaint is valid or if it’s just a hater on a “complaining streak.”

There’s a lot of undeserved negativity on social, don’t get sucked into that vicious cycle.

  2. Maintain Control of Your Emotions

Dealing with a social media disaster can take a huge toll on your emotions.

Any negativity can feel like an attack. And that will make even the most reserved person want to lash out.

But before you do that, get your emotions in check.

You’re not looking to win the argument, but to come to a peaceful resolution. Don’t add fuel to the fire by responding with a negative tone or by immediately taking a defensive stance.

Choose to be in control of your emotions and attitude. Sometimes a positive and empathetic response can make all the difference.

Source: Intersection Consulting

  3. Acknowledge the Negative Feedback

It’s horrible when negative situations unfold on social media, but it’s even worse when these are one-sided conversations: people complaining to a company who isn’t even listening.

Negativity also has a tendency to “pile on” in social media. You’ve seen this happen where one negative comment attracts a dozen more.

Don’t allow that to happen to your company. Acknowledge the situation, and offer an empathetic and transparent response.

Whether your company is big or small, focus on humanizing your brand, your voice, and your response. Be honest and genuine.

What are you doing to solve the problem, what steps have already been taken, what’s going to happen now?

The faster (and better) you address the situation, the less chance the negativity has to spread.

Source: Groove

  4. Keep the Conversation Focused

During a social media crisis, it’s easy to let the conversation stray. Don’t let that happen – keep it focused on the issue at hand, as opposed to a perceived one.

To do that, you need to be prepared. Have a very clear understanding of the situation and know the exact process for resolution.

Armed with that information, you can quickly and clearly articulate what’s happening and next steps without losing focus.

Source: Clarabridge

  5. Always Work to Find a Resolution

Sometimes a negative response will be deserved, and the complaint valid, and sometimes it won’t be.

Whatever the case, know that we’re all human. Sometimes our response is correlated to an event that has nothing to do with your business.

Your social media follower is having a bad day and your latest post or tweet became the last straw. The good news is that you can be the one to turn that bad day around.

As you respond, be humble, be helpful, and most of all – be sympathetic to the issue.

Let people know that you understand their problem and are doing everything in your power to find a resolution asap.

Sometimes people just need an empathetic ear. Be that ear while doing everything you can to find a solution.

Source: Media Venue

  6. Over Communicate And Always Follow Up

While it’s important to address complaints and respond appropriately, don’t forget to follow up. That is a huge mistake that leaves the customer feeling abandoned and frustrated.

Sure, you need to immediately respond to the problem, but also have a system in place to come back and follow up. Tell people what’s happening and where you are in terms of solving their problem.

Circle back around to the social network where the complaint first happened. Meet people where they’re at, giving them updates where they’re most likely to look.

Final Thoughts

I can’t stress enough that the key to handling a social media disaster is control.

Controlling how you respond will help you keep things from escalating, and may even give you a chance to turn it around.

So be prepared and get your plan in place. You may not be able to save every customer, but you’ll certainly save more than you would by hiding behind social media.

There’s never a comfortable way to handle a disaster, but there is a right way. Make the latter decision your decision every time.

Subscribe to the Brand Authority Podcast

Subscribe on iTunes

Subscribe on SoundCloud

Subscribe on Stitcher

Subscribe on Google Play

People, Brands and Resources Mentioned:

Brian Honigman, CEO of Honigman Media

Mike Allton, CMO of SiteSell

Daily Social Media Checklist

Want to View on YouTube Instead?

The post How to Recover From a Social Media Disaster appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>
https://rebekahradice.com/recover-from-a-social-media-disaster/feed/ 5
Why Most Businesses Get Branding Wrong (And How to Fix It) https://rebekahradice.com/why-most-businesses-get-branding-wrong/ https://rebekahradice.com/why-most-businesses-get-branding-wrong/#comments Tue, 19 Sep 2017 12:00:58 +0000 https://rebekahradice.com/?p=12375 Whether you like it or not, you’re being judged every day. Judged by how you present yourself and your brand. By what you say, and even what you don’t say. All it takes is one mistake to destroy your positive momentum. Want to disaster-proof your business? You need to nail your branding. Yes, YOU! Too […]

The post Why Most Businesses Get Branding Wrong (And How to Fix It) appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>

Whether you like it or not, you’re being judged every day. Judged by how you present yourself and your brand.

By what you say, and even what you don’t say.

All it takes is one mistake to destroy your positive momentum.

Want to disaster-proof your business? You need to nail your branding. Yes, YOU!

Too many people overlook branding as something that’s “not for them, doesn’t matter to their business, or isn’t something that will make a difference to the bottom line.”

I’m here to tell you that building a strategy around your brand is the first step towards success. In the latest episode of the Brand Authority Podcast, I share why most businesses get branding wrong – and what you can do about it.

Subscribe to Brand Authority Podcast in iTunes

Why Most Businesses Get Branding Wrong (And How to Fix It)

Highlights From Episode 8

No Clearly Defined Brand

Your personal brand is a bridge that connects potential customers to your business.

It takes the impersonal and makes it relatable. It transforms the obscure into a clarifying statement.

It embodies who you are, what you do, and who you help… conveying your message and sharing why anyone should work with you.

And in today’s online world, it’s more important than ever that you get your branding right.

After all, if your value proposition isn’t evident – or worse yet, it’s non-existent – no one will take that next step with you.

If you want to be memorable (and create a brand that sticks!), infuse your essence into:

  • Every piece of content you share
  • Every word you speak
  • Every action you take

Source: UpCity

A Hit or Miss Social Media Strategy

A strong and thought-out social media strategy is key to growing your brand. The first step to creating one is defining your end goal.

Ask yourself: “What benefits am I looking for?”

Is it:

  • engagement
  • brand awareness
  • sales
  • all of the above

Source: Goals Infinite

Now think about how you can use social media to amplify and create results around that goal.

Know exactly what you want to achieve and use that to determine what you can do on a daily basis to reach that goal.

But remember: whatever you’re trying to get out of social media, it only makes sense if you have a strategy behind it.

No Social Media Voice

A strong brand is just like a person: it’s unique and has a distinct look, feel, and voice.

Where most businesses get branding wrong is that they don’t realize it’s their job is to find that voice.

Know who you are, what your strengths are, and why people should buy from you. Once you know that, you can begin to translate that across all of your social networks in an authentic way.

And no, this isn’t a made up version of who you are in real life. This is a direct reflection of who you are.

If it’s not – your message will quickly get lost in a sea of noise.

Source: Stephanie Schwab

Self-Limiting Beliefs

Marketing your business is tied up into your mental and emotional beliefs.

These are both, your beliefs about what you deserve and what you don’t deserve. The latter are known as self- limiting beliefs, beliefs that constantly prevent you from reaching your full potential.

And if you don’t believe in yourself, it’s going to be impossible to create a strong brand.

Don’t let the limiting beliefs hold you back. Instead, make a few adjustments in your beliefs. Turn “I can’t” and “I won’t” into “I can” and “I will.”

Look at what’s holding you back and stop with the negative self-talk. Don’t talk about why you shouldn’t and instead, think about why you should!

Source: NerdFitness

Final Thoughts

Many businesses fail because they underestimate the importance of getting their branding right. Don’t make that mistake.

Define your brand, find your voice, build a strong strategy, and engage!

Want to know more about why businesses get branding wrong (and how you can fix it)? Listen to my podcast – it’s got all the answers you’re looking for. And don’t forget to hit “subscribe” so you don’t miss a single upcoming episode!

Subscribe to the Brand Authority Podcast

Subscribe on iTunes

Subscribe on SoundCloud

Subscribe on Stitcher

Subscribe on Google Play

Tools and Resources Mentioned:

Sprout Social

Daily Social Media Checklist

Want to View on YouTube Instead?

The post Why Most Businesses Get Branding Wrong (And How to Fix It) appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>
https://rebekahradice.com/why-most-businesses-get-branding-wrong/feed/ 6
How to Measure the Impact of Social Media on Your Business https://rebekahradice.com/measure-social-media-impact-on-your-business/ https://rebekahradice.com/measure-social-media-impact-on-your-business/#comments Tue, 12 Sep 2017 12:00:20 +0000 https://rebekahradice.com/?p=12265 Do you struggle to measure the impact social media has on your business? Not sure what, how, or where to track important social media data? It can be easy to focus on the “doing” part of social media… crafting posts, designing graphics, scheduling, and so many other tasks that keep us busy, but not productive. […]

The post How to Measure the Impact of Social Media on Your Business appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>

Do you struggle to measure the impact social media has on your business?

Not sure what, how, or where to track important social media data?

It can be easy to focus on the “doing” part of social media… crafting posts, designing graphics, scheduling, and so many other tasks that keep us busy, but not productive.

That’s why it’s critical to look at what’s working and adjust what’s not.

In my latest podcast, I share 4 actionable ways to track and measure the impact of social media on your business. Take a listen!

Subscribe to Brand Authority Podcast in iTunes

How to Measure the Impact of Social Media on Your Business

Highlights From Episode 7

  1. Define Your Success And Set Measurable Goals

Social media marketing doesn’t have to take up all of your time, neither does it have to be all work and no play. The key to success are strategic goals that allow you to track, measure, and analyze your progress.

And you can only track your success if you know what it looks like for your company. This means you need to develop your own definition of success – decide what you want to achieve and get your team on board that vision.

Next, use your definition of success to set measurable goals. Make sure they’re aligned with your overall business goals.

Source: Naveen Raju

For example, do you want to:

  • Reach new markets
  • Improve brand reputation
  • Drive traffic
  • Improve customer support
  • Reduce overhead
  • Generate leads
  • Establish brand advocates
  • Turn a single event into ongoing marketing dollars
  • Decrease current advertising spend while increasing results

A great way to outline your goals is to write down 3 big, bold objectives, and add 2-3 key results that will come out of your efforts.

It may look like:

Once you determine your end goal for maximum social media impact, it’s time to sift through the myriad of metrics out there and track the right ones.

  2. Track The Right Metrics

It’s important to know the difference between two types of metrics: Vanity vs. Actionable.

Vanity metrics are exactly what you think – numbers that make your brand look good on a surface level (they might even boost your self-esteem) – but they do nothing to bring in leads, customers, or sales.

Of course we all want a large fan base BUT what good is your audience if it’s not full of people who are interested in your brand? That’s why vanity metrics have very little use when it comes to reaching your business goals.

“Vanity metrics make you feel good, but they don’t offer clear guidance for what to do.” – Eric Ries, entrepreneur, blogger and author of The Lean Startup

Instead, you need to focus on actionable metrics – metrics that help you make decisions and take appropriate action. They’re always tied to your objectives and to repeatable tasks you can improve on.

Tracking these metrics helps you see exactly what’s working and what’s not.

While these may vary from one business to the next, here are a few actionable metrics that any business needs to keep track of to measure social media impact.

  • Engagement

Engagement is the number of likes, comments, and shares your content is getting. Knowing how much engagement your posts inspire provides you with the information you need to move your audience along their customer journey.

After all, engagement is the result of a marketing strategy that directly engages consumers and encourages them to participate in the evolution of a brand.

Track your engagement to determine what’s working at each step of the customer journey. Do A/B tests on your content and compare the number of likes, shares, and comments.

Source: Invesp Consulting

  • Conversions

Likes and shares are great, but it’s even better when they translate into real customers. That’s why it’s so important that you track your conversions. You need to see which of your efforts are getting people to click on your content, subscribe, and at some point, become a customer.

You can use Google Analytics to track conversions. Simply create an attribution report and you’ll see what channel your conversions are coming from.

  • ROI

Measuring ROI (Return-on-Investment) shows profitability. It helps you see whether the efforts and money you’re investing are paying off.

You can calculate ROI by dividing your profits from investment by the cost of investment. The answer is a percentage.

  3. Quantify the Value

It’s important that you know what each client or sale is worth to your business. To do this, calculate how much it costs you to generate that lead.

You’ll have to look at the cost of each social post and time spent replying to mentions.

Then compare that cost of time spent to the results received.

  4. Pick The Right Tools

Most social networks have their own analytics. These are a fantastic starting point for measuring social media impact.

However, if you want to save even more time and get the bigger picture, there are tools you can use.

One of the best analytics apps is Simply Measured. It can help you analyze how your content is performing across all your social networks, and get the bigger picture of what drives your social media success.

I’ve been using it for years!

I also use Google Analytics regularly. You can set up goals right in your dashboard and give your team access.

Final Thoughts

The smart way to make business decisions is to know what the outcome will be beforehand.

Data can help you do that. So, track and measure the important metrics and use them to make your social media decisions.

For more insight on the metrics to track, listen to my podcast, subscribe, and be sure to come back next week for more Brand Authority tips and strategies!

Subscribe to the Brand Authority Podcast

Subscribe on iTunes

Subscribe on SoundCloud

Subscribe on Stitcher

Subscribe on Google Play

Tools and Resources Mentioned:

Simply Measured

Google Analytics

Metrics Dashboard 

Daily Social Media Checklist

Want to View on YouTube Instead?

The post How to Measure the Impact of Social Media on Your Business appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>
https://rebekahradice.com/measure-social-media-impact-on-your-business/feed/ 9
How to Develop Your Social Media Brand Strategy https://rebekahradice.com/develop-social-media-brand-strategy/ https://rebekahradice.com/develop-social-media-brand-strategy/#comments Tue, 05 Sep 2017 11:30:47 +0000 https://rebekahradice.com/?p=12148 We’ve all heard the horror stories… an ill-advised tweet, a Facebook post that erupts into angry protest, or a meme that was better left unshared. While it may take some time to create your perfect social media strategy, it’s important to nail it down sooner than later. It could make the difference between an oops […]

The post How to Develop Your Social Media Brand Strategy appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>

We’ve all heard the horror stories… an ill-advised tweet, a Facebook post that erupts into angry protest, or a meme that was better left unshared.

While it may take some time to create your perfect social media strategy, it’s important to nail it down sooner than later.

It could make the difference between an oops you can’t recover from and a strategy that builds brand awareness, conversation, and engagement.

So, let’s begin with the basics, and make this easy on you. Because strategy should be fun, not heavy, uncomfortable, or frustrating.

In this episode of the Brand Authority podcast, you’ll learn how to quickly establish your social media brand strategy.

Subscribe to Brand Authority Podcast in iTunes

How to Develop Your Social Media Brand Strategy

Highlights From Episode 6

  1. Set Goals and Make Them Stick

You can’t start crafting your strategy if you’re not clear on your overall goals and objectives.

Take a few minutes to write down what you want to achieve. And don’t forget to give them a deadline.

A goal without a date is only a dream.

  2. Choose Your Social Media Platforms

You don’t need to be active on every single social media platform – just the ones that best support your goals.

So, ask yourself:

  • What social network(s) is your audience actively using?
  • What platform(s) align with the type of content you share?
  • What platform(s) are appropriate for your industry?

Answering these questions will help you choose the right platform for you, your brand, and your audience.

  3. Create a Content Strategy

Before you start creating and sharing content, you must understand the needs of your audience. Go to Facebook, Twitter, Instagram and more to see what type of content your target market is most interested in.

Next, brainstorm your content topics based on the research above.

Now it’s time to decide on the type of content you’ll share. I suggest you focus on content that converts:

  • Blog posts
  • Webinars
  • Ebooks
  • Case studies
  • Special Reports
  • White papers
  • Workbooks / Downloads
  • Podcast interviews
  • Checklists / How-to’s
  • Video guides and tutorials

You don’t have to share every type. Pick one, see how it performs, and move on to the next type of content.

Source: Graphic Mama

  4. Create a Posting Strategy

Having a data-backed posting strategy will ensure that your content is reaching your audience on the right platform and at the right time.

First, determine what social networks you’ll share your content on.

To get started, first write down what type of content you’ll share on each channel.

Next, decide how often and when you’ll share that content. Use analytics to determine when your followers are most active online

Finally, create a content calendar to stay on track.

Don’t have one? You can download this free calendar and then organize based on your posting schedule.

  5. Track, Measure, Adjust

Are you paying attention to your results? It’s difficult, if not impossible, to build your brand on social media if you:

  • Don’t know what you want to achieve
  • Don’t have a system in place to monitor results
  • Don’t actively track, measure, and adjust strategy

There’s now way to know if what you’re doing is getting you closer (or pushing you further away) from your goals unless you track and measure your ongoing efforts. Doing so will help you:

  • Set the right goals
  • Determine what’s working and what’s not
  • Iterate
  • Choose a few metrics that are aligned with your goals and track them daily. I suggest you focus on actionable metrics, that help you make decisions.

Final Thoughts

The marketing world is constantly evolving. The only way to stay ahead is to have a clear and effective marketing strategy to guide you.

If you haven’t already, listen and subscribe to my podcast where I dive deeper into how to create a strategy that works.

Subscribe to the Brand Authority Podcast

Subscribe on iTunes

Subscribe on SoundCloud

Subscribe on Stitcher

Subscribe on Google Play

Resources Mentioned:

Content Calendar

Want to View on YouTube Instead?

The post How to Develop Your Social Media Brand Strategy appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>
https://rebekahradice.com/develop-social-media-brand-strategy/feed/ 9
5 of The Best Ways to Attract More Customers to Your Business https://rebekahradice.com/best-ways-to-attract-more-customers-to-your-business/ https://rebekahradice.com/best-ways-to-attract-more-customers-to-your-business/#comments Mon, 04 Sep 2017 12:00:39 +0000 https://rebekahradice.com/?p=12138 Like most businesses, you’re on social media to attract more customers. But to do that, you have to stand out. And in today’s highly competitive marketplace, standing out means earning attention in a short amount of time. That’s where process and strategy comes in. With the right plan in place, you can attract more leads, […]

The post 5 of The Best Ways to Attract More Customers to Your Business appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>

Like most businesses, you’re on social media to attract more customers.

But to do that, you have to stand out. And in today’s highly competitive marketplace, standing out means earning attention in a short amount of time.

That’s where process and strategy comes in.

With the right plan in place, you can attract more leads, customers, and sales.

In this week’s episode of my the Brand Authority podcast, I share 5 of the best ways to get started.

Take a listen and don’t forget to subscribe!

Subscribe to Brand Authority Podcast in iTunes

5 of The Best Ways to Attract More Customers to Your Business

Highlights From Episode 5

  1. Stay Engaged

Put a plan in place to engage with your followers on a daily basis. Show them that there’s a real person behind the content and the brand.

Prove that you’re not just pushing out content for the sake of it, but actually working to build relationships.

That means keeping a close eye on your brand mentions. Responding to mentions gives you a chance to start conversations and get to know your audience.

It also gives your audience the opportunity to learn more about you.

Use tools like Sprout Social and Brand 24 to easily keep track of mentions.

  2. Make Your Content Ridiculously Valuable

It should go without saying, your content should be ridiculously valuable.

But sadly we still see way too much wasted content. It’s content that wastes:

  • Time
  • Money
  • Opportunity

Stop pumping out content for the sake of it. Ask yourself with each article and social post: is it relevant, relatable, inspirational, aspirational, or educational?

If your answer isn’t a resound YES, ditch it. You owe your audience more than random, uninspired drivel that they can find or read anywhere on the web.

And don’t think you need to reinvent the wheel each time. Share a tip from a popular post, answer a frequently asked question or show (don’t tell) how to use your product.

The key is to understand your audience, care about their needs, and show up consistently.

  3. Get Creative With Visual Content

People who read a piece of content only remember 10% of it 3 days later.

But, if that same information is paired with an image, they remember 65% of it.

Create and share visuals to catch attention, elicit engagement, and create a memorable moment.

Not sure where to begin?

Take a well-performing article, grab a few important points, and turn it into a short infographic or a video.

You can also create custom images that:

  • Asks an engaging and easy-to-answer question
  • Answers a frequently asked question
  • Shows an interesting way people are using your product
  • Shares what inspires you

Source: Uber Flip

  4. Choose the Right Timing

On social media, timing is everything. If you’re not sharing content when your target audience is online, it will get buried.

Although there are some general statistics, there’s no universal time that works for everyone.

Look inside your analytics to determine when your audience is online and the most engaged. Facebook Insights is a great place to start.

You can also use tools like Followerwonk or Tweriod.

Source: Kissmetrics

  5. Be Data Driven

If you want to see real results, you can’t “hope” something will work, you need to know that it will. That means being data-driven in all of your business decisions.

Keep a constant eye on your data to determine how your marketing decisions are affecting your business. Use that information to adjust your strategies and make data-informed decisions about the future.

Here are a few great sources of data:

  • Google Analytics
  • Facebook Insights
  • Twitter Analytics
  • Social Dashboards (Datorama and Dasheroo are two great choices)

You can also create separate UTM parameters to track where the most traffic is coming from.

Not sure how to do that? Listen in to the podcast!

Subscribe to the Brand Authority Podcast

Subscribe on iTunes

Subscribe on SoundCloud

Subscribe on Stitcher

Subscribe on Google Play

Brands and Tools Mentioned:

Sprout Social

Brand 24

Followerwonk

Tweriod

Want to View on YouTube Instead?

The post 5 of The Best Ways to Attract More Customers to Your Business appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>
https://rebekahradice.com/best-ways-to-attract-more-customers-to-your-business/feed/ 9
How to Tell Your Brand Story on Facebook https://rebekahradice.com/tell-your-brand-story-on-facebook/ https://rebekahradice.com/tell-your-brand-story-on-facebook/#comments Mon, 28 Aug 2017 11:33:54 +0000 https://rebekahradice.com/?p=12128 Storytelling, one of the oldest forms of communication. It’s how we interact, engage, and connect. So how can you tell your brand story through the power of Facebook? In my latest episode of the Brand Authority Podcast, I share how you can craft a compelling narrative in a clear, compelling, and genuine way. Subscribe to […]

The post How to Tell Your Brand Story on Facebook appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>

Storytelling, one of the oldest forms of communication.

It’s how we interact, engage, and connect.

So how can you tell your brand story through the power of Facebook?

In my latest episode of the Brand Authority Podcast, I share how you can craft a compelling narrative in a clear, compelling, and genuine way.

Subscribe to Brand Authority Podcast in iTunes

How to Tell Your Brand Story on Facebook

Highlights From Episode 4

  1. Take Time To Write Your Brand Story

Using the magic of a past experience, you’re able to offer insight, advice, and guidance.

You can express concern, provide direction, and give your Facebook fans a new perspective on their current situation.

Haven’t taken the time to write your brand story?

Here’s 3 questions that will help you begin to formulate yours.

Write down your answers and pull them together into a short 30-second brand story.

You can then use it as your bio on Facebook or as guidance for a series of posts, add them into graphics, or use them to create a video compilation.

  2. Share Visuals That Tell a Story

Visuals are a fantastic way to tell your brand story and build a deeper connection with your fans.

Create graphics that tell your story. Here’s a few ideas:

    • A quote that’s important to you
    • How you arrived
    • The history of your brand

Allow visuals to create thought leadership and extend the value of your brand.

  3. Share User Generated Content

Who says that only you can tell your story? Let your customers do it for you through user-generated content.

This type of content is a great way to provide social proof, build trust, and showcase happy customers.

Here are a few things you can share:

  • Positive Facebook visitor posts and reviews
  • Images of customers using your product
  • Product review videos
  • Quotes and feedback

  4. Go Live to Give a Behind the Scenes Look at Your Business

Going behind-the-scenes with Facebook Live video is a great way to show your customers that you’re real and more than just a name on a page.

Use it to amplify your message and add a personal touch.

Here are a few ways to use Facebook Live video:

  • Give a tour of your facilities
  • Show a view of your multiple locations
  • Do a walkthrough of a specific process
  • Share company milestones
  • Give a sneak peek into an upcoming product

Every company has important milestones and events that go on. Let your audience in – let them join in the celebration and see your brand from the inside. You can share current events, or do a throw-back post.

Here are a few events/milestones you can highlight:

  • A big company event
  • New employee / major client
  • A move to a new location
  • Launch of new product or service
  • Press coverage

Tell Your Story!

Want to find out how you can share your story on Facebook?

Listen to the podcast, and don’t forget to subscribe for more branding tips!

Subscribe to the Brand Authority Podcast

Subscribe on iTunes

Subscribe on SoundCloud

Subscribe on Stitcher

Subscribe on Google Play

Brands Mentioned:

Volkswagen

Go-Pro

Buzzed

Want to View on YouTube Instead?

The post How to Tell Your Brand Story on Facebook appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>
https://rebekahradice.com/tell-your-brand-story-on-facebook/feed/ 6
3 Types of Video You Should Create to Build Your Brand https://rebekahradice.com/types-of-video-you-should-create-to-build-your-brand/ https://rebekahradice.com/types-of-video-you-should-create-to-build-your-brand/#comments Wed, 23 Aug 2017 11:30:39 +0000 https://rebekahradice.com/?p=12121 Did you know that 55% of people watch videos online every day? Or that social video generates 1200% more shares than text and images combined? If you’re not tapping into the immense power of video, you’re missing a huge growth opportunity. But while it’s a great tool for building and marketing your brand, that doesn’t […]

The post 3 Types of Video You Should Create to Build Your Brand appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>

Did you know that 55% of people watch videos online every day?

Or that social video generates 1200% more shares than text and images combined?

If you’re not tapping into the immense power of video, you’re missing a huge growth opportunity.

But while it’s a great tool for building and marketing your brand, that doesn’t mean you should dive head first.

You need to be strategic with your video marketing strategy, and that includes the type of video you create.

In the latest installment of the Brand Authority Podcast, I walk you through the 3 types of video you should be creating today.

Subscribe to Brand Authority Podcast in iTunes

3 Types of Video You Should Create to Build Your Brand

Episode 3 Highlights

  1. Live Video

Live video lets you connect with your audience on a whole new level, and do so with the push of a button. No fancy video equipment, or hours in the editing room – just you and your audience.

It breaks down barriers and offers a chance to show who you really are and what your brand is all about. So, tap into that power. Whether it’s through Facebook, Instagram, YouTube or any other live streaming network, use live video to humanize your brand and build a strong connection.

Here are a few ideas:

  • Set up a video conference and host interviews through a tool like BeLive
  • Give your audience a behind-the scenes look at your business
  • Share a live event, conference or local happening

Source: Domain

  2. Educational and How-To Training Videos

People love to learn, and they especially love to learn what you already know. So give that knowledge away!

Take a blog post and break it down into actionable tips, create an ebook, or write an email series. Use your creativity to repurpose, update, or reinvent old content into new types media.

The more you give, the quicker you build brand authority and position yourself as the go-to expert.

Source: Internal YouTube Data

  3. Promotional Videos

Value always comes first, but it’s the promotional content that turns a viewer into a lead and then a customer. So, don’t be afraid to share promotional videos once in awhile.

Find a way to promote your product or service through a training video where you teach your audience how to do something.  Or create an engaging testimonial video that helps people make their purchasing decision easier.

Simply reach out to your top customers and ask them to share their thoughts. Make it easier for them by providing a list of questions to answer. You’re not putting words in their mouth, only offering an easier way to tell their history with your brand.

The key is to create engaging promotional videos that tell your story while keeping your audience entertained.

Listen to the Podcast

Want to learn more about the type of video you should create to build your online brand? Listen to the full Brand Authority Podcast where I talk about each one in detail.

Then, make sure to come back for next week’s episode where I share how you can tell your story on Facebook.

Subscribe to the Brand Authority Podcast

Subscribe on iTunes

Subscribe on SoundCloud

Subscribe on Stitcher

Subscribe on Google Play

Brands Mentioned:

Dunkin Donuts – Live Test Kitchen

Want to View on YouTube Instead?

The post 3 Types of Video You Should Create to Build Your Brand appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>
https://rebekahradice.com/types-of-video-you-should-create-to-build-your-brand/feed/ 6
How to Use Personal Branding to Grow Your Authority https://rebekahradice.com/use-personal-branding-grow-authority/ https://rebekahradice.com/use-personal-branding-grow-authority/#comments Tue, 22 Aug 2017 11:26:46 +0000 https://rebekahradice.com/?p=12111 Ever wonder why some people grow their personal brand effortlessly? In the blink of an eye, they emerge as an industry expert. And seemingly, all while juggling a 9 to 5, raising a family, and enjoying a healthy personal life. Sure, some of that might be smoke and mirrors… an optical elusion born out of […]

The post How to Use Personal Branding to Grow Your Authority appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>

Ever wonder why some people grow their personal brand effortlessly?

In the blink of an eye, they emerge as an industry expert. And seemingly, all while juggling a 9 to 5, raising a family, and enjoying a healthy personal life.

Sure, some of that might be smoke and mirrors… an optical elusion born out of social media.

But for most, a successful personal brand is created with one desire in mind:

To leave a mark on the world.

If you’re eager to do the same, and build a strong personal brand, today’s podcast is for you.

On the Brand Authority Podcast, I share the exact steps you can take to build authority with your personal brand. Plus, don’t forget to subscribe for more episodes!

Subscribe to Brand Authority Podcast in iTunes

How to Use Personal Branding to Grow Your Authority

Highlights From Episode 2

  1. Know What Sets You Apart

You can’t expect people to choose you over another if  you don’t know what sets you apart. Get clear on what you do, who you help, and what makes you indispensable.

Only then can you create differentiation to boost brand authority.

  2. Create a Credible Home Base

Your online hub, the place where all content originates, is your website and blog.

It’s your key to building a strong personal brand. Through your content, you establish credibility, display your expertise, and allow potential customers to connect with you.

Make your website a part of all marketing efforts, helping your audience find you online.

Source: IMG Global Infotech

  3. Brand Yourself on Social Media

Social media is a powerful tool that, when used correctly, will elevate awareness, increase engagement, and solidify your position in the market.

But for that to happen, a strong social media strategy needs to be in place. To do this, you’ll need a deep understanding of your audience in order to share content that solves their problems.

[clickToTweet tweet=”Develop a deep understanding of your audience and share content that solves their problems” quote=”Develop a deep understanding of your audience and share content that solves their problems”]

Here are a few steps you should take:

  • Identify what platforms your target audience spends their time on
  • Determine what you will talk about and what content you will share
  • Connect with competitors and other local businesses
  • Ask questions to learn more about your audience and their needs

  4. Utilize Content Marketing

Use the content you create to showcase your expertise. Content marketing should be a bridge that connects people to your brand.

As you create content, remind yourself of what matters most to your audience. Do they want to know or do something, or do they want to go somewhere or fix something?

Once you answer those questions, provide solutions through informative blog posts, videos, ebooks, infographics, tutorials, and other types of content.

Let your brand become the solution to their problems.

  5. Stay Fresh and Relevant

It’s not enough to show up every once in a while. If you want to build a relevant personal brand, you need to stay top of mind.

Know where your audience is hanging out on line, and make a commitment to being there. If it’s Facebook, then be there. If it’s Instagram, then be there.

Building a personal brand takes time. Know that you’re going into this with the long game in mind. Put in and the effort and it will pay off.

Want to Learn More?

Listen to the full podcast here and hit subscribe. Tune in each week for another episode of the Brand Authority Podcast.

Subscribe to the Brand Authority Podcast

Subscribe on iTunes

Subscribe on SoundCloud

Subscribe on Stitcher

Subscribe on Google Play

Want to View on YouTube Instead?

The post How to Use Personal Branding to Grow Your Authority appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>
https://rebekahradice.com/use-personal-branding-grow-authority/feed/ 3
All Successful Social Media Marketers Share These 6 Habits https://rebekahradice.com/successful-social-media-marketers-share-6-habits/ https://rebekahradice.com/successful-social-media-marketers-share-6-habits/#comments Mon, 21 Aug 2017 11:30:53 +0000 https://rebekahradice.com/?p=12000 Ever wonder how successful social media marketers manage their day? Or how they accomplish all that they do while building a thriving business? I’m excited to announce my new podcast! In the first episode of “Brand Authority,” I tackle this topic. I walk you through the 6 habits I’ve witnessed in every successful social media […]

The post All Successful Social Media Marketers Share These 6 Habits appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>

Ever wonder how successful social media marketers manage their day?

Or how they accomplish all that they do while building a thriving business?

I’m excited to announce my new podcast! In the first episode of “Brand Authority,” I tackle this topic.

I walk you through the 6 habits I’ve witnessed in every successful social media marketer I’ve come to know.

Take a listen and please leave a comment if you feel so inclined. I’d love it if you’d hit that subscribe button too.

And don’t forget to come back. Each week, I’ll bring you new episodes designed to help you build an authority brand through social media.

That includes actionable tips to generate more engagement, traffic, conversions, and sales. Grab a cup of coffee, get your weekly dose, and enjoy!

Subscribe to Brand Authority Podcast in iTunes

6 Habits All Successful Social Media Marketers Share

Highlights From Episode 1

  1. Build Meaningful Relationships

Every successful business is built on people and those relationships. And with social media, your audience is watching those conversations unfold now more than ever.

That’s why it’s so crucial that you build meaningful relationships with employees, customers, potential investors, competitors, and anyone else who matters.

How You Can Establish This Habit

Define your perfect partner, investor, or relationship and the qualities that make them so valuable. Now make a list of your top 100 contacts – the prospects and potential referral sources that exhibit those qualities.

These are the relationships that are most vital to your success. Set aside time to reach out and speak with each person one-on-one in order to build a meaningful connection.

  2. Merge Passion With Social Purpose

If you want your target audience to truly care about your brand, you can’t focus solely on profit. Find something you’re passionate about and merge it with your purpose.

Not only will this connect your heart with your wallet, but will also turn your audience into brand advocates by helping them better understand what drives you.

How You Can Establish This Habit

Take a look at how you’re already giving back to the community, and use those ideas to determine how and where you can give even more.

Think about your company and brainstorm ways to shine a light on your customers, employees, or business partners.

[clickToTweet tweet=”Turn your social media audience into brand advocates. Merge your passion with profit.” quote=”Turn your social media audience into brand advocates. Merge your passion with profit.”]

  3. Understand What Customers Crave

Smart marketers are data-driven. If you want to succeed, you’ll need to keep a very close eye on the ever-changing needs of your customers.

Focus on neuromarketing and determine what factors are impacting the decisions consumers are making.

How You Can Establish This Habit

Use Google Analytics, or a tool such as DataHero, to collect consumer data. Pay attention to the how, when, and why, people are interacting with your brand.

Take that data and use it to give your customers exactly what they’re looking for.

  4. Connect and Collaborate

Never stop learning. Find time every day to read up on the top trends, case studies, and data relevant to your niche.

Learn from the work of others in your industry and don’t be afraid to share your own ideas and expertise with business professionals.

How You Can Establish This Habit

Find people with similar interests and goals and engage them in conversation. Having such personalized interactions will help you build trust and authority.

  5. Keep Money-Making Activities in Sight

All top marketers know that it’s not about working hard, but focusing on the right things. After all, being busy doesn’t mean you’re successful.

That’s why it’s so important to productively focus on money-making activities.

[clickToTweet tweet=”Being busy and being productive are two very different things. Always choose productivity!” quote=”Being busy and being productive are two very different things. Always choose productivity!”]

How You Can Establish This Habit

Think about what actions you can take that would most benefit your business.

Here are a few ideas:

  • Send an email requesting to speak at an upcoming event
  • Set up a face-to-face meeting with a few of your prospects
  • Go to a local networking event
  • Record a video sharing valuable tips

  6. Track, Measure and Adjust Your Efforts

Successful marketers know that you can’t market a business blindly.

You need to track and measure your efforts to understand what’s working and what’s not.

How You Can Establish This Habit

Test what’s working and what’s not. Track and review your performance over time. Use the data you collect to adjust your efforts to fit your target audience’s needs.

If you’re trying out a new tactic or strategy, give it a chance and some time, but don’t wait too long to let go if it’s not working.

Final Thoughts

Success is almost never accidental. If you want to be a successful social media marketer, you need to commit to the right daily habits.

What about you? What habits have made the biggest impact on your business?

Let me know in the comments below!

For more insight into the habits of successful social media marketers, listen to the podcast, and be sure to click subscribe to stay up to date with the Brand Authority Podcast!

Subscribe to the Brand Authority Podcast

Subscribe on iTunes

Subscribe on SoundCloud

Subscribe on Stitcher

Subscribe on Google Play

Tools, Brands, and Resources Mentioned:

Blake Mycoskie, Toms Shoes (What We Give)

DataHero

Google Analytics

Giving Day Calendar

Want to View on YouTube Instead?

The post All Successful Social Media Marketers Share These 6 Habits appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>
https://rebekahradice.com/successful-social-media-marketers-share-6-habits/feed/ 8
The 5 Types of Social Media Content You Need to Create https://rebekahradice.com/types-of-social-media-content-you-need-to-create/ https://rebekahradice.com/types-of-social-media-content-you-need-to-create/#comments Mon, 14 Aug 2017 11:30:36 +0000 https://rebekahradice.com/?p=12007 Creating social media content your community connects with can be one of the hardest aspects of online marketing. Not only does it need to be engaging and interesting, but relevant and easy to consume. To do this, you need to stop serving up the same old thing, and begin introducing the right types of social […]

The post The 5 Types of Social Media Content You Need to Create appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>

Creating social media content your community connects with can be one of the hardest aspects of online marketing. Not only does it need to be engaging and interesting, but relevant and easy to consume.

To do this, you need to stop serving up the same old thing, and begin introducing the right types of social media content. This is content that will elevate your brand, build awareness, and increase engagement.

I’ve pulled together the 5 types of social media content you need to create, along with an infographic from Condiment Marketing. See how simple it is to tie content to your social media strategy and make a bigger impact today.

The 5 Types of Social Media Content You Need to Create

  1. Visual Content (Media, Owned, Informational/Entertaining)

It isn’t surprising that image-rich content is one of the most shareable types of content. After all, it’s one of the longest standing forms of communication, dating back to the beginning of time.

Cavemen used images to tell their story while Egyptians would decorate entire rooms in vibrant color, guaranteeing a continuation of life.

Today, images are used on social media to tell a story, extend a vision, and leave an indelible mark in the mind of a consumer. And visual content has proven to create massive staying (and stickiness) power.

According to Buffer research, tweets that include pictures get 150% more retweets, 18 more clicks, and 89 more likes. Another interesting fact is that 93% of the most engaging posts on Facebook have images as opposed to links and updates. But don’t let that falsely lull you into thinking that as long as you post content with images, you’ll succeed. It takes more than a quick pic to grab the attention of your audience.

You need to use pictures that support the mission and purpose of your business. As the saying goes, a picture is worth a thousand words. That means the images you share must have a substantial impact on your customer, engaging both their heart and mind.

Not sure where to begin?

Look to your competition. Are they sharing creative visual content that their social media fans and followers eat up? If so, what can you learn from that?

Starbucks teaches us a valuable lesson, that oftentimes, less is more… especially when it comes to visual content.

Dairy Queen also knows how to use visual content to keep their audience happy and enthusiastically engaged.

Each has found their own visual content rythm and groove. The goal for you is to nail yours.

  2. Video / GIF / Expiring Content (Media, Real-Time, Promotional)

If you’re still in doubt whether video content is the future of social media marketing, all you have to do is blink. No matter the social network, a simple scroll through the newsfeed will inundate you with video content.

While video has quickly become an efficient and convenient means of communication, it’s also highly personal. It draws in viewers, allowing them to connect with you and your brand on a much more intimate level. And there are no signs that our consumption of video is slowing down.

Cisco predicts that by 2019, videos will account for 80% global internet traffic with social media included. According to data from Facebook, more than 50% of people who login to Facebook every day watch at least one video. And more than that, videos on Facebook increases engagement by 33%. Facebook is a great place to share your videos. A video communicates a message in a brief but memorable way.

The video that you decide to create must include the right words and actions. Not sure what that might be for your brand? Do your research. Look to your keywords and hashtags across each social channel.

What type of video is receiving the most engagement? Is it short form video, GIF’s, expiring content? (Instagram/ Snapchat Stories)

As much as the perception to create a video is expensive, that’s no longer the case. With tools like Promo by Slidely and Animoto, you can create beautiful videos in a matter of minutes.

  3. Infographic Content (Owned, Informational/Entertaining)

If you haven’t started using infographics yet, it’s time to get started. As it stands, the most shared content on social media is infographics mainly because it combines picture and text to tell a story. This works wonders considering that 40% of people respond better to visual information than just plain text.

A study from social network Digg Indicated that infographics on their site have increased by 250 times since 2007. Better yet, another study has shown that infographics are “liked” and shared on social media 3X more than other any other type of content.

That’s a lot of social media engagement you’re leaving on the table if you haven’t added them into your mix.

One of the best ways to use infographics is to present facts that educate your audience. For instance, if you have a clothing brand, you can create an infographic on ladies fashion trends over the years. If you’re a bakery, create an infographic displaying a variety of donuts.

Because, who doesn’t drool over donuts? ?

That Sunday spread. @marciasd #strawberrynuts #cookiesandcream #pandadonut #nutellabanana

A post shared by California Donuts #21 (@californiadonuts) on

To create a catchy infographic, you need a good designer or the creativity to work with tools like PiktoChart to create your own.

Here’s one I created over several years ago and it’s still a top performer on Pinterest. Don’t discount the ability for infographics to boost the shelf life of your content.

  4. How-To / Educational Content (Owned, Broadcast, Informational/Entertaining)

Let’s agree, when a customer visits your website, chances are they’re looking for a solution to a problem. They’ve Googled a keyword or phrase that led them to your article, product, or service.

That’s the main reason why “how-to” posts are so popular. How-to articles can help boost search results when readers find it valuable. This in turn positions you as the go-to authority within that space.  Partner these types of posts with social media and you have content gold.

These articles typically start with “How to…” and come as a result of a search where your reader wants to “know, do, or accomplish” something specific. Use this information to position your content for quick consumption on social media.

For example, you’re a Facebook Advertising Agency and write an article on, “How to Use Facebook Ads for Restaurants.” Your target audience turns to search, types in – “how do I create a Facebook Ad for my restaurant,” and voila – up pops your article if you’ve done your job in creating content that’s:

  • Useful
  • Informative
  • Credible
  • Engaging
  • Comprehensive
via serpIQ

That title becomes your tweet, graphic headline for Instagram, or cover for a quick YouTube how-to video.

Use these “how-to” posts to highlight a problem, provide step-by-step instructions on how-to do something, and generally show them how to accomplish something they didn’t think possible.

These should be detailed, including images, diagrams, infographics, video instruction, and more to offer as much insight as possible.

  5. Listicle Content (Informational/Entertaining, Text, Linking)

One particular type of content that has caught social media by storm are list-based posts. This type of content is meant to organize ideas and provide an answer in an easy to digest format.

It’s a good way to consolidate content, highlight your solution, and show your audience that you’re a useful resource. This article from Wordstream is a perfect example. They include exact steps to write an awesome blog post.

Then they take those steps and break them down in their social media post. Here’s an example of how I use this strategy on Twitter:

Here’s another (more entertaining) way to use quotes as a listicle within your social media posts.

But, don’t get the wrong impression. List posts shouldn’t be silly or frivolous, at least not most of the time. Unless of course, you’re Buzzfeed.

Instead, create lists that offer a valid solution through extensive research or proven processes.

And don’t forget the context of your social post. Your copy needs to be powerful and appealing to capture attention.

Ready to write one, but not sure how? Here’s how you get started in 5 easy steps. (you see what I did there) ?

  1. State your hypotheses (what you believe the problem is) and your solution.
  2. Offer a strong and compelling reason why your solution is the best solution. What’s your take on the situation?
  3. Make your headline attention grabbing, but accurate.
  4. Include relevant images or GIF’s to engage your audience.
  5. Ask your audience’s opinion – get them involved in the conversation.

And one last important detail.

A study by a Journal of Consumer Research found that the human brain responds better to lists that end in zero. The “Top 10 Effect: lumping things into round-number groups and viewing everything outside them as inferior.”

Seems crazy, right? Crazy enough to make a big difference in the engagement and share-ability of your social media content.

  Conclusion

Have you added these 5 types Of Social Media Content to your arsenal yet? If you still haven’t, you’re missing out some great conversation and engagement opportunities.

The more types of contents you employ, the more powerful your content becomes.

Which one will you choose in your next social media post?

SHARE AND PIN THE INFOGRAPHIC

The post The 5 Types of Social Media Content You Need to Create appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>
https://rebekahradice.com/types-of-social-media-content-you-need-to-create/feed/ 15
7 Steps to Writing Your Best Blog Post Every Time https://rebekahradice.com/writing-best-blog-post/ https://rebekahradice.com/writing-best-blog-post/#comments Mon, 24 Jul 2017 03:55:25 +0000 https://rebekahradice.com/?p=7617 You stare at the computer screen hoping inspiration leaps out. How much time has passed since you started writing? Five minutes, an hour, maybe even two? Your head hits the keyboard as you sigh in disbelief. How can this be happening again? If this scenario sounds familiar, you’re in good company. Whether you’re facing writers […]

The post 7 Steps to Writing Your Best Blog Post Every Time appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>

You stare at the computer screen hoping inspiration leaps out. How much time has passed since you started writing? Five minutes, an hour, maybe even two?

Your head hits the keyboard as you sigh in disbelief. How can this be happening again?

If this scenario sounds familiar, you’re in good company. Whether you’re facing writers block or a creative slump, creating compelling content can feel elusive.

The good news? While writing great blog content on a consistent basis can seem overwhelming, it is possible.

Just take a look at some of today’s most successful writers and authors. How did they achieve the status of the best and brightest?

Each one committed to honing their craft through consistent efforts. No matter if you’re a newbie blogger or looking to improve your next blog post, you’ve come to the right place.

Here you’re going to learn seven steps to writing a great blog post every time.

7 Steps to Writing Your Best Blog Post

  STEP 1: Make it Convincing

The first paragraph of your post will be the deciding factor. To quote the musical group the Clash, the question on your reader’s lips is,

“Should I stay or should I go?” (click here for your blast from the past)

You have one chance to grab your reader’s attention. Don’t miss the opportunity to craft an opening to your blog post that seizes your their attention from the moment they land on your blog.

Copyblogger suggests you open your blog post with a bang:

  • Ask a question.
  • Share an anecdote or quote.
  • Invoke the mind’s eye.
  • Use an analogy, metaphor or simile
  • Cite a shocking statistic.

The key is to write with your reader in mind. What will wow, excite, or encourage them? What about your post will speak to their pain, struggle, and frustration?

If you’re just getting started, take time to research. Look to your competition, influential bloggers, and those in your space that have built what you’re eager to create.

Take a look at their tone, style… the words they use (and don’t use). Is it resonating with their audience? If so, why? What about it connects with you?

The goal isn’t to emulate their blog, but to better understand what their audience (and yours) is looking for.

Now put your personality into your writing. You’ll never convince people if you don’t believe it. And the only way to believe in what you write is to have been there / done that. Sharing anything you haven’t actually done is, well… a fabrication or to be straight – a lie.

To captivate your audience, you’re going to have to be straight with them. A great example of this is Michael Hyatt. Not only does he speak from the heart, but from years of experience.

And it shows.

He’s empathetic, creating a mental picture of his audience’s struggle, letting them know that he gets it. And he has the solution.

  STEP 2: Speak to an Audience of ONE

I speak a lot about the importance of knowing your niche and understanding the needs of your target market.

Rather than blasting your content out to a broad audience, you write with a very specific reader in mind.

Speaking to an audience of one means you embrace your core audience. You define who they are in detail.

Have you taken the time to consider what your typical blog reader enjoys reading and what answers they’re looking for when they visit your blog?

If not, let’s get you into the head and heart of the person you’re eager to connect with.

How to Identify Content for Your Core Audience:

  • Put yourself in the shoes of your target market. What challenges do they face, what questions do they have, and what problems do you solve?
  • What is your competition talking about? Does that seem relevant to your audience?
  • Look to the Internet. Research keywords and phrases that your audience would type in if they were looking for your product or service.
  • When you’re researching topics, think about the true intent of your audience. This is where you want to mix in traditional keyword research with the contextual search or actual intent of your reader. Put it in their words. (e.g. what someone would actually type into Google or ask Siri?)

The more time you spend researching, the better you’ll understand exactly what potential readers are looking for and how you can best meet their needs.

Social Media Examiner understands their audience and speaks solely to that group in their titles, copy, meta – every inch of their blog posts. No generalizations here.

This post answers the question, “How do I run a Facebook ad?” That’s the problem they’re looking to solve for their reader. When you land on the post, you see that they’ve identified the problem, empathized with the situation, and provided an immediate solution.

  STEP 3: Keep it Focused

Stick to one topic per post. Be brief and informative, but always know your goals before you find yourself rambling and down an unrelated rabbit hole.

How to get started:

  • Get clear by outlining the key points that will support your topic.
  • Now flesh out those key points and express the why, what and how of your post.
  • Write down – why your reader should care, what they will learn by reading your content and how this post will make their life/business easier or better.
  • Finally, identify the most important takeaway that you’ll leave your readers with.

Seth Godin is the master of the set up and key takeaway. He guides you in and then leaves you with that aha moment. That moment of clarity where your mind shifts, eyes open, and the possibilities become endless.

Give your audience that same gift.

  STEP 4: Make it Readable and Scannable

No matter the length of your post, it’s important to keep it scannable and readable.

Visitors are moving at the speed of light. Make it simple to quickly assess your article and topic.

Digital marketing influencer, Sam Hurley consistently writes an opening paragraph that leaves no doubt in the mind of the reader what:

  • The article is about
  • Why they need to read
  • What they’re going to learn

The good news? You can do the same! Here’s a few tips to help you write better content, connect with your reader, and create an article that speaks to their pain.

  • Stay away from technical terms or industry jargon that your typical reader (someone not working within your business) wouldn’t understand.
  • Don’t use acronyms or other terms that make a reader question what they mean. If a reader can’t quickly discern what you’re message is, they’ll move on with the possibility of never returning.
  • Format your post – use h1 through h6 heading elements, bold, italics, short and concise paragraphs, bulleted lists, graphics and other media to break up the post.
  • Read through your post. Does it feel clunky or uncomfortable? If it doesn’t flow for you, it won’t for your reader either.
  • Edit ruthlessly!

  STEP 5: Give it a Great Headline

Your blog post title is similar to any marketing headline. Readers, just like consumers, make snap decisions based on your title or headline.

The goal is to draw them in through short, catchy and straightforward titles. You want your blog post title to incite interest and produce action, but only through an honest promise of what’s to come.

Tips to a Great Blog Title:

  • Evoke emotion
  • Personalize the content
  • Solve a problem
  • Simplify a process
  • Encourage an action
  • Take a stand
  • Reveal a key strategy
  • Offer unique insight and advice
  • Make a promise your content keeps
  • Set expectations

  STEP 6: Make Sure its Shareable

The quickest way to create shareable content is to produce an eye-catching graphic. Not only will it help get your content shared, but images make an immediate impact.

Did you know:

90% of information transmitted to the brain is visual, and visuals are processed 60,000 times faster within the brain than text. Crazy, but true according to a study by 3M Corporation and Zabisco.

Encourage readers to share your content across multiple social channels by offering at least one branded image. What do I mean by this?

Steer clear of anything that reeks of a stock photo or doesn’t feel “on brand” for your business.

Peg Fitzpatrick, co-author of “The Art of Social Media,” suggests that you customize the size of your graphics to optimize the visual appeal on each platform. Here you can see she created an image that’s perfectly sized for Pinterest. (portrait vs. landscape)

The opportunity here is that every social network requires a different size image. If you’re ambitious and want to create a unique graphic for each social network, you can find those dimensions here.

If you’re not interested in spending an abundant amount of time sizing images on your own, use a tool like Relay to do it for you.

  STEP 7: Tidy it Up

Always examine and tidy up your post before publishing. Eliminate any needless words or phrases. Keep it short and to the point, removing any adjectives or adverbs that only belabor a sentence.

Run it through spellcheck and if you don’t feel like sentence structure is your strength, hire a Virtual Assistant to review on your behalf.

Another tool I find extremely helpful is Hemingway. I aim for a 7-8 grade or readability score and always pay close attention to any use of passive voice or sentences that are hard to read.

*BONUS TIP*

Add a Persuasive Call to Action

You’ve written a great post and you’re ready to go live. Don’t hit that share button quite yet!

Make sure you’ve added your compelling call to action.

This should be the exact next-step you’re asking your readers to take. Whether it’s a subscription or download, give clear instructions.

You never want to assume they know what you want them to do.

Final Thoughts

A great blog post should inspire, encourage, motivate, and captivate your audience.

The goal is to give them a persuasive reason to return to your blog time and again.

Never miss an opportunity to write better content, speak to your exact reader, and be a beacon of trust that keeps your audience coming back for more.

Ready to improve your online marketing? Get the “Smart Guide to Marketing Your Business on Social Media!”

The post 7 Steps to Writing Your Best Blog Post Every Time appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>
https://rebekahradice.com/writing-best-blog-post/feed/ 72
The Smart Guide to Marketing Your Business on Social Media https://rebekahradice.com/smart-guide-marketing-your-business-on-social-media/ https://rebekahradice.com/smart-guide-marketing-your-business-on-social-media/#comments Fri, 14 Jul 2017 12:00:18 +0000 https://rebekahradice.com/?p=11922 Do you struggle with gaining traction on social media for your business? Are you eager to build a powerful online presence, but don’t know where to start? I’m excited to announce that today – those days are over! I’ve officially launched my new online course, “The Smart Guide to Marketing Your Business on Social Media.” […]

The post The Smart Guide to Marketing Your Business on Social Media appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>

Do you struggle with gaining traction on social media for your business?

Are you eager to build a powerful online presence, but don’t know where to start?

I’m excited to announce that today – those days are over! I’ve officially launched my new online course, “The Smart Guide to Marketing Your Business on Social Media.”

This course is for you if you want to create a powerful social media strategy for your business without implementing tactics that waste precious, time, money, and energy.

Throughout this course, you’re introduced to the building blocks of a solid foundation in social media marketing. I’ll guide you every step of the way to help you create a manageable plan.

If you’ve wondered why social media isn’t working for you, come over and join me!

You’ll learn how to fill your pipeline with loyal contacts, customers, users, and subscribers. If you’re looking for fluffy social media tips, this isn’t the course for you.

Want to learn more? Take a look at all this course has to offer.

The Smart Guide to Marketing Your Business on Social Media

So you might be wondering: Why this social media course when there’s so many out there? The answer is simple: Every bit of this training WORKS.

I hear from people just like you every day about the struggles surrounding social media. Everything from what to post, what type of content to share, how to manage social media, and where to spend time.

Social media might be challenging, but it’s also an enormous opportunity to present your business story and message in a real and relatable way. Putting a plan in place is the difference between those who skillfully use social media and those who don’t. And the data supports this.

Almost 90% of businesses who use social media say their social marketing efforts have increased exposure for their business, and 75% say they’ve increased traffic.

Think about it. You’ve seen the competition and probably even made note of what they’re doing right and wrong. It’s pretty obvious when mistakes are made and even worse when we don’t have a system or structure in place to deal with them.

That’s why I knew now was the time to put a course together that documents an end to end strategy. It avoids one-off tactics that can easily derail your success and keep you lost in a sea of to-do’s.

To fill your pipeline with contacts, customers, users, and subscribers – you need a holistic strategy that merges each aspect of your business with your social media marketing.

With this kind of strategy in place, you’ll earn back time, take control, and grow a successful business.

We’ll go through several critical steps together:

  1. One of the most overlooked decisions is which social networks should you spend your time on?  We’ll talk about which social networks you should focus on and then put a posting strategy in place for each of those social networks.
  2. You’ll also learn how to find your audience online and define who your perfect brand persona really is. Not familiar with that term? Don’t worry! You’ll know everything you need by the end of this course!

Plus you’ll learn how to develop your online brand and then put a system in place to track and measure your results. All of this is designed to help you build momentum, gain a voice, and leave your mark through social media.

What Else Will You Learn?

  • Master the social networks that will drive real results for your business
  • Create an actionable posting strategy that includes the exact type of content your audience craves
  • Build the system and process you need to launch, optimize, and manage your online brand
  • Dominate your niche by owning your expertise, nurturing relationships, and becoming an industry authority
  • Get the exact formula to share your compelling business story in a way that activates and naturally attracts your perfect target audience
  • What the social customer journey is and why it matters to your business

PLUS, You Will:

  • Learn to tell your story to create a massive shift in brand perception
  • Leverage your key differentiators when crafting your brand
  • Craft a winning, focused bio to naturally attract the people eager to do business with you
  • Solidify your branding to set it apart. Learn powerful tips that have nothing to do with colors, typography, or graphics.
  • Manage a Facebook page that works
  • Tweet your way to prominence
  • Increase conversions with Pinterest, Instagram, and Tumblr
  • Captivate your audience with YouTube
  • Build your network with LinkedIn
  • Cultivate social media habits using free tools that help you perform at your peak level every day
  • Avoid common social media mistakes I see businesses making time and time again
  • And more!

This course is also packed with exercises, real-world projects, and other opportunities to practice what you’re learning.

Apply your skills and work towards mastery with the following activities and more:

  • Answer tough questions to more effectively identify your target market
  • Clarify your marketing goals and prioritize what you need to get done
  • Benchmark your success using actionable (not vanity) metrics
  • Develop a cohesive system to curate and create content
  • Test your content to encourage more engagement, traffic, and shares
  • Leverage unique strengths in each social network to connect with the right audience

Why This Course Is Different

This isn’t going to be a course where you watch me lecture for 3 hours. It’s a course with ample opportunities for you to get your hands dirty and tackle real problems in your own business.

My teaching experience has been honed from speaking at conferences, writing books and articles, and creating online course such as this one.

My decades-worth of experience spent crafting marketing strategy and consulting for industry leaders has allowed me to learn why most people fail at effective social media marketing, how you can avoid common mistakes, and how you can start learning immediately to make big gains today.

Create radical changes in your social media habits that allow you to zoom past your competition. Build a momentum accelerator through duplicatable processes that double your online efforts. Kick perfect to the curb and get things done. No excuses, nothing holding you back.

Join me today to propel your business forward. Let’s build your social media strategy together.

СохранитьСохранить

The post The Smart Guide to Marketing Your Business on Social Media appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>
https://rebekahradice.com/smart-guide-marketing-your-business-on-social-media/feed/ 7
This is How to Get Your Business Started on Social Media https://rebekahradice.com/get-your-business-started-on-social-media/ https://rebekahradice.com/get-your-business-started-on-social-media/#comments Thu, 06 Jul 2017 12:00:53 +0000 https://rebekahradice.com/?p=11864 Getting started on social media doesn’t have to be hard… especially when you learn from the best. In this candid interview, I chat with author and consultant Katie Lance. I’ve known Katie for a handful of years, and during that time, I’ve watched her launch and build a booming business. As a social media and […]

The post This is How to Get Your Business Started on Social Media appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>

Getting started on social media doesn’t have to be hard… especially when you learn from the best.

In this candid interview, I chat with author and consultant Katie Lance. I’ve known Katie for a handful of years, and during that time, I’ve watched her launch and build a booming business.

As a social media and content strategist, Katie isn’t one to preach from a pulpit. She’s a hands-on, practice what you preach, speaker and trainer.

That is only one of the reasons why I respect all that she does. And why I asked her to sit down with me to discuss social media, growing a business, and the key to success.

Her book, “Get Social Smart: How to Hone Your Social Media Strategy,” is the basis of our conversation. Listen in or read through our talk, and then grab your copy over on Amazon.

This is How to Get Your Business Started on Social Media

   1. Be Intentional With Your Strategy (From Day 1)

There’s a tendency for many people to develop the hustle mindset. It’s the belief that if you run faster, create more, share more, do more… it will translate into success.

While there’s nothing wrong with hustle, the problem for many is blind hustle. Blindly running after social media with no goals in mind.

But I’m a firm believer in getting smarter about how you’re using social media. Rather than throwing content at a wall and hoping it sticks. you’re strategic. You know:

  • What you’re sharing
  • Why you’re sharing it, and
  • Where you’re sharing it

There’s no question, no excuses, and no inconsistencies. And Katie takes that same approach. If you’re intentional from day 1, you stop running and start taking actionable steps towards results.

For a lot of business owners, there’s overwhelm when it comes to getting started on social media. With so many different platforms, where do you begin? I’m a big believer in that you don’t have to be everywhere. Find one or two platforms that you really enjoy – that your customers are on.

The second part of intention is developing a strategy. Don’t just put content out there for the sake of content. 

Times have changed in a very short amount of time. We fed into that craze of “create more” and “get more done.” But now we’ve come full circle and are back to be intentional, know your audience, and know what they’re looking for.

You can still curate great content. You can still put great content out there, but we’ve finally come back to that whole “less is more” mentality.

[clickToTweet tweet=”Less is more means finding a balance between awareness, engagement and ROI. ~ @katielance” quote=”Less is more means finding a balance between awareness, engagement and ROI. via @katielance”]

  2. Stay Focused on the Plan

Where you place your focus and on what platform is different for every business. But one thing is the same. Staying committed to your plan is critical.

Katie explains…

Most people give up too quickly, but you really have to be consistent. You can’t, measure anything without at least three months of trying it consistently.

‘Whether it’s Facebook ads, blog content, or email marketing. Whatever type of marketing you’re doing, it takes at least 3 months – sometimes more than 6 months to see if it’s working.

It’s so critical for anybody managing social media, that you set your expectations, that you realize results could take three months or longer. You’ve got to commit to doing it over and over.

[clickToTweet tweet=”It’s not enough to share content and hope you’ll create a #socialmedia community. ~ @katielance” quote=”It’s not enough to share content and hope that somehow you’re going to create a community.”]

Get focused on the plan and stay with it… no matter what it takes.

  3. Accentuate Your Strengths

If you haven’t heard me say it before, let me mention it again. If you’re growing a business, you MUST focus on and accentuate your strengths. Then give away all the rest. I surround myself every day with people better, smarter, and more skilled than me.

And with good reason. They help me get more done by allowing me to focus on what I do best. Katie agrees…

Sometimes as a business owner, we’re afraid to get an assistant or an editor or copywriter to help us do the heavy lifting because it’s money out of our pocket. But I believe you should do what you do best. Don’t be afraid to get that help. Not outsourcing it, or sending and forgetting, but getting some help, and putting some time in your schedule, even if it’s just a few minutes in the morning.

There is that initial hurdle of making it a habit. Often times, we think of social media as something we’ve got to do, but we don’t think of it as any other type of appointment, and it is – a commitment to yourself, and to your business.

  4. Design a Strategy Around Your Audience

The first step is figuring out the right platforms:

  • Where do you want to be?
  • What’s getting you the most return?

Don’t be afraid to try things out. Even if you feel like you don’t know what you’re doing, just try it out. Here’s what Katie suggests you do next:

Send an email to your database or your customers and ask them “We’re working on our social media strategy. Where do you spend the most time? Figure out where your customers are.

Then, think about what type of content you could create that can tell a story of what it’s like to work with you. Do you like to write? If you do, then blogging might be for you. If you hate writing, but you can talk, maybe it’s Facebook Live. Start to think about content and the type of content you’ll share.

And finally, take out a notebook and a pen, and start to brainstorm. What are the questions people ask you all the time? Those little things can turn into a Facebook Live, a video, a blog post.

Start there, and if you’re not sure, put a post out on Facebook. Ask: What are your biggest questions (fill in the blank)?

  5. Create Better Content… Effortlessly

It’s easy to get caught up in the idea that content has to be a huge production. In reality, what matters is that it connects with the right people.

But it can be a struggle to know what to post for the audience you’re trying to connect with, and how to find balance in the type of content that you’re posting. That’s why Katie created the content grid.

I felt that many people would get stuck on what to post on Facebook, what to say, what to do. It’s a simple spreadsheet that gives you about 30 ideas of what to post. Any business owner can create a content grid.

The way we think about it: What are the 4-5 themes of your business? And within those themes, there are questions. A content grid is simply 30 or so ideas of what to post, or what content you can create.

  6. Find the Right Mix of Content

Think through how you use each platform and where that personal part intersects. Even if you’re a very private person, there are ways to share what’s important to you.

You might share things like a beautiful sunset…

Look for those opportunities where it makes sense. There’s a lot of benefit in giving people a behind-the-scenes into what you do.

It amplifies your message, just in a different way. There’s also a lot to be said for creating those intimate relationships where you feel like you know that person. It’s those moments that really connect us as human beings.

And as Katie points out, it also gives people something to hold on to.

“Tell that story about your business. You’ll have to find your comfort level and determine what you’re willing to share. Once you get clear on your boundaries, it makes content creation so much easier. Force yourself to get out there and do it over and over. Same with video. There is nothing comfortable about getting in front of a camera.”

  7. Integrate Video Today (Not Tomorrow)

When it comes to video, you will always find an excuse not to do it. That’s why you need to create an atmosphere conducive to video. And as Katie has shown in her own business, that can be anywhere. The key is to just get started.

Get yourself in a place that’s quiet where there are no distractions. Get in your own space and practice. When it comes to the actual video, think about the beginning, middle, and end. My advice is always: tell what you are going to tell them and wrap it up – have a call to action.

You’ve also got to have energy. Get fired up and do it! Once it’s done, know that it will never be perfect. But just post it!

When you come from a place of sharing, not selling, it comes back to you ten-fold. When people are looking for what you do, they want to work with you specifically.

Lean into who you are and you’re going to attract people who resonate with that. You don’t have to attract everybody.

  8. Track the Metrics That Matter

It’s different for every business owner, but I always say: start with the free tools. You can’t really track something until you know where you’re at, and Facebook Insights is a great place to start. It can give you a sense of your demographics, where you reach and engagement are at.

Twitter has some great free analytics as well. Instagram for business too.

Start with where you’re are. Evaluate what you have.

The challenge with tracking is: you’re looking at reach, you’re looking at engagement, but how does that translate into business?

For a lot of businesses, one of the best things you can do is invest in landing pages, especially if you’re doing Facebook ads or making video or blogging.

A landing page, especially for a small or medium-sized business, is relatively low cost and relatively simple to set up. It’s a great way to track: are people downloading my free ebook? Are people signing up for my email list?

Landing pages can make a huge difference. They’re pretty straight-forward and a great place to start.

  9. Use Automation to Stay Consistent

No matter who you are or the size of your business, automation can save you time, money, and effort. Use automation to get more done in less time. And most of all, use it to stay consistent.

Katie has been a Hootsuite user for years. She uses it primarily for Twitter, to schedule some of her tweets. What are a few other tools she loves to use? (Hint: I’ve written about them a lot on this blog!)

I go into a kind of rhythm: I use Buzzsumo.com to curate great content. Although curating content can’t be the end-all-be all, it’s still an important piece of strategy. So, I use Buzzsumo to find hot trending content and schedule that to Twitter. It creates a balance between being in the moment and still scheduling content.

I also love using Hootsuite because I have lists set up: lists with media, lists with clients, with potential clients, lists based on different interests or content I want to create. We also use it for searches and engagement. It helps tremendously with setting up some safe searches within Hootsuite.

I’ve also been using Meet Edgar. That was created by Laura Roeder, who I’ve known for years. It’s a great tool, especially for someone who has already created a lot of content. We use it to pre-populate our blog posts and some of our other older content that’s still relevant.

I don’t do too much automation on Facebook. We do a little bit with our Facebook groups. I prefer to use Facebook’s scheduling tool. I go in once or twice a week and schedule out some of our content.

I also use some apps on my phone to create content. I use Wordswag. It’s one of my favorite apps. And I use Animoto.

  Wrapping Up

Whether you’re a seasoned social marketer or just getting started, there’s a lot to learn from Katie.

Make sure to tweet her, say hello, and let her know how much you appreciated all that she shared.

As you know, success on social media doesn’t happen by accident. It’s planned for.

Putting a strategy in place will fast track your efforts and keep your focus on what matters most – not what matters right now.

The post This is How to Get Your Business Started on Social Media appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>
https://rebekahradice.com/get-your-business-started-on-social-media/feed/ 10
How to Market Your Business on Social Media [New Course] https://rebekahradice.com/market-your-business-on-social-media-new-course/ https://rebekahradice.com/market-your-business-on-social-media-new-course/#comments Mon, 19 Jun 2017 11:33:27 +0000 https://rebekahradice.com/?p=11779 Social media isn’t as simple as it seems. Oh sure, from the surface, it looks like play time… post to Facebook, add a pretty picture to Instagram, tweet a blog post. But under that surface is a bubbling caldron of confusion. It’s enough to drive many people running away screaming. That’s why I’m so excited […]

The post How to Market Your Business on Social Media [New Course] appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>

Social media isn’t as simple as it seems. Oh sure, from the surface, it looks like play time… post to Facebook, add a pretty picture to Instagram, tweet a blog post.

But under that surface is a bubbling caldron of confusion. It’s enough to drive many people running away screaming.

That’s why I’m so excited to bring you my new course, “The Smart Guide to Marketing Your Business on Social Media.”

If you’ve wondered:

  • Where you should spend your time online
  • How to find your target audience
  • How you can master the top social networks
  • What tools and processes will effortlessly let you track and measure your social media efforts…

This course is for you.

Back in 2004, when I first started with social media, I had the same questions. I wondered how to grow my audience, what type of content I should share, and so much more.

But today, social media is far more complicated. To succeed, you need a roadmap and a plan.

With those tools in hand, you can bust loose of current perceptions and create a structured social media strategy that catapults your success.

Get a sneak peek at the course and VIP access to bonus content!

How to Market Your Business on Social Media [New Course]

The Backstory on The Smart Guide to Social Media

So you might wonder: why launch this course now? There’s certainly plenty of social media training out there. But none are complete in my opinion. Each lacks the vision two decades in marketing and social media brings.

And all modules within the course are based on your questions. They’re the struggles I hear every day surrounding social media. Everything from how to own your expertise, nurture relationships, and become the local or industry go-to resource.

Because here’s the deal:

Over the last decade as online marketing has evolved, the challenge to reach your target audience and truly communicate has continuously been put to the test. Today, getting in front of your audience is more difficult than ever.  That’s where strategy comes into play.

But while social media might be challenging, it’s also an enormous opportunity to present your business story and message in a real and relatable way.

[clickToTweet tweet=”Social media is an opportunity to present your business story and message in a relatable way.” quote=”Social media is an opportunity to present your business story and message in a relatable way.”]

Putting a plan in place is the difference between those who skillfully use social media and those who don’t. And the data supports this.

As the founder of 4 companies, I’ve learned what works and what doesn’t when it comes to building a business through social media.

My goal through this course is to take that knowledge and walk you step-by-step through what it takes to connect social media marketing with a scalable business strategy that drives measurable growth.

Whether you’re a small business owner, tech industry professional, social media marketer, consultant or coach, I know how important it is to put simple methods into place that will create consistency and clarity around your social media strategy.

That’s exactly what this course is all about.

Why You Need This Social Media Course

Almost 90% of businesses who use social media say their social marketing efforts have increased exposure for their business, and 75% say they’ve increased traffic.

Think about it. You’ve seen the competition and probably even made note of what they’re doing right and wrong. It’s pretty obvious when mistakes are made and even worse when we don’t have a system or structure in place to deal with them.

That’s why I knew now was to the time to put a course together that documents an end-to-end social media strategy. It avoids one-off tactics that can easily derail your success and keep you lost in a sea of to-do’s.

To fill your pipeline with contacts, customers, users, and subscribers – you need a holistic strategy that merges each aspect of your business with your social media marketing.

[clickToTweet tweet=”To fill your pipeline, you need a strategy that merges each aspect of business with social media.” quote=”To fill your pipeline, you need a strategy that merges each aspect of business with social media.”]

With this kind of strategy in place, you’ll earn back time, take control, and grow a successful business.

We’ll go through several critical steps together:

  1. One of the most overlooked decisions is which social networks should you spend your time on? We’ll talk about which social networks you should focus on and then put a posting strategy in place for each of those social networks
  2. You’ll also learn how to find your audience online and define who your perfect brand persona really is. Not familiar with that term? Don’t worry! You’ll know everything you need by the end of this course!

Plus you’ll learn how to develop your online brand, and then put a system in place to track and measure your results.

All of this is designed to help you build momentum, gain a voice, and leave your mark through social media.

What else can you expect? By the end of the course, you’ll know:

  • Which social networks you’re going to focus on
  • What you’re going to post and share on those social networks
  • How to define your perfect customer
  • How to use demographic data to understand customer needs
  • How to write out a brand persona
  • Understand visual marketing and how it affects your brand online
  • What colors, fonts, styles work well on each social network
  • What metrics you should be tracking
  • Where to find them
  • What you should be looking for and why it matters to your business
  • The best tools to help you manage your daily to-do list
  • The top tools designed to free up your time and automate simple processes
  • And so much more!

Learn More Today

My challenge to you is this: take some time and really define a social media strategy that inspires you, that moves you, that will pull you into your future – not someone else’s version of it.

Create a vision that makes a difference in the health of your company and the lives of your customers, clients, and your family.

Remember: what you do today determines your success tomorrow.

Don’t waste the opportunity to plan and proactively build something that propels you forward in a way you never thought possible.

Get a sneak peek at the course and VIP access to bonus content!

The post How to Market Your Business on Social Media [New Course] appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>
https://rebekahradice.com/market-your-business-on-social-media-new-course/feed/ 8
How to Run a Successful Facebook Contest for Your Business https://rebekahradice.com/run-successful-facebook-contest-business/ https://rebekahradice.com/run-successful-facebook-contest-business/#comments Thu, 08 Jun 2017 12:00:47 +0000 https://rebekahradice.com/?p=11701 Running a successful Facebook contest for your business doesn’t happen by luck. It takes careful planning and promotion. But if you do it right, a contest can be a great addition to your marketing strategy. A well thought-out Facebook contest can help you: Increase engagement Bring in new contacts Boost page exposure And, much more! Interested? […]

The post How to Run a Successful Facebook Contest for Your Business appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>

Running a successful Facebook contest for your business doesn’t happen by luck. It takes careful planning and promotion.

But if you do it right, a contest can be a great addition to your marketing strategy. A well thought-out Facebook contest can help you:

  • Increase engagement
  • Bring in new contacts
  • Boost page exposure
  • And, much more!

Interested? Below are the 13 steps I’ve tested and proven to work. If you want to run your best Facebook contest, here’s your guide!

Social Media Mastery: A Comprehensive Guide to Strategic Growth

Have you ever wondered what separates those that are successfully using social media from those that struggle? They have a social media plan in place! Get a copy of my NEW BOOK on Amazon and create a social media strategy that works today!

How to Run a Successful Facebook Contest for Your Business

  1. Set Goals and Objectives

Creating a contest is much more than just rewarding current customers with prizes. A well-crafted contest isn’t an isolated event. It rolls over into your overall marketing strategy and helps meet specific objectives.

[clickToTweet tweet=”If you don’t know what you want out of your Facebook contest, you shouldn’t create one.” quote=”If you don’t know what you want out of your Facebook contest, you shouldn’t create one.”]

To really understand what you’d like out of a contest, you must remember and understand the modern marketing funnel. Going from attracting customers to engaging them will be a huge win for your business. Don’t just throw together a half-baked contest. Be strategic!

That’s where your real value in contests comes from. And by leads, in most cases, I mean email addresses. Getting people on your regular email subscription list gets them, virtually speaking, into your door. They’re the ones who will read your content and take part in your events.

From there you can start building a customer profile and providing the content they really want. There is a place for promotions with the goal of getting more likes, but, in most cases, that doesn’t generate strong, qualified leads.

Some goals and objectives you may have:

  • More Facebook fans
  • Higher brand awareness
  • New emails and leads
  • User-generated content
  • Product development crowdsourcing
  • More engaged and loyal fans
  • Immediate sales
  • New product/event awareness
  • Greater insight into your fans’ likes
  • More traffic to your e-commerce store

  2. Know Your Target Market

One common Facebook mistake businesses make when defining their target market is casting a wide net.

You need to remember that marketing to everyone means you’re marketing to no one.

There are so many demographics and populations of people, and it’s up to you to figure out who your product is optimized for.

Targeting certain demographics will give your contest higher quality entries. These will be people who are actually interested in your product. You’ll also get more entries in general.

By knowing your target market, you can run more than one contest targeting different groups.

For example, if your fans are split between genders, you can run one contest for men and one for women by using different themes and messages.

  3. Choose the Type of Contest

There are 15 different types of contests you can run on Facebook. The top three for all businesses are sweepstakes, photo contests, and referral promotions.

Each has its own advantages.

Sweepstakes are a great first contest to run, while photo contests are terrific at involving your fans.

As for referrals, while more advanced, they’re a perfect way to generate leads.

  • Sweepstakes

Sweepstakes contests are a good choice because they’re very easy for participants to enter.

In fact, some businesses get so many qualified leads out of sweepstakes contests that they run them every month, building up excitement for their audience.

If you’re running a sweepstakes contest, it makes sense to also include a pop up that asks the participant to Like your Facebook page.

It won’t turn people away because they will always have the option of not liking the page, and still being able to sign up for the contest.

  • Photo Contest

Photo contests are a great source of traffic.

After people upload their photos, you can structure the contest in a way that lets others vote on which photos they like best.

The participants usually share their entry with their network, asking everyone they know to vote for them.

And that means major exposure for your brand.

Some companies even pick 2 winners: one from the photos, and one random vote winner. This provides an incentive for everyone to participate or vote.

Another great idea is to ask fans to submit photos of them using your product. This is fantastic for brand involvement and sense of community.

Such photos are also the perfect type of user-generated content.

You can later use them as social proof, and to show your potential customers how much your current customers love you.

  • Referral Promotion

Referrals are the perfect source of new qualified leads for your business.

Just take a look at what Cricket Wireless did: they gave a $25 credit for every successful referral. This is smart marketing!

Instead of sending out an ad to people who are totally uninterested in makeup, this strategy gets people who are already interested, to refer those they think may also be interested.

Other contest ideas include…

  • Like to Win Contest

A like to win contest generates lots of engagement as it’s super easy to like a post or photo.

If your goal is engagement, and you’re not concerned with gaining emails, consider this type of contest. It’s perfect for smaller giveaways.

You can ask users to click “like” on a post, a photo, video, or status update.

Then, to find a winner, randomly choose someone who liked the post.

  • Comment to Win

These contests are great for generating engagement, good marketing, and crowdsourcing information.

Consider asking a question such as, “What do you like most about our products?”

Entering this type of contest requires more effort, which means you won’t get as many people entering as in a “like to win”contest.

But, it’s still a great way to get more interactive and engaged.

  • Like and Comment

You can go for the best of both worlds and ask your fans to like AND comment in order to take part in the contest.

That way, you’ll get both, engagement and interaction.

However, make sure to give away something bigger because you’re asking more of your fans for their participation.

Remember, the more effort your fans have to put in to enter – the bigger the prize.

  • Caption Contest

Photo caption contests are incredibly popular.

They’re usually humorous and are a great way to generate creativity from your followers.

Post a funny photo and get people to caption it.

You can also ask followers what you should name an upcoming product. This will generate ideas for you as well as give them a sense of ownership in your product.

  • Fill-in-the-Blank Contest

This is the easiest participation contest.

Write an incomplete sentence and have your fans complete it. It could be something like “If you want to be successful, be prepared to be_____ and  _____. ”

You’ll get a lot of entries because it’s easy for people to take part in. All they have to do is supply a few witty or wise words.

This type of contest is usually pretty fun and is great for engagement.

  • Q&A Contest

Ask your fans a question you think they’ll be interested in, and get them to submit the correct answer.

You can also ask fans to choose between two things.

One way to do this is with the products you carry, as it will get you a lot of valuable feedback from your audience.

You can even use fun pop culture topics such as “Batman vs. Superman – who would win?”

  • Crowdsource Contest

People love giving feedback. Capitalize on this by asking them a question.

There are lots of ways to do this.

You can crowdsource things by asking fans to help you choose a new logo, book name or book cover, or even decide on your next blog topic.

Your fans will feel like they played a part in the decision process, while you’ll be able to use their feedback for your marketing.

  4. Determine Budget and Choose Appropriate Prize

In order to increase value in your contests, you need to give away something that’s related to your business.

You can give away a gift card to your business, a product you sell, or a lifetime subscription to your content.

After all, if your hair salon gives away an iPad, you’ll get entrants who are interested in a free iPad, not necessarily your salon.

What’s more, those people will unsubscribe once the contest ends and not care about anything else related to your business.

  5. Choose Contest Entry Method and Guidelines

There are many ways to structure your contest, and there’s no one right way to do it. The key is to choose the structure and the entry method that best aligns with your goals.

Also, try to keep it as simple as possible.

You can ask people to like your page, submit an email address, answer a question, or submit a video.

  6. Ensure Your Promotion Converts

If you want to create a promotional page that converts contestants into leads, follow these tips:

  • Write an attention Grabbing Headline. Use words like Ultimate, Free, Amazing, and Major, as these tend to do the best.
  • Use a professional looking image: Not one you stole from a Google search.
  • Write a brief description: What is the promotion? How do people enter? Use bullet points if there’s a lot of detail.
  • Show a prominent call to action button: Enter, Submit, Click Here.
  • Consider using a countdown clock: it adds urgency
  • Have a simple form: In general, just ask for a name and email address, unless it’s a huge prize. Anything more hurts your conversion rate.

  7. Determine Your Contest Time Frame

Decide how long your contest will run. Choosing a time frame that is seasonal, a limited offer, and a quick promotion will always encourage conversion.

Most contests run for a month, but two weeks may also be long enough for your promotion. It depends on your offer and whether you’ll reach your entrant goal in that time frame.  The key is to make it long enough for people to hear about it from their friends and enter.

If you’re a popular brand, you can even run promotions that close in one day, playing on that sense of urgency. This works when you run a lot of contests. You’ve trained your fans to interact. They’ve shown interest and they’re excited to enter any contest you run.

If this is your first contest, start out with a month. You can then shorten contests as interest rises.

  8. Promote Your Facebook Contest

You need to get your contest in front of as many people as possible. Here are a few ideas on how to correctly promote it:

  • Send out emails before the contest starts to build anticipation.
  • Give subscribers an extra entry and target emails to certain demographics.
  • Create a campaign hashtag.
  • Blog about the contest. Also, try and get other bloggers to post about the campaign.
  • Give other promoters the script code to embed it on their sites.

  9. Ways to Promote the Contest

During your promotion, share posts twice a day on Facebook and your other social media channels.

Mention that it’s for a limited time only and exclusive to fans. Don’t forget to include great images of the prize.

Don’t miss the opportunity to cross promote your contest on all the other social networks you’re active on.

You can also run a Facebook Ad to target your audience.

  10. Monitor and Tweak your Contest

Always be data-driven. Throughout and after your contest, take a look at what’s working and what’s not.

Take note of any spikes in traffic at different times or from different platforms in order to learn more about your audience.

Maybe they’re more engaged through Instagram, or most active in the evening.

You can do AB testing to determine what’s performing the best, and adjust accordingly.

Don’t forget to make changes if things aren’t running smoothly.

Here are a few performance indicators to look at:

  • The number of participants
  • Likes
  • Shares
  • New emails
  • New Facebook fans
  • Sales of product

  11. Post-Contest and Follow-Up

Although it may seem like the point of a contest is to get people excited about a prize, the real value comes from being able to follow up with all participants.

So, even if the contest is over, your job is not. You can send out an email to give participants more chances to engage with you and your content.

Give them a consolation prize like a discount code, and use drip email marketing to keep putting your brand out there.

Try not to lose leads. Instead, nurture that relationship.

  12. Notify the Winner

Once you’ve chosen your winner, publicly congratulate them on Facebook so people can:

  1. See that there was indeed a real winner
  2. Get them excited about the next campaign you run, as the next person featured may be them.

  13. Other Ways to Follow Up

There are many ways you can follow up and keep in contact with the entrants.

Here are a few ideas:

  • Write a blog post
  • Send out follow up emails
  • Share value and send them over to your next campaign if it’s relevant
  • Send them to your website or newsletter sign up
  • Mention any new or special deals

Final Thoughts

Adding Facebook contests to your marketing campaigns is part of a great strategy.

People love freebies, so running contests means fans will become more engaged. And engagement increases your reach, exposing your company to a whole new audience.

From there, it’s your chance to make new contacts, increase sales, and drive traffic to your website.

So go ahead, get started today. I’d love to hear how your contests turn out!

Social Media Mastery: A Comprehensive Guide to Strategic Growth

Have you ever wondered what separates those that are successfully using social media from those that struggle? They have a social media plan in place! Get a copy of my NEW BOOK on Amazon and create a social media strategy that works today!

 

Originally written by Rebekah Radice and published on Post Planner.

The post How to Run a Successful Facebook Contest for Your Business appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>
https://rebekahradice.com/run-successful-facebook-contest-business/feed/ 4
19 Ideas That Will Inspire a Years Worth of Blog Post Topics https://rebekahradice.com/blog-post-topics-ideas/ https://rebekahradice.com/blog-post-topics-ideas/#comments Tue, 30 May 2017 12:00:46 +0000 https://rebekahradice.com/?p=11570 Ever sit at the computer, fingers on the keyboard, ready to write the next blog post, but have no idea what to write about? It happens to the best of us. That blank screen call feel daunting. But today I have good news. If you’ve struggled to come up with blog post topics, there’s a lot of […]

The post 19 Ideas That Will Inspire a Years Worth of Blog Post Topics appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>

Ever sit at the computer, fingers on the keyboard, ready to write the next blog post, but have no idea what to write about?

It happens to the best of us. That blank screen call feel daunting.

But today I have good news. If you’ve struggled to come up with blog post topics, there’s a lot of ways to brainstorm.

You only need to know where to look and how to prompt your brain on those less than creative days.

That’s where this list of ideas and the downloadable worksheet come in.

Whether you’re writing for fun or a full time blogger, these 19 ideas will inspire a years worth of blog post topics.

Plus, download the FREE brainstorming guide to generate all the content you need — in one hour!

Blog Post Brainstorming Guide

Create a years worth of content with this FREE guide!

We value your privacy and would never spam you

19 Ideas That Will Inspire a Years Worth of Blog Post Topics

  Step 1: Determine What Type of Post To Write

There’s more than just one type of post.

So, if you’re at loss for ideas, start by determining which type(s) of posts you want to focus on.

This will help you brainstorm new ideas or tweak the ones you already have.

Maybe you have a general idea of what to write about, and just don’t know how to present the information in the best way possible. In that case, choosing the right type will help you get more focused.

Here are a few post types you need to consider:

  1. How-to Posts

Tutorials and how-to’s are hot!

Why? Because they help the reader solve a problem they’re facing.

How-to posts are more than just pretty words or vague phrases – they’re full of practical tips and instructions.

So, think about what strengths, expertise, and knowledge you possess that can benefit your readers.

You can also write about what tactics you’ve tried, what worked, and what you learned. Then throw in a couple tips and tricks and you’ve got yourself a high-trafficked post.

Ideas for how-to posts:

  • A step-by-step guide
  • How NOT to do something

  2. Interviews and Profiles

Interviews can be an effective way to get your reader’s attention and grow authority.

They’re also a great way to build relationships with industry leaders and influencers…

When writing such a post, make sure to make the interview fresh, compelling, and relevant to your reader.

And of course, don’t forget to reach out to the person you interviewed once the post is live and ask them to share it with their audience.

Ideas for interviews:

  • Interview industry experts
  • Interview other bloggers and industry influencers
  • Interview vendors who can share valuable information on their product or provide tips on how to use it
  • Interview ordinary people who have mastered a valuable industry-related skill
  • Interview your readers or customers and highlight the problems and successes they’re having

  3. Lists

Lists are a great way to present information in a bite-sized and easy to understand way. You can create bulleted lists, numbered lists, etc.

One of the best things about these types of post is that they’re usually evergreen (live on well past the day you post it), and very shareable.

If you decide to do a numbered list, don’t forget to use the number in the title – these types of titles always perform well.

Ideas for list posts:

  • A list of 100 blog topics
  • A list of your favorite industry-related books
  • A step-by step checklist of industry-related daily tasks, such as this social media checklist
  • A list of things you learned at a conference or benefits gained
  • A list of things to do to improve a professional skill
  • A list of questions your readers and clients ask most often (with your answers)

  4. Opinions, Trends, and Predictions

Your blog readers and subscribers read your blog for a reason.

If you’re an authority in their eyes, they’ll want to know your opinion on niche-related topics and news. That means you can openly share your point of view and make your own predictions about industry trends.

But be sure to back up your claims with real surveys, polls, and statistics you’ve found. That will show more proof and authority.

You can share your take on news stories, industry trends, popular opinion, or someone else’s blog posts.

Ideas for opinion posts:

  • Talk about what the future of your industry will look like and what trends will emerge
  • Link to another blog post and offer your opinion on the matter
  • Share your opinion on the recent industry-related news-story
  • Ask a question, comment, or scenario that will elicit a debate

  5. Recap Post

If you’re attending an interesting industry-related event, let your readers benefit from it as well.

Jot down notes and use them to write a recap post where you share everything you’ve learned with your readers.

Let them become a part of the event like you did and they’ll appreciate the value.

Ideas for recap articles:

  • Recap a conference
  • Recap a training or seminar
  • Recap a webinar you’ve attended
  • Recap what you learned from a personal coach or mentor
  • Recap your personal research on a niche-related subject

  6. Reviews

Reviews are a great way to share your opinion on something you’ve tried.

It can be something you purchased, read, observed, or participated in. Your readers value your opinion and they will appreciate your review, whether good or bad.

So, discuss the positive and negative benefits. If you’re comparing several options, share the differences between them.

If you’re giving a positive review, this is a great chance to get an affiliate link and possibly earn some monetary rewards.

Ideas for reviews:

  • Industry-related books and movies
  • Tool or resource review
  • Software reviews
  • Product reviews
  • Review someone else’s how-to/tutorial post – and improve on it

  7. Best of the Web

Value, value, lot of value – that’s what you can give your users with a “best of the web” post.

These posts offer a lot of information, resources, and links – all condensed in one post.

Sure, they may require some time and research to pull together but are often fast and easy to write.

The best of the web posts make it easy to build relationships with the content owners of the posts/sites you’re linking out to.

They’re also a fantastic way to give your post more reach and traction.

Reach out to the pages you talk about and most will jump at the opportunity to share your post.

Ideas for best of web posts

  • The best niche-related blog posts you’ve read
  • Industry experts, authors, teachers, bloggers who inspire you
  • The tools/ apps/resources you can’t live without
  • Who to follow on social media and why
  • Links to blog posts on a specific topic
  • Best tutorials on a topic your readers care about

  Step 2. Brainstorm Topics

Now that you have some idea of what kind of post you want to write, it’s time to get more specific and brainstorm ideas on themes and topics to write about:

Here are a few effective ways to brainstorm ideas:

  1. Browse Quora and Forums

Quora is a great place to learn something new and to share your professional knowledge. It’s also the perfect opportunity to see what industry-related questions people are asking.

Just type in your keywords and see what questions come up. Then, simply answer one or more in your post. You can also look in other industry-related forums of syndication sites.

  2. Start Conversations on Social Networks

Engage with your fans and followers on Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, and other social sites.

Look at their comments and pay attention to the problems they’re having and the questions they’re asking.

You can even visit your competitors’ social pages and draw ideas from the questions their audience is asking.

  3. Review Old Content

Why start from scratch each time when you can build on top of what you already have?

Look at your old blog posts, brochures, website copy and see if there’s anything you can repurpose or add a fresh touch to.

Maybe it’s content that is now outdated and needs to be revised, or a superb piece of content that got lost or forgotten.

Dig it up, revise it, rewrite it, or use it as a springboard for new posts.

  4. Get the Ball Rolling on Your Blog

If you already have a few posts under your belt, go back and look at the comments.

What are the readers asking? What posts are getting the most comments?

Draw from that information to determine what else the readers want to know about.

Also be sure to look at the posts that got a lot of positive comments. If the readers expressed interest, this is probably a great chance to expand and build on the topic.

  5. Mine Your Favorite Industry-Related Books

Who says you can’t draw inspiration from books?

Look at your industry-related books and see what topics they cover.

The table of contents is usually the perfect place to start your search and get some ideas.

  6. Look at Your Guest Posts

If you’ve written articles for other sites, don’t let your work go to waste.

Rework those blogs into something new and use on your blog.

However, if you submitted a guest post very recently, be prepared to wait a few weeks before publishing it on your blog. You don’t want your post to compete with the original post.

  7. Read Blogs Run by Competitors

Take a close look at blogs and conversations started by your competitors.

After all, chances are that you have the same target audience and readers that they do. Why not learn something from their positive and negative experiences?

Looking at their writing will give you a clear picture of topics that matter to your customers.

A good way to keep an eye on these blogs is with tools like Google Alerts or BuzzSumo.

  8. Review the Most Successful Emails

Take a close look at those emails in your campaigns that’ve performed especially well.

Pay special attention to click-through and open rates. High open rates tell you you’ve got a compelling topic. Lots of click-throughs are a sign that you presented it well.

Now take those emails and extend them into full-sized blog posts.

  9. Look for Inspiration on Magazine Racks or Newspapers

Learn from the professionals by looking for your own inspiration on magazine racks or in newspapers.

What kind of features grab your interest?

Take them and adapt to fit your blog.

Remember, adapting doesn’t mean plagiarizing. It means getting inspired by a snappy headline or a witty editorial, studying the structure and applying it to your own work.

  10. Search on Social Bookmarking Sites

One of the best ways to generate blog post ideas is to do a search for your industry keywords on various social bookmarking sites.

Here are just a few you can search on:

  • Pinterest
  • Reddit
  • Tumblr
  • StumbleUpon
  • ScoopIt

Then order the results based on popularity and see which ones come out on top.

Articles with the most buzz are excellent content sources to reimagine for your own marketing channels.

  11. Solicit Feedback in Your Emails

If you give your readers a chance to speak and ask you questions, they just might do it!

So, encourage your subscribers to contact you with questions, comments, product reviews or whatever else is on their minds.

Not only will this help strengthen your relationship with these subscribers but it will help you gain valuable insight into their minds.

  12. Start a Conversation

Chat with customers in your store. Call your most loyal clients for interviews. Set out comment cards to gather feedback.

Have conversations with family and friends who don’t know your industry.

Compare their perspective against feedback from your customers and make a conclusion.

Of course, all of these ideas are especially effective for local businesses, but can work for an online business too.

  Final Thoughts

Brainstorming blog post topics can be tough at first.

But once you realize how many ways there are to generate ideas, the entire process becomes a piece of cake.

Hopefully, you now have a good idea on what kind of post you want to write and where to pull ideas from.

The next step is to create your own.

So, grab the worksheet below and answer each of the questions.

Once you’re done, you’ll have enough blog post topics to last you a year!

  Grab Your FREE Guide

Blog Post Brainstorming Guide

Create a years worth of content with this FREE guide!

We value your privacy and would never spam you

The post 19 Ideas That Will Inspire a Years Worth of Blog Post Topics appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>
https://rebekahradice.com/blog-post-topics-ideas/feed/ 2
How to Succeed on Social Media When You Have No Idea What You’re Doing https://rebekahradice.com/succeed-on-social-media/ https://rebekahradice.com/succeed-on-social-media/#comments Wed, 24 May 2017 15:38:04 +0000 https://rebekahradice.com/?p=11650 How do you define social media success? Have you identified what that looks like for your business? Because as you can imagine, success is subjective. It can also feel elusive when you’re getting started. But don’t let that scare you. Even when you have no idea what you’re doing, you can still create success on […]

The post How to Succeed on Social Media When You Have No Idea What You’re Doing appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>

How do you define social media success? Have you identified what that looks like for your business?

Because as you can imagine, success is subjective. It can also feel elusive when you’re getting started.

But don’t let that scare you. Even when you have no idea what you’re doing, you can still create success on social media.

Today I launch a new book, “Social Media Mastery: A Comprehensive Guide to Social Media Success.”

In it I share the processes, systems, and tools I’ve tweaked and perfected in my own business over the years.

And believe me, since hopping on social media in 2004 – I’ve learned a lot!

Below are a handful of those ideas you can use to create momentum and build buzz around your business today.

Social Media Mastery: A Comprehensive Guide to Strategic Growth

Have you ever wondered what separates those that are successfully using social media from those that struggle? They have a social media plan in place! Get a copy of my NEW BOOK on Amazon and create a social media strategy that works today!

How to Succeed on Social Media When You Have No Idea What You’re Doing

  1. Choose The Right Type of Content

No matter how interesting your content might be, getting people to engage with it can be a challenge. And if you want them to share it, it has to be the right type of content.

Sharing the right type of content will help:

  • Prospects begin to recognize you as a the “go to” resource.
  • Build trust which translates into trust for your brand and product. It makes you a top choice when they decide to invest in you or your competition.
  • Attracts visitors to your site, some of whom may turn into leads, prospects, and buyers.

If your audience likes your content, they’ll like, comment, and share it with others. Both are key to growing a loyal following and a successful online presence.

Let’s break down several different forms of content and then I’ll share a quick strategy to increase engagement.

  • Blog content
  • Vlogs (video blogs)
  • Social bookmarking
  • Webinars
  • Video tutorials
  • Ebooks
  • Case studies
  • Infographics
  • Reports
  • White papers

Now let’s take that content and use it in a strategic way to boost conversation and interaction.

At Post Planner, CEO Josh Parkinson uses a fishing analogy.

The idea is to share two types of content that:

  • Hook your audience (make them want to come back for more), and
  • Increase engagement through interesting, entertaining, and intriguing content

This is your chum and baited hook.

Your chum content is engaging visual content that gets a lot of engagement and clicks. This type of content attracts an audience.

It can be a viral photo or a funny meme – anything that’s interesting to your audience.

This type of content is important for Facebook, because it’s sending signals about the type of content that person wants. Each time they engage with that content, Facebook says, “hey, this person wants to see more of that.” Now you start showing up more in the Facebook News Feed.

Your baited hook content links back to your blog, landing pages and/or website. Examples of these would be your blog posts, infographics, ebooks, tutorials, videos, etc.

Those baited hooks are what turn people into customers.

Here’s what a schedule like this might look like. Using automation, you can flip between images, links (evergreen content) and text based posts with ease.

  2. Tap Into the Power of Video

It’s no secret that video is hot across social media, but what most don’t consider is the multitude of ways you can use it.

First, there’s Facebook. From native video (uploaded to Facebook) to Facebook Live – you can’t open your feed without seeing one.

Then there’s Twitter. One of the most under-utilized networks for video.

Twitter

Did you know: 82% of Twitter users watch video content and a whopping 90% of those people are viewing from mobile. Startling numbers, don’t you think?

Native video has always performed well on Twitter. Those are the videos you see uploaded and shared from a tweet.

But with the integration of Periscope, you now have live streaming video.

In Q4 of 2016, the Twitter audience watched 6.6 million hours of live video through Periscope.

Think about that. It’s the equivalent of 275,000 days (753.4 years), or 1.027 months. Enough time to binge watch the top 10 shows on Netflix. But, let’s stay focused. No couch time for you, at least not yet.

To use video on Twitter, turn your content into:

  • Behind the scenes videos
  • Videos of how to use your product
  • Insider secrets
  • Live video tips

Facebook

There’s no doubt that Facebook has big plans for video. That means putting Facebook video on your radar is important.

Believe it or not, Facebook video receives 135% more organic reach than a Facebook photo. And 73% of B2B marketers say video positively impacts marketing ROI.

To use video on Facebook, don’t create any video content, create quality video content that connects with your audience.

  • Tell your story
  • Get animated
  • Use thought-provoking questions

Types of Questions You Should Ask (and Then Answer)

  • Fill in the blank. If you’re a Travel Expert, ask “If I could go anywhere in the world, I’d go to ______________”
  • Trending topics.  If you’re a Sports Expert, ask “Who are you cheering for in the upcoming finals?”
  • Business-related questions.  If you’re a Productivity Expert, ask “What’s your favorite tool for increasing your productivity?”
  • Product preferences. If you have a SaaS product, show features and ask your fans which they’d prefer or like most.
  • Opinions on a trending topic. No matter the industry, you can find a topic that’s currently trending. Talk about the post, give your opinion, and ask your fans a question about the topic.

YouTube

Incredible to think that over 500 million hours of video get consumed on YouTube every day.

And there’s so many ways you can use YouTube in your business. Create a how-to video from one of your older blog posts and you’ve breathed new life into that post.

Or how about using tips on how to use features within your product? People love to see demonstrations, especially when they show and don’t tell.

  3. Get Creative With Visual Content

Visual content always performs well on social media. And it’s easy to see why.

As humans, we have an amazing capacity to remember pictures. Hear a piece of information, and three days later you’ll remember 10% of it. Add a picture and you’ll remember 65%.

This means that even if your link and text posts aren’t performing, you can boost engagement with visual content.

Here’s a few tips:

Create Infographics

Have an interesting article or social post that you could turn into a long form graphic? Grab 3-5 bullet points and turn them into a visual story.

Here’s an example of how we do that weekly:

Steps to Create Your Infographic

  • Go to your Google Analytics – Behavior – Site Content – find your top performing content or you can use this same formula for new blog posts.
  • Create a title for your Infographic – we typically do title and subtitle (H1 and H2).
  • Break your top points into bite sized pieces. We use numbers, bullet points, elements, and, statistics to draw the eye, break us the design, and keep people interested and engaged.
  • Hand over to your designer or head over to Canva and create one on your own. Use their Infographics template to drag and drop your content in.

Share Video Tutorials

A strategy that I’ve incorporated for years is short video tutorials. They’re easy to create, even if you have no idea what you’re doing.

Step 1:  I’m assuming that you’re a content creator already. You probably have years of content you’ve created and forgotten all about. Once again, go to your Google Analytics – Behavior – Site Content and find top performing content. This is content that continues to drive traffic to your blog.

Step 2: Pull 3 points from that post and head over to Google Docs or your favorite editor. Write a very short script. You don’t need to detail everything, only enough to jog your memory and keep you on track.

Step 3: Go to Google Drive, choose “New” – “Google Slides.” You’re going to set up 4 slides:

  • Your title slide
  • First bullet point
  • Second bullet point
  • Third bullet point

Step 4: Open up QuickTime on Mac and choose – New Screen Recording. If you’re using Windows or like to keep everything in the cloud, I highly recommend Droplr.

Create Custom Images

No matter your type of post, you can always create a custom image to grab people’s attention.

I’ve written and spoken a lot about this, so I won’t go into too much detail. You can read about visual content and visual marketing in these posts.

Before you hop over there, take a look at a few ideas on how to brainstorm content you can turn into visual eye candy.

  • Offer an answer to a frequently asked question
  • Ask a silly or off the cuff question that can easily be answered
  • Give your response to a current issue
  • Demonstrate a unique way others are using your product
  • Share a story that makes your company/product/service relatable
  • Talk about what inspires you, including your hobbies and favorite pastime

  4. Choose the Right Timing

Timing is crucial regardless of how appealing your content may be.

If you’re sharing your content at a time when most of your audience is asleep or at work, there’s a huge chance your post won’t get seen. That translates into a reduction in engagement that could become detrimental. Especially when you’re trying to gain traction.

Kissmetrics analyzed how the performance of different types of social media content changes according to timing. They found that most Facebook shares occur on Saturday.

Not too surprising since most people are off work and perusing their News Feed.

The important thing here is that you understand your own metrics. They change from one social network to the next, so never assume.

Go to Google Analytics, Twitter Analytics, and Facebook insights to view your best times to post.

 5. Use More Emoji’s

You may find this hard to believe, but using emojis in your posts play a significant role in your social media engagement

In fact, using emoticons can improve your share rate by 33%.

Why do we love emoji’s so much? It makes our brain light up! ?

According to scientists, when a person sees an emoji, their brain lights up just as it would if you were standing in front of them. Pretty cool, right?

The brain is programmed to recognize and process an emoji as an emotion.

So when you send a smiley, you’re sending happy vibes to that follower or fan. Just like the comment below on one of my recent posts. ?

  6. Collaborate and Engage with Your Audience

The great thing about social media marketing is your ability to stop speaking at your audience. Instead you’re speaking with them. You’ve become an active participant in the conversation.

If you want to understand the needs of your customers, treat them like collaborators. Ask questions, request input and suggestions, invite them to test your product.

Their insight and feedback is invaluable. And social media is the perfect platform for you to do this.

Make sure that as you use the ideas above, you engage them in conversation. Don’t leave the “social” out of “social media.” Reply to mentions and comments to keep the conversation going.

You can see Sprout Social does exactly that. They ask a question and even come back to respond to Peg Fitzpatrick in the comments. ABL – always be listening!

This will build a personal connection and a stronger relationship.

Many brands spend so much time creating and finding great content that they miss out on relationship building.

Instead, use automation to track what your audience is saying about you and consistently share great content.

This will free up some time to engage with your followers and build relationships.

  7. Be Data Informed (and Driven)

In social media, almost every interaction, be it a like, click through or comment, is measurable.

The key is using those data points to inform your team and make constant improvements.

As we’ve discussed, you can find out what’s working and what’s not through:

  • Google Analytics
  • Facebook Insights
  • Twitter Analytics
  • Social Dashboards like Brand24

And a plethora of tools that let you take a deep dive into your results.

Then take that next step and track all of your posts. If you need to know what visitors clicked on or how they arrived at your website, you can do that!

Just use UTM parameters. UTM or tracking codes will link back to Google Analytics.

Now you can better understand audience behavior and create additional content that hits the mark.

Final Thoughts

While there’s no one-size fits all solution, you can find social media success if you’re armed with the right plan.

Not sure where to begin? Grab a copy of my brand new book! It’s a short, but powerful read where I’m sharing my own best practices. Each one is time-tested and will produce measurable growth when done right.

You’ll find the steps and tips to equip you with exactly what you need to take full advantage of all that social media has to offer.

Plus, you’ll learn how to identify the right social channels for your business, when to post, and how to create content that’s appealing to your target audience.

Social Media Mastery: A Comprehensive Guide to Strategic Growth

Have you ever wondered what separates those that are successfully using social media from those that struggle? They have a social media plan in place! Get a copy of my NEW BOOK on Amazon and create a social media strategy that works today!

The post How to Succeed on Social Media When You Have No Idea What You’re Doing appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>
https://rebekahradice.com/succeed-on-social-media/feed/ 8
How to Do Your First Facebook Live and Avoid Disaster https://rebekahradice.com/how-to-do-your-first-facebook-live/ https://rebekahradice.com/how-to-do-your-first-facebook-live/#comments Mon, 22 May 2017 12:00:12 +0000 https://rebekahradice.com/?p=11554 Want to use Facebook Live video in your business, but don’t know how to get started? Think the setup to use live streaming video takes too much time, money, and effort? Believe it or not, going live has never been easier, more accessible, or advantageous. And through a simple plan, you can avoid any pitfalls […]

The post How to Do Your First Facebook Live and Avoid Disaster appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>

Want to use Facebook Live video in your business, but don’t know how to get started?

Think the setup to use live streaming video takes too much time, money, and effort?

Believe it or not, going live has never been easier, more accessible, or advantageous.

And through a simple plan, you can avoid any pitfalls or online disasters.

Ready to start using live video to grow your business?

Below I share how you can get started with Facebook Live in a matter of minutes.

How to Do Your First Facebook Live (and Avoid Disaster!)

First things first. If you’ve wondered what the hype is around live streaming, here’s the deal.

Facebook Live lets you broadcast in real-time. No more creating fancy videos. Or hours spent editing for that perfect look and feel.

Nope.

With Facebook Live, all you need to connect with your audience is the push of a button.

Plus, the Live video option is built right into Facebook. No more searching for the right app.

Just open your Facebook Profile or Page, click on the “Live video” button, and just like that…

You can start broadcasting your message and have it appear in the News Feed.

Why Use Facebook Live for Your Business?

  1. Facebook Live is About Connection and Interaction

Live streaming is all about connecting and interacting with your audience.

[clickToTweet tweet=”Live streaming is about connection and interaction. Instead of talking at people, talk with them.” quote=”‘Live streaming is about connection and interaction. Instead of talking at people, talk with them.'”]

It breaks down barriers and creates a connection that transcends traditional marketing limitations.

Just think: what would you remember more? Reading an interesting article or watching a video that lets you become part of the conversation?

As statistics show, video wins.

But be careful. You never want to go in without a plan.

As Diana Gordon, Senior Partner and Group Director of search and social at media agency, Mindshare NA warns:

Live feeds are still in their infancy, so brands should be prepared to do a lot of test and learn,” she said. “Marketers need to set realistic goals, benchmark and work to grow, testing and learning along the way. Not every piece of content can and will be a winner, but that’s part of the learning process.

  2. Facebook Live Saves You Time

It takes a few minutes to do a Facebook Live, a lot less than it takes to create a social media graphic, post that same information, or as my friend Andy Crestodina found out: it takes much less time than it takes to write a blog post. ?

The average blog post takes 3 hours 16 minutes to write.

Yikes! Get back some of your day back and go live instead.

  3. Facebook Live Lets You Give Fans the VIP Treatment

Take your audience into locations and events that would be off limits otherwise.

Reuters uses Facebook Live to do just that.

They offer an insider view and personalized experience around the stories they cover.

  4. Facebook Live is Like Social Media Comfort Food

Stop trying to move your audience out of their comfort zone.

Keep your audience right where they feel comfy and cozy – on Facebook.

With over 1.28 billion daily active users, why not hang out where people feel most comfortable?

[clickToTweet tweet=”Stop trying to move your audience out of their comfort zone. Meet them where they’re comfortable.” quote=”Stop trying to move your audience out of their social media comfort zone. Meet them where they’re comfortable: Facebook!”]

  5. Facebook Live is the Ultimate in Brand Transparency

Your audience wants authenticity, and let’s face it — there’s nothing as authentic and genuine as live video!

And for me,  it’s the total transparency that draws me in.

Watching someone live feeds our voyeuristic souls.

Do THIS Before You Go Live on Facebook

Set yourself up for success! Prepare before you go live.

  1. Pick the Perfect Topic and Description

There’s more than just one type of video content you can create.

Determine which one (two, three, or all!) will work best for your business and then create a simple calendar to begin consistently sharing live video.

Don’t know here to find content or generate ideas?

Here’s a few ways to keep those creative juices flowing!

  1. Give a Sneak Peek

Everybody loves going behind the scenes, getting insider information, or a  sneak peek into what’s up and coming.

Write down 5 different ways you could share company information that’s relevant to your audience.

  2. Live Stream Events in Real-Time

Attending an event? Share it with your audience!

Give your viewers a glimpse of  an event you’re attending. But don’t stop there.

Talk with your audience about the event – why you’re there, what your participation is (are you speaking?), and how often they’ll hear from you while there.

  3. Set Up a Webinar

Did you know you can actually share your desktop and anything displayed on it via Facebook Live? You can use tools like Wirecast and OBSProject to stream directly to Facebook.

One of my favorite (and free) tools is BeLive.TV. My friend, and live streaming dynamo, Joel Comm uses it for a weekly interview series.

  4. Repurpose Content for Video Training

Take your highest performing (top trafficked) content and translate that into new media. What do I mean by this?

Take that blog post (the one that continues to bring traffic to your website) and pull out 2-3 points.

Expand upon each one, sharing an in-depth look at one specific topic.

Your audience is eager to learn, take the time to teach them something new.

  5. Give Your Two-Cents on Trending Topics

Have a breaking story within your industry? How about a hot topic currently trending across social media?

Live streaming is a great way to share your thoughts around that trending topic.

  6. Host Interviews of Your Team, Employees, Raving Fan

Interview your company’s employees, clients, or important people in your niche.

Brands are all about the people that are a part of it, so let these people speak on your behalf.

Your audience will listen.

  7. Share Product Details

Have a great product you want to share with the world? Put your unique spin on it.

Talk about specific benefits, but share it from a users perspective. Highlight how they use it or highlight a feature they love most. 

It’s also a great way to share your reviews if you’re selling other people’s products.

Nourish by Tastemade created a hilarious Facebook Live as they tried a new edible mask. Don’t be afraid to get in there and have some fun!

  2. Plan (and Script) Ahead

There’s no need to fully script your event, but you do want to prepare. This will keep your live video succinct and fast paced.

In other words, don’t allow yourself to fall down rabbit trails because you weren’t prepared. There’s nothing worse than listening or watching someone ramble on.

You’ve witnessed this in your News Feed. Don’t be that person!

Before you click that live button, do this for each live event.

  Facebook Live Checklist

  • Outline your key points. What is the number one goal of your video?
  • Include information that will connect with your audience. For example, a personal story that relates to your topic.
  • Offer something that adds value to their life, solves a problem, gives them hope, or shows them how to do something.
  • Create a very clear call to action. What do you want them to do (opt in to your newsletter) or where what would you like them to check out (your new website).
  • Practice and then practice some more. I choose to do this in front of a mirror, but you can also try it out on a loved one. This would be a supportive loved one that offers constructive, not destructive criticism.

As you go through that list, make sure to focus on the 3 C’s of Video Marketing:

  • Content
  • Context
  • Clarity

When you wrap that into each event, you have video gold!

  3. Find a Comfortable Location

Live video has a lot of variables. There can be sound, light, weather, and so many other issues that can crop up.

When you’re first going live, put yourself in a space with the least amount of potential pitfalls.

Make it comfortable, quiet, and free of distraction.

  4. Check Your Internet Connection

If at all possible, it’s best to go live with a hard wired connection.

With a wired network, you’re less likely to run into hiccups that cause a slowdown in your broadcast, or worse yet:

Kick you out of the broadcast altogether. ?

  5. Promote, Promote, Promote

If you want people to attend your live events, you need to promote them like any other piece of content.

Talk about your upcoming topic one week in advance. Any earlier and most people will forget.

Share on:

  • Facebook
  • Instagram
  • Twitter
  • Google+
  • Pinterest
  • Your website
  • Your blog

Get the word out there!

[clickToTweet tweet=”Want people to attend your Facebook live events? Promote it like anything else. Spread the word!” quote=”Want people to attend your Facebook Live events? Promote it like anything else. Spread the word!”]

How to Do Your First Facebook Live

You can go live from your desktop or mobile, but for the sake of this tutorial (and from an ease of use standpoint), I’m showing you how to use the desktop version.

  Step 1: Go to Your Facebook Page

From here, you’ll be able to go live on any page you admin.

Under your cover photo, you’ll see many new options. Choose “Start Live Video.”

  Step 2: Say Something About Your Live Video

Just like a post, your live video needs context.

Add your description and share what your video is all about. The video below is an example of how easy it can be to go live.

I snapped this on my office patio to show you it doesn’t have to be formal or hard to go live.

You can also:

  • Tag people (use the @ in your description)
  • Add an emotion ( what you’re doing or how you’re feeling)
  • Check in at your current location

When you’re done, click Next.

  Step 3: Allow Facebook to Access Your Mic and Camera

  Step 4: Preview Your Live Event

When you first click ‘go live,” your camera turns on if you’ve already given Facebook access to it. Don’t panic, you’re not live yet.

Check your lighting, makeup, hair – ya know – all that important stuff. ?

Once it all looks good, click the blue “Go Live” button in the bottom right hand corner.

It’s that easy!

  Need More Answers? Here’s the Top Facebook Live FAQ

Below are the top questions answered by Facebook. You can find all FAQ here.

Who can see my Live videos?

As with any other post, you control who sees your Live videos. Choose your audience before you go Live by tapping the privacy setting and selecting the audience you want.

Can I practice by going Live without people seeing my video?

Yes. Just adjust your privacy settings to “Only Me” before you tap the “Go Live” button.

Can I delete my Live video?

Yes. Immediately after you finish your Live video, you’ll have the option to delete it from your Facebook timeline. You can also go back to your profile anytime to delete any of your older Live videos, just as you would delete any other post.

Can people comment on my Live video?

Yes. The audience you select for your privacy settings also determines who can comment on your Live video.

Can people leave a reaction on my Live video? Can I delete comments left during my Live video?

Yes. You can delete any comments left during and after your Live video.

Will people know my location when I go Live?

As with any other post, you control whether your location is shared when you go Live. If you have Location Services enabled, you can tag the location of your broadcast before you start broadcasting. If you don’t want your location shared, do not add your location to your broadcast before you go Live.

What is the Live Map?

The Live Map is a visual way to explore public live broadcasts that are currently happening around the world. Only public broadcasts that have a location tagged are eligible to show up on the Live Map.

How long can I go Live for?

You can go Live for up to four hours in a single session.

  Final Thoughts

As you get started with live video, remember:

The most important aspect is the value you provide.

[clickToTweet tweet=”As you get started with live video, remember: the most important aspect is the value you provide.” quote=”As you get started with live video, remember: the most important aspect is the value you provide.”]

Solve a problem, share an example, offer a tutorial, or a walkthrough of your product.

Whatever you do – let your personality shine through.

People connect with people. Not robots.

Your energy is felt through the screen.

Make sure it’s a positive takeaway, and not a negative experience for your audience.


Written by Rebekah Radice and originally posted on Post Planner.

The post How to Do Your First Facebook Live and Avoid Disaster appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>
https://rebekahradice.com/how-to-do-your-first-facebook-live/feed/ 2
This is All You Need to Write the BEST Social Media Bio https://rebekahradice.com/write-best-social-media-bio/ https://rebekahradice.com/write-best-social-media-bio/#comments Tue, 16 May 2017 16:12:18 +0000 https://rebekahradice.com/?p=11450 When was the last time you updated your social media bio? If you’ve spent time agonizing over what to write, how to write, and what to include – let me put your mind at ease. Sharing your strengths, skills, and unique solutions doesn’t have to be difficult. That’s why I’ve put together a 4-step process to help […]

The post This is All You Need to Write the BEST Social Media Bio appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>

When was the last time you updated your social media bio?

If you’ve spent time agonizing over what to write, how to write, and what to include – let me put your mind at ease.

Sharing your strengths, skills, and unique solutions doesn’t have to be difficult.

That’s why I’ve put together a 4-step process to help you create a bio for every social network.

Sound daunting? Don’t worry!

I’m sharing the simple process below, plus a quick video to walk you through the social media bio formula.

  STEP 1: Bio Audit

Before we jump into the formula to create a social media bio that sells, let’s first analyze what yours looks like across each social network.

To do this, take 15 minutes and:

  1. Go to Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, LinkedIn, YouTube, Pinterest, Google+ and any other social profiles you’ve set up.
  2. Complete this checklist and answer each question for all social channels.

Bio Audit Questions

  1. Is your name the exact one you’re using on all online profiles?

Make it easy for people to find you. (e.g. the name of your company is Amy’s Bakery and your Facebook Page is /amyscupcakes. Don’t make people hunt and peck to determine if that’s really you. Consistency is the key to getting found.

 

  2. Does your bio incorporate keywords that are relevant to your industry and niche?

If not, go to Google Search and type in 3-5 terms (2-3 word phrases) that your audience would use when searching for your business.

This could be “bakery los angeles” or “cupcakes phoenix az.”

Now let me forewarn you, you do not want to stuff those keywords into your bio. We’re looking to make you as friendly and accessible as possible. Not make you sound like a robot.

Instead, you’ll use them organically.

Here’s the difference – “Amy’s bakery Los Angeles makes the freshest cakes in town” as opposed to “Amy’s bakery has the freshest cakes in Los Angeles.”

See and hear the difference?

Write your bio as you’d explain it to someone. A conversational tone is much more attractive to humans and SEO in 2017.

Write for the reader. By doing this, you’ll naturally increase engagement and attract the right people.

No one understands this more than Ann Handley, Head of Content at MarketingProfs.

  3. Have you completed your full “About” section?

Sites like Facebook and Google+ give you a lot of real estate to work with.

Take full advantage of this extended bio to add all contact information – your website, blog, Twitter, LinkedIn and any other links.

And make sure it gives a solid answer to “why should I work with you?”

  4. Is your profile picture consistent across all social profiles?

This tip isn’t necessarily about writing your bio, but it plays a huge role in getting found online.

Make your profile picture striking, professional and branded. You want instant recognition.

And if you’re a personal brand – people want to get to know you.

No phony avatars or grainy pics.

  5. Are you using hashtags where relevant?

Hashtags don’t work on all social channels, but where they do – you should incorporate the most relevant one.

Use hashtags to get found on each social channel. This would be what you want to be known for. When people search, how will they find you?

Incorporate them where you can organically, don’t keyword stuff just for the sake of it.

Jeff Sieh with Manly Pinterest Tips infuses his personality into everything he does.

He’s known for that beard and it shows up across his social channels. While you might now have a beard to put on display, you are known for something.

Don’t be afraid to share that!

  STEP 2: Find Your WIN

In an online world of “more of the same,” creating differentiation is a must. Sure – standing out can be tough. But blending in is often the kiss of death when it comes to social media success.

Whether you like it or not, assumptions are being made right now about your business. Your product, service, customer experience, and online presence are all factors in driving consumer perception.

But your social media and online presence are so much more than just that. It’s the brand you’ve created, including the reputation and relationships you’ve built over time.

Everything from your conversations to your daily actions, the way you’ve treated your customers along the way and, of course, all of the super-duper awesomeness that makes you so wonderfully and delightfully you – is tied up into your brand perception.

The challenge for most companies is translating these characteristics into a brand that attracts, engages and inspires potential customers across social media.

So before you can share what sets you apart and why your target audience should work with you, it’s imperative that you identify your WIN (Who, Issues, Needs)

For example:

  • Who are you speaking with on social media: small business, entrepreneurs, marketers.
  • What issues or problems do you solve: not enough time, bandwidth, budget, conversion.
  • What are their specific needs when they come to you: create more content, social media engagement, ease of use, long-term solution, trusted solution.

Let’s take a minute to practice. I want you to think about your WIN and write down 3 answers to each of these questions.

They will become a driving force behind:

  • Your social media content.
  • The positioning of your marketing message.
  • How you craft your social media bios.

Doing this work in the beginning is a critical piece, especially if you’re currently working with clients.

I invite you to do this now, rather than playing from behind and scrambling to put your WIN together down the road.

  STEP 3: Identify Your Strengths

As business professionals, we tend to focus on fixing our weaknesses. Things like impatience, procrastination, or an inability to delegate can feel like roadblocks to success.

But seeing those as your Achilles heel and a hindrance to further growth is a skewed way to look at it. Today, I’m encouraging you to flip that thinking on its head. Through this exercise, you’ll focus on expanding your strengths. Why?

For one, it creates a massive shift in your performance according to a Gallup survey. Plus, focusing on your strengths will improve your productivity and creativity.

And most important, once you take the time to go through this 2-step process, you’ll see how we pull this into your bio. It’s a shortcut to creating a bio that not only converts, but speaks volumes to your target market.

So let’s move the needle on your strengths and give your social profiles a BIG boost of positive energy.

Here’s how to get started…

  1. Answer the reflection questions below. Add as much detail as you can to your initial answer.

  • What are the top 3 things you love to do every day?
  • What challenge have you overcome that you’re most proud of?
  • What’s your biggest achievement and why does it matter to you?
  • Are you innovative or traditional in thinking?
  • How do you prefer to communicate?

  2. Take your answers and condense them into a short bullet point list.

For example, the top 3 things you love to do every day might look like this:

  • Talk with customers.
  • Write blog posts.
  • Design social media graphics.

Now that you’ve identified:

  • The top 3 things you love to do every day.
  • The biggest challenge you’ve overcome and are most proud of.
  • Your biggest achievement and why it matters to you.
  • What you do better than anyone else.
  • Your biggest success story.

You’re going to weave those into your bio for each social channel. Rather than a sterile sounding bio, this will be an expression of your brand story.

  STEP 4: The Social Media Bio Formula (Do THIS One Thing!)

Now comes the fun! Ready to write your social media bio?

Here’s the exact formula to follow.

By the time you’re done, you’ll have written your 150 and 300-word bios – the length you’ll need for any social network – follow this process:

  • Pick one thing you love the most from your list. What would you do every day even if you didn’t get paid for it?
  • Now tell the story of your greatest achievement.
  • And the person you love to help.
  • Finally, write down what you do better than anyone else.

The formula looks like this:

150 word bio: One thing you love to do every day + the person you help + your solution = your bio.

Kim Garst is a prime example of a bio that shares exactly what her audience needs to know.

What does Kim love to do? Helps businesses grow with social media

Who should hire Kim? Small business owners.

What’s Kim’s solution? She focuses on brand awareness, company growth, and building connected and loyal communities.

All of this can be seen in action on her own social channels.

300 word bio: One thing you love to do every day + the person you help + your solution + your greatest achievement = your bio.

Here’s how Andrea Vahl, co-author of Facebook Marketing All-in-One for Dummies uses her bio on LinkedIn. See how she’s using that space to tell her story, but in a way that speaks directly to her audience?

For me, the 150 word bio would be:

One thing you love to do every day: put a scalable business strategy in place

The person you help: growth-driven leaders

Your solution: create a comprehensive online marketing strategy to attract more customers and increase revenue

So, if we pull that together, this is what it sounds like:

We are the first and only specialized consulting firm that helps growth-driven leaders connect online marketing with a scalable business strategy to drive measurable revenue growth.

Now here’s the exciting part about this…

Not only does this become your social media bio, but it also becomes your 30-second “elevator pitch.” You’ll use it on social media (or anywhere else for that matter) to describe who you are, what you do, and who you help.

Your turn!

Take a moment to use the formula in your business and fill in the three blanks below.

Social Media Bio Formula

  • One thing you love to do every day:

  • Your greatest achievement:

  • The person you help:

  • Your solution:

Voila! You now have a bio to add to each of your social networks.

Use these to freshen up Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, your website, and blog.

Consistency is the key to creating a streamlined brand that helps your brand shine online.

The post This is All You Need to Write the BEST Social Media Bio appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>
https://rebekahradice.com/write-best-social-media-bio/feed/ 7
25 of the Best Blogging Tools to Make You a Better Blogger https://rebekahradice.com/best-blogging-tools/ https://rebekahradice.com/best-blogging-tools/#comments Tue, 09 May 2017 12:43:49 +0000 https://rebekahradice.com/?p=10597 Blogging is one of the best ways to grow your business online. But there’s no doubt about it. Managing a blog can be hard work. Between the setup, design, and content creation… maintaining your blog can feel like a full time job. Not to mention the optimization and promotion that comes once you hit publish. […]

The post 25 of the Best Blogging Tools to Make You a Better Blogger appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>

Blogging is one of the best ways to grow your business online.

But there’s no doubt about it. Managing a blog can be hard work.

Between the setup, design, and content creation… maintaining your blog can feel like a full time job.

Not to mention the optimization and promotion that comes once you hit publish.

Yikes! Sounds overwhelming, right?

That’s where tools come in.

In this post, I’ve rounded up 25 of my favorite, “can’t live without them,” tools. ?

I chose each one because of its ability to simplify your process.

My criteria? It has to do 1 of 3 things. Help you:

  • Set up
  • Manage, or
  • Market your blog

And on top of that, it has to make you more confident, efficient, and at ease with all that blogging entails.

So, let’s get to it. Read through my reviews and then choose the best blogging tools for your business.

PLUS, you’ll find an Infographic at the end with all 25 tools. Share and save!

25 of the Best Blogging Tools to Make You a Better Blogger

  1. 750Words

Type: Online Tool

Price: $5 per month after free 30 day trial

Benefits:

  • Motivates and gets you in the habit of writing every day.
  • Helps you learn how fast you write and how often you get distracted.
  • Analyzes the feelings, themes, and mindset of your words.

If you struggle to sit down and write, you will love 750Words. It’s more than a tool, it’s a writing community.

Each day you’re prompted to write, you guessed it – your 750 words.

It’s a tool that gets you used to writing by encouraging you to write at least 3 pages per day.

And, you get awarded points for every day you complete.

Not only does 750Words give you this little piece of motivation, but it also helps you learn more about yourself and your productivity.

You can easily find out how fast you write and how often you get distracted. All that data is openly available within the dashboard.

It even analyzes the feelings, themes, and the mindset of your words.

 2. Bookly

Type: WordPress Plugin

Price: $121- $339/month

Benefits:

  • Makes book-keeping easy and the process streamlined.
  • Create and customize a booking form for all products and staff.

Chances are that you’re not blogging just for the fun of it. You want to attract real customers and boost sales, right?

Bookly is a booking plugin for WordPress that can help you turn website visits into real-life customers.

And it’s the tool I use to manage appointments (see it in action) and payments. It’s a premium plugin, but worth every penny.

If you need a lot of functionality and flexibility in forms, calendars, staff members and more – you’ll adore this tool.

Plus, it’s lightweight and won’t slow your blog down.

  3. Brand24

Type: Desktop/IOS/Android App

Price: Free 14-day trial. $49 – 399/month

Benefits:

  • Track mentions across the web, on social, and by influence.
  • Easily track mentions via top keywords.
  • Find industry influencers to connect with and engage.

If you want to know what people are saying about your company, Brand24 is for you.

This social monitoring tool is your key to tracking mentions all across the web, on social, and by influential publishers.

You’ll know who wrote about your brand and what they said.

And the best part? You can use the information you get from Brand 24 to start engaging with the people actively supporting you.

 4. BuzzSumo

Type: Online Tool

Price: $79 – 559/month

Benefits:

  • Research top performing content based on social shares.
  • Find the best blog content around your keywords.
  • Identify influencers for any topic or niche.

Great content is key to building a successful blog. With BuzzSumo (a tool I use every day), you can find the most popular content in your industry.

I use it for research, quotes from other bloggers, and as a resource.

Simply type in a keyword or phrase and look for the most popular content based on topic.

You can also type in the domain name of your competition and look at the most popular content they’ve written. This will give you a good idea about what works and what doesn’t in your specific field.

Rather than beating your head against the wall, looking for that perfect topic – use BuzzSumo to research what’s already resonating with your audience.

 5. Carbonite

Type: Online Tool

Price: $59.99 – $999/year

Benefits:

  • Keep ransomware and other forms of malware far from your site.
  • Protection against data loss.
  • Automatic cloud backup for computers, hard drives, and visual drivers.

Carbonite is a super effective weapon available for small businesses that want to keep ransomware and other forms of malware far from their sites.

Carbonite offers you robust protection against losing data important to your business. And in an age where hackers may hold your data for ransom, you need to keep your content safe.

They offer automatic cloud backup for computers, hard drives, and visual drivers and is easy to install and access from anywhere.

  6. ConvertKit

Type: Online Tool

Price: $29 – custom price/month

Benefits:

  • Build beautiful, responsive opt in forms for your website and blog.
  • Easily design a landing page for your product, offer or download.
  • Create workflows, increase conversions, and build your list faster.

As a blogger, one of your biggest opportunities is building your email list.

Haven’t started yet? Don’t worry. There’s no time like the present and Convert Kit makes it easy to get set up.

Whether you need a simple form to add to your blog or you’re looking to create detailed campaigns and workflows, Convert Kit has you covered.

  7. Co-Schedule

Type: Online Tool

Price: $30 – $1600/month

Benefits:

  • Plan your content with an easy drag-and-drop content marketing calendar.
  • Create your content with the built-in content editor.
  • Sync with your WordPress blog and easily promote to social media.
  • Analyze potential blog titles to determine performance.

If you’re always scrambling to come up with post ideas, you’re missing a crucial piece of blog strategy: a content marketing calendar.

It’s the key to staying organized and on schedule.

CoSchedule is an easy drag-and-drop content marketing calendar that will help you plan, create, and promote your content.

But there’s more to the tool than just a nicely laid-out calendar. CoSchedule also has a built-in content editor, connects directly to WordPress, and helps you promote your content across social media.

And a bonus: I love their Headline Analyzer. It’s a tool that analyzes your blog titles and scores it based on data.

  8. Evernote

Type: Desktop/IOS/Android App

Price: Free

Benefits:

  • Capture and organize information (web pages, texts, voice notes, images, etc)
  • Organize/search for your notes by geotag, keywords or tags.
  • Set reminders for timely content.

Evernote is a powerful blogging productivity tool.

With it, you can capture anything from web pages to texts, voice notes, and images. Think of it as a second brain where you can organize your information.

And the sky is the limit when it comes to what you can manage within Evernote.

Use it as a reminder system for guest blog posts or a capture tool as new blog post ideas hit you.

  9. FocusMe

Type: Desktop Tool

Price: $9 month – $119 lifetime

Benefits:

  • Improve your productivity by eliminating distractions.
  • Master your addictions by blocking certain websites or apps completely.
  • Limit the amount of time you spend on any website.

“I’ll just take a short break and log into Facebook for one minute,” you say.

30 minutes later you’re still scrolling through your feed. Sound familiar?

And it’s not just Facebook. There are hundreds of distractions all around us – killing our productivity.

FocusMe is the tool that will solve this problem and help you focus on getting things done without wasting time on distracting websites.

One of it’s best features is the ability to block certain websites or apps completely, or limit the amount of time you spend on them.

Give it a try and you’re bound to see your productivity soar.

  10. Google Analytics

Type: Online Tool

Price: Free – custom price/year

Benefits:

  • Get analytics on the results of your efforts
  • Get data on visitors/potential clients (location, what they’re searching for, etc)

The best way to grow your blog is armed with data.

With Google analytics, you can monitor the health of your blog.

Track your campaigns, set goals, and stay on top of your most popular content.

Learn which type of content keeps visitors on your website the longest, what’s converting, what posts could have done better, and how social is supporting the growth and promotion of your blog.

  11. Google Sheets

Type: Online Tool

Price: Free

Benefits:

  • Stay organized and keep all your data and information in one place.
  • Create a content schedule for your blog.
  • Track your blog metrics and analytics over time.
  • Do blog and keyword planning.
  • Easy blog content collaboration.

I’m going to go out on a limb and assume that you’ve used Google Sheets. But did you ever use them for blogging?

Well you should. While a simple Google Doc might be the right option for writing your post, a Google Sheet is the perfect way to stay organized.

My team uses them to track campaigns, post dates, launches, metrics, and more. It’s an easy way to coordinate and collaborate.

  12. Hemingway

Type: Online & Desktop Tool

Price: Free

Benefits:

  • Analyze your writing for increased performance.
  • Get feedback on how to improve sentence structure.
  • Provides a readability grade for easier comprehension.

This is one tool I use for each and every blog post I write. It’s an editing tool that analyzes your writing and offers you feedback on how to make your blog post easier to read and comprehend.

To begin, paste your text into the free app. Hemingway will review your copy to reveal its readability score.

You’ll see which words or phrases are hard to read, when you’re using passive voice or too many adverbs.

And for those of us that are visual learners, it’s all done through color-coding.

  13. Hostgator

Type: Online Tool

Price: 3.95 – $79/month

Benefits:

  • Easy control panel
  • 1-click script installs
  • Email marketing through Constant Contact
  • 99.9% Uptime Guarantee

When you first start a blog, choosing a host is a big decision.

I’ve trusted Hostgator for years. They’re reliable, affordable, and easy to use.

If you ever feel technically challenged, this is a great option.

Between purchase and setup, you can have your blog live in 15 minutes.

  14. OptimizePress

Type: WordPress Plugin

Price: $97- $297

Benefits:

  • Create and edit high converting landing pages, sales pages, and membership portals.
  • Add functionality to your blog with over 40 custom elements.
  • Over 30 templates to choose from to get landing pages live in moments.

If you’re ready to leverage your blog to get new leads, OptimizePress is the tool for you.

It’s a WordPress plugin and theme that’s perfect for creating high converting landing pages, sales pages, and membership portals.

Creating and editing pages is easy. You can build your own page from scratch or choose one of the 30 templates and edit in real time.

  15. Post Planner

Type: Online App

Price: $9 – $49/month

Benefits:

  • Schedule your blog post to publish on Facebook or Twitter.
  • Pick the best optimal time and set evergreen content to recycle.
  • Find and share the most engaging content on the web.

Once your blog post is written, you’ll want to share and promote it on social.

Post Planner will help you share your content consistently.

This desktop tool makes it easy to schedule your blog post to publish on Facebook or Twitter at the best optimal time.

You can add them to a queue or schedule to post at a specific time. You can even set your posts to recycle and have them in constant rotation.

  16. Social Fave

Type: Online App

Price: Free – $300/month (paid annually)

Benefits:

  • Search and analyze your blog retweets and likes.
  • Manage and analyze your community to build strong relationships with anyone sharing your blog content.
  • Grow your account by finding relevant accounts to follow.

A big part of blog growth is capturing the right audience.

With Social Fave, you can research keywords, identify influencers, and find keywords your audience is using.

Build a targeted audience through their listening tools and stay active with alerts.

best

  17. Social Quant

Type: Online App

Price: $50 – $300/month

Benefits:

  • Build a targeted Twitter following that’s eager to read your blog content.
  • Follow people based on your blog keywords.
  • Connect with influencers interested in sharing your content.

Social Quant is a bloggers best friend.

If you want to create an active and engaged Twitter audience, use Social Quant to find and follow effortlessly.

No more scouring Twitter and randomly following anyone who’s tweeted. Get focused on the people looking for your content.

  18. Social Warfare

Type: WordPress Plugin

Price: $29 – $250/year

Benefits:

  • Customize the look and placement of your social sharing buttons.
  • Control over how your content is shared – add images, descriptions and more for each social network.
  • Create attractive click to tweet quotes for more social shares.

If you want your blog post to get shared, you need to make it as easy as possible for your readers to pass it along.

Enter Social Warfare: a WordPress Plugin that makes sure your post is shared in the most optimal way.

The tool is highly customizable with features including click to tweets, social share button placement, and the color of your buttons. (you can see it at the top of this post)

  19. SumoMe

Type: WordPress Plugin

Price: Free- $119/month

Benefits:

  • Setup and customize pop-ups to increase conversions.
  • Add a “welcome mat” to introduce new readers to a product, service or offer.
  • Add highlights to text for highly-shareable tweets.

There are lots of ways to ask your readers for their email address, but SumoMe has consistently been my top performer.

It’s a WordPress plugin that gives you a large selection of tools to help you grow your email list.

Use it to set up various “Welcome Mats” displaying your content.

  20. Title Experiments Plugin

Type: WordPress Plugin

Price: Free

Benefits:

  • Run A/B testing on title variations.
  • Determine which ones perform best to continuously optimize.

If your title doesn’t catch your reader’s’ attention, it doesn’t matter how amazing the rest of your post is – nobody will read it.

That’s why it’s crucial to pick the best possible title for your post.

I pair the Title Experiments Plugin with Co-Schedule to A/B test 3 titles on each post.

To begin, add several versions of the title to be randomly displayed in any post list.

Each listing is counted as an impression, and each visit – as a view.

Based on the number of views and impressions, you can determine which title gave you the best results.

  21. Triberr

Type: Online Tool

Price: Free

Benefits:

  • Build your tribe of loyal blog followers who share your content.
  • Promote your blog post within a closed niche-related group.
  • Create relationships with other bloggers in your industry.

Any blogger knows that hitting “Publish” on a blog post is far from the last step in the long blogging to-do-list.

After a post goes live, it needs to be promoted, and that’s something that often takes as much time as writing the actual post.

Triberr is one of the best ways to promote your new blog post and to build relationships with other bloggers in your niche.

It’s a blogging community where you become a member of Tribes (groups), share their content, and offer yours for easy sharing to their community.

  22. Ubersuggest

Type: Online Tool

Price: Free

Benefits:

  • Provides suggestions based on seed keywords.
  • Helps you brainstorm alternative keywords.
  • Find niche keywords you wouldn’t have thought of otherwise.

If you’re a blogger, you know how much keywords matter.

But how do you choose the best ones? Ubbersuggest!

It’s a fantastic tool that offers suggestions to help you brainstorm and research keywords.

All you need to do is enter one keyword and Ubbersuggest will generate similar ideas. I find it to be a great place to begin brainstorming new content.

  23. Visual Website Optimizer

Type: Online Tool

Price: $49-$999/month

Benefits:

  • A/B test different elements on your site to increase conversions.
  • Easily run tests to land on your perfectly optimized copy.
  • Run geo-behavioral targeting campaigns.

The only way you will ever know what works best on your website is to test it out. Visual Website Optimizer is the tool that makes that easy to do.

This testing and optimization tool lets you create versions of your blog and landing pages. Once you’ve done that, you can A/B your headlines, copy, calls to action, and more.

Use the data to identify which version got the best conversion rate or sales.

VWO also has many additional tools, such as behavioral targeting, heatmaps, and usability testing.

  24. WordPress

Type: Online Tool

Price: Free (self hosted) -$25/monthly

Benefits:

  • Build and customize websites without any coding or technical knowledge.
  • Contains the publishing tools you need to create drafts, revise your posts and even schedule publications.
  • Optimized for search engines right out of the box.

WordPress has a balance of simplicity for beginners and complexity for developers.

Better yet, with WordPress, you have complete control, but don’t have to start from scratch. Use themes and plugins to build out your dream site.

WordPress also contains the publishing tools you need. You can create drafts, revise your posts and even schedule publications.

The best thing about WordPress is that it’s optimized for search engines right out of the gate. But there’s also a wealth of SEO plugins ready for you to use.

WordPress offers you all the freedom without restrictions.

  25. Yoast SEO

Type: WordPress Plugin

Price: Free

Benefits:

  • Keyword optimization with to 5 keywords for each page.
  • Analyze the readability of the copy you wrote and calculate the Flesch Reading Ease score.
  • Avoid confusing Google with duplicate content, by setting canonical URLs.

Speaking of SEO plugins, that’s the last one on my list. Yoast SEO has been my go-to SEO tool for years.

Use Yoast to add your meta, keyword, SEO title, and slug. When you finish writing your post, Yoast will analyze and score your content for optimization.

I appreciate the easy color coding for actionable advice.

  Over To You…

Which one of these blogging tools will you add to your list?

Pick one and test it out.

Once you’re confident it’s the right fit, add another.

Tell me in the comments below… which one will you try today?

 Download and SAVE the Infographic (click here to open the full Infographic)

The post 25 of the Best Blogging Tools to Make You a Better Blogger appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>
https://rebekahradice.com/best-blogging-tools/feed/ 22
A Daily Social Media Checklist That Will Double Engagement https://rebekahradice.com/daily-social-media-checklist-double-engagment/ https://rebekahradice.com/daily-social-media-checklist-double-engagment/#comments Thu, 04 May 2017 16:18:17 +0000 https://rebekahradice.com/?p=11224 We all know that social media success doesn’t happen by accident. It’s planned for. But without a roadmap, it’s tough to know what you’re working towards. That’s where a social media checklist comes in. Rather than hopping online without focus, you act on purpose. It becomes your guide and directs everything you post. If you’re […]

The post A Daily Social Media Checklist That Will Double Engagement appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>

We all know that social media success doesn’t happen by accident. It’s planned for.

But without a roadmap, it’s tough to know what you’re working towards.

That’s where a social media checklist comes in.

Rather than hopping online without focus, you act on purpose.

It becomes your guide and directs everything you post.

If you’re ready to better manage your daily social media to-do list, this checklist is what you need.

Simple steps that create a process. That process when followed will help blow the lid off your engagement!

Read on to learn how to use the checklist and don’t forget to grab your copy.

GET YOUR DAILY SOCIAL MEDIA CHECKLIST: DOWNLOAD NOW

Grab Your Checklist!

A Daily Social Media Checklist That Will Double Engagement

Before we jump into promotion, let’s first talk about your content.

It’s no secret that content marketing is key to building trust with your customers. As Ron Guirguis points out in an Edelman Trust Survey,

“People don’t just buy products anymore, they buy the companies that make products, the values they represent and what they stand for.”

Sharing the right type of content will help:

  • Prospects begin to recognize you as a the “go to” resource.
  • Build trust which translates into trust for your brand and product. It makes you a top choice when they decide to invest in you or your competition.
  • Attracts visitors to your site, some of which may turn into leads, prospects, and buyers. If new visitors like your content, they will subscribe and share it with others. Both are key to growing a loyal following and a successful business.

But you can’t just share any content and expect to get great results. It needs to be the type of content that converts.

What does that look like?

  • Webinars
  • Video tutorials
  • Ebooks
  • Case studies
  • Infographics
  • Reports
  • White papers
  • Blog content
  • Vlogs

Use the graphic below to guide you through the brainstorming process. (click here to open and download full size)

For each type of content, consider:

  • What type of content have you already created that you could repurpose into new media?
  • What type of content is your audience already engaging with? Look to your most popular content in Google Analytics and determine how you can update or create a follow up.
  • What type of content do you want to be known for? Choose 2-3 topics that align with your business, product, and service.

In a world where your audience already has a massive amount of hoops to jump through, you need to make your content easy to access.

Not only will content help build your brand, but it lets consumers connect with you.

90% of consumers find custom content useful, and 78% believe that organizations providing custom content are interested in building good relationships with them.

Let’s take a look at a few ways you can design a great social media content strategy.

Put Your Social Content Strategy in Place

  1. Curate Awesome Content

  • Search BuzzSumo.
  • Look up keywords in Pinterest.
  • Look through “Featured” on Slideshare.
  • Use Post Planner’s “Find” section to discover trending and scientifically proven content.

  2. Get Visual

In a split second, your audience is making a decision. Will they stop and read or move on? Will they create conversation and engage your business or interact with your competition?

Given the speed content travels across social media, grabbing attention fast is critical.

Without it, you may lose an opportunity forever.

That’s where visual marketing comes in.
Great marketers know that visuals capture audience attention, increase engagement, and boost traffic. So where do you get started?

According to QuickSprout, there are 8 major forms of visual content you can integrate into your social content:

  • Attention-grabbing, artistic photography – Think Instagram pictures or stock photos.
  • Screenshots – Useful if used right e.g. taking shots of helpful images of workflow or your products/services.
  • Infographics – Come in handy when you want to convey a meaty or super long message in an easy, bite-sized and informative manner.
  • Comics – Make a long story short, captivating and humorous with relevant cartoons or comic strips.
  • Data visualization – Present facts, figures and statistics in a simple and visually stimulating manner through standalone graphs and charts.
  • Memes – Use trendy memes tailored to fit the context of your updates or posts.
  • Miscellaneous graphics – Think of diverse images that complement your content.
  • Visual note taking – Think of casually designed layouts of ideas.

Incorporate each one across Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, and more in unique and channel specific ways.

  3. Don’t Forget Video

There’s no doubt about it.

Video is hot, hot, hot.

Creating several videos (produced and live) that support your social media strategy is a must.

Here’s where to begin:

  • Take key points from evergreen content, break them down into a simple bulleted list.
  • Show your audience how to do something, make something better, fix their problem.
  • Usually, 2-3 video scripts is enough. And they do not have to be long and complicated.

Here’s an example of one our team created based on a recent Pinterest article. We use Animoto to quickly break down content into slides, add graphics, music, and any voiceover.

  4. Add Personality and Branding

People invest in products and services they like, but they also buy from the companies they love. That’s a factor you can’t ignore.

People invest in and buy from companies that represent their own values and beliefs.

Of course, the product itself is important. But the way the company builds a community and sells the product is just as important.

Look to Ryan Foland, a communication strategist who knows how to engage his audience. He infuses personality into his content in a variety of ways, but I especially love his stick figure drawings. They tell a story, share insight, and include his audience in the conversation.

Think about your brand and what you can do to build a community around it.

Your Daily Social Media Checklist

Now that you know what you’re going to post, it’s time to figure out the steps you’ll take to increase engagement, traffic and sales.

This is your daily social media checklist. An easy to follow list of steps to take each day.

Your daily social media tasks shouldn’t take you more than 30 minutes at the beginning and end of your day.

If you don’t have that kind of time, then plan on giving it away.

These tasks are critical to building your social media presence.

So, go ahead. Read through the abbreviated version and then print the complete checklist at the bottom of the post.

You’re on your way to tracking and measuring your daily to-do’s.

Facebook

  • Reply to all comments (be grateful, generous, and giving in your reply).
  • Thank anyone that’s shared your content (always monitor mentions).
  • Like and Comment on a 3-5 relevant Page updates (Don’t just say “Nice!” or “Great!” Leave a thoughtful reply).
  • Share relevant content  to niche-specific groups. (this isn’t spammy or self-promotion, but helpful and valuable)

Twitter

  • Monitor mentions via keywords and respond to any questions, needs, concerns.
  • Choose 3-5 influencers to interact with. Be genuine in your replies and interactions. That will shine through!
  • Make 10 new high-value connections with the help of Twitter Advanced Search.
  • Schedule 3 posts to share throughout the day.
  • Thank people retweeting your content.
  • Thank a 3-5 new followers.

LinkedIn

  • Check incoming messages and respond to any necessary.
  • Approve all invitations to connect that are a benefit and make sense to you / your brand.
  • Share a relevant industry article or your latest blog post to your profile.
  • Drop into 2-3 groups and see if you can volunteer answers.

Instagram

  • Post 1-2 times per day – a mix of blog posts, roundup tips, top tips, funny/inspirational and relatable posts.
  • Share an Instagram story.
  • Like one post from everyone that’s liked your content.

Pinterest

  • Pin 5 images per day. A mix of your content and other people’s.
  • Like 5 posts per day.
  • Repin 5 images per day.
  • Choose evergreen posts to pin to a specific brand “blog board.”
  • Pin to group boards for added exposure.
  • Update boards or titles that need to be optimized.

YouTube

  • Create a new video from blog content. Use a tool like Animoto to take tips and break them down into a quick tip.
    Clean up your descriptions, add keywords, your URL, and tags to older, but evergreen videos.

Google Plus

  • Share to Google+ 1 time per day – 1 new article and 1 evergreen.
  • Share your content in specific communities.
  • +1 anyone that’s made a comment on your posts from the last day.

Final Thoughts

Social media can be time consuming, but it doesn’t have to be.

The best way to get started is to find 2-3 of the to-do’s listed above that will have the most impact on your business.

Add them to your calendar and commit to them daily.

Once you’re comfortable with those tasks, add to it. You’ll build momentum as you add more layers.

Make it fun, pay attention to the dat, and watch your engagement soar.

GET YOUR DAILY SOCIAL MEDIA CHECKLIST: DOWNLOAD NOW

Grab Your Checklist!

The post A Daily Social Media Checklist That Will Double Engagement appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>
https://rebekahradice.com/daily-social-media-checklist-double-engagment/feed/ 12
How to Start a Successful Blog in 7 Easy Steps https://rebekahradice.com/start-a-successful-blog-in-7-easy-steps/ https://rebekahradice.com/start-a-successful-blog-in-7-easy-steps/#comments Sun, 30 Apr 2017 21:19:37 +0000 https://rebekahradice.com/?p=11078 Are you looking to start a blog? Ready to dive into the world of blogging, but not sure where to begin? Believe me, I get it. Back when I started my first blog in 2004 I felt lost. There was no roadmap or getting started guide. I was blindly swatting at flies hoping to get […]

The post How to Start a Successful Blog in 7 Easy Steps appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>

Are you looking to start a blog? Ready to dive into the world of blogging, but not sure where to begin?

Believe me, I get it. Back when I started my first blog in 2004 I felt lost. There was no roadmap or getting started guide. I was blindly swatting at flies hoping to get it right.

I wondered…

  • what should I write about
  • how do I find topic ideas, and
  • what blog platform should I even use?

But times have changed. Today, starting a blog isn’t time-consuming or difficult.

And if you’re wondering if blogging is right for you, don’t worry!

Blogging is for anyone interested in extending, launching, or reinventing a brand.

If you want to build awareness and authority, read on for a step by step to starting a successful blog!

BONUS: Want to start your blog today? Watch my getting started guide to create your blog in a matter of minutes!

 

Disclaimer: Some of the links in this post are affiliate links which means that if you decide to buy, I will earn a commission. 3 things you need to know: I only recommend products I use within my own business, am extremely happy with, and can confidently promote.

How to Start a Successful Blog in 7 Easy Steps

  STEP 1. Find Your Topic and Perfect Niche

A. Do Your Research

If you want to create a blog people flock to, you need to begin with research.

Getting a clear understanding of what your blog is about, who you’re writing for, and what type of content you create will make the “getting started part” a whole lot easier.

To get an idea of what you’re looking for within this research, let’s imagine you’re a health and fitness blogger.

You write about exercise, nutrition, weight management, and behavioral change.

We’re going to take those phrases and head over to Google Keyword Planner. Here you’re searching for two things:

  1. Niche specific keyword options
  2. The competitiveness of those keywords

For example, take the phrase “weight management.” When I add that in, here’s what I see.

What you want to identify is the volume for that niche. No sense in tackling a niche if there’s no one interested, right?

Your next step is to look at what people (your target audience) are searching for.

You want to know what words they’re using and how they actually search. That’s where Google predictive results come in.

I’m sure you’ve seen this at work. As soon as you begin to type, Google will predict what you’re looking for.

These predictive results are a great place to see what others are looking to know, learn, and better understand.

As Nichehacks.com suggests, the best niches are evergreen niches that already have:

  • A proven track record
  • High demand
  • Lots of easy to find customers online
  • Endless products on sale
  • Lots of websites, social media groups and forums
  • Competition

B. Know the Purpose of Your Blog

Have you determined what you want to get out of blogging? Start here before you begin your blog.

What are you trying to achieve?

  • Authority: create content around a singular focus or topic?
  • Credibility: build a reputation within in your industry?
  • Thought Leadership: drive market decisions by anticipating needs?
  • Motivational: excite, inspire, and lead your audience?
  • Legacy: design content that leaves an indelible mark on your industry, audience, and community?

C. Merge Passion with Profit

Tie your purpose with passion to create a viable blog. Find your passion by answering these questions:

  • What top 5 topics would you write about if time and money weren’t a factor?
  • What about those topics excites you?
  • Can you put a new spin on that topic and make it unique?
  • Can you clearly articulate a benefit around the topic?
  • Is there an audience for your topic?
  • Is it a sustainable topic?
  • What topic could you write about over and over without it ever feeling stale?

D. Get to Know Your Niche

Successful bloggers know that understanding who you’re speaking with is the first key to success.

You don’t need to be an expert right out of the gate, but you do need to understand what your audience wants.

To create a successful blog, here’s 3 things you’ll need:

  • Actionable advice to solve everyday problems
  • Proven methods that make your solution easier, better, and more justifiable than the competition
  • A passion for that community (money will come when passion is the fuel that keeps your blogging fire lit!)

A Quick Recap

PURPOSE: What’s the purpose of your blog? Top options are:

  • Authority
  • Credibility
  • Thought Leadership
  • Motivational
  • Legacy

PASSION: Write down 5 topics you’d write about if time and money weren’t a factor.

ORIGINALITY: Share your original solutions to current market problems

 

  STEP 2. Choose a Domain

Choosing your domain might feel like an afterthought, but it’s a crucial piece to your new blog.

As you embark on this journey, let me share three important things for you to consider.

You’ll take these answers and incorporate them with your keyword research into your domain name.

Tips for Your Domain Name

  1. Keep it short – Make it easy to remember, recite, and type with 2-3 words at the most.
  2. Keep it Relevant – Your domain must tell the story of who your company, industry, or niche is. Be very clear in what you do. And if you’re a local business, you might consider adding it to your domain. For example: A dentist in the Phoenix area might choose, “phoenixdental.com”
  3. Make it Memorable – What about you or your company is unusual, striking or extraordinary? What do you do that nobody else can? Memorable is instantly recognizable and that’s what you’re shooting for.

Wondering where to begin your search?

Here’s a few free and simple to use tools to get started.

Domainr and Namemesh

If you’re stuck on the right name for your business, try a domain name generator. Tools like Domainr (that’s domainr.com) and Namemesh.com let you add in your own words.

I’ve stuck with our example of “weight management” and added that to Namemesh.

What you’ll find is a huge list of ideas. Some will be relevant, some won’t. I particularly love Weight Dentist and Weight Attorney. ?

Write down any relevant variations. Then go take a look and see if that domain is available.

Thesaurus

If you need variations of a word, head over to Thesaurus.com. I know this sounds like a simplified solution, but wow do I love this tool. In fact, it’s one of my go-to’s daily.

To use it for domain research, head over to Thesauras.com and type in the words that describe your business. We’ll use the “weight management” example from above.

Now let’s think about the true intent of weight management. What do people really want to do? Manage their weight, right?

So let’s use the word “manage” to see what we come up with.

Your target market more than likely wants to maintain, regulate, or take care of a few extra pounds. Consider all of these words dependent on the focus of your blog and content.

CoolNameIdeas

If your brand or business name is already taken, use a tool like CoolNameIdeas.com to add words to the beginning or end of your domain.

You can do this yourself by adding something relevant to create a phrase. For example, if your company name is “Amy’s Designs,” add another word that tells the same story – for example “theamydesigns” or “amydesignsco.”

As you can see, the essence of your brand still remains and you keep it short and simple.

A Quick Recap:

SHORT: First, keep it short. Think of your favorite brands:

  • Starbucks
  • Audi
  • Apple

Ok, maybe those are mine, but still… they make a point. Make sure your domain is short, and easy to remember with 2-3 words at the most.

RELEVANT: Your domain must align with your business name, vision, and story.

MEMORABLE: Share what’s unusual, striking or extraordinary about your business.

 

   STEP 3. Set Up Your Blog

Hosting is your first big decision once you’ve landed on a domain name. It affects the speed, reliability, and professional appearance of your blog.

While there’s hundreds of options to choose from, I personally recommend Hostgator.

They’re simple to set up and integrated with top platforms like WordPress. Plus, you don’t need to be a techie or a developer to get started.

Your content management system is equally important. Because of that, I only recommend WordPress.

WordPress has two versions, WordPress.org and WordPress.com. WordPress.org is the one I recommend.

With it, you’ll use your own branded domain and have complete control over the design and functionality of your blog.

Here’s how to get it set up with Hostgator:

  STEP 4. Create Your Content Strategy

No matter your niche, you’ll need to focus on delivering educational and informative content.

Sure, GIF’s and Memes are popular, but is that really what you want to be known for? Probably not.

Instead, elevate the conversation around your business.

What struggle is your audience facing and what unique insight do you have to solve that issue?

Anyone can Google and find an answer. Heck, I just Googled “how to know your niche” and came away with over 5 million results.

That’s a lot of reading if I’m searching for the right answer.

Your job is to understand what appeals to your audience and then deliver consistently.

Sure, this might sound like an incredible amount of hard work to you. And I won’t lie.  Creating quality content is a commitment. But, it doesn’t have to be difficult or scary.

And the benefits far outweigh the amount of time put in.

You’ll build rapport with visitors, get the opportunity to convert them into contacts, and then have built the trust to turn them into lifelong customers.

Take the steps below to get started with your content strategy.

A. Get to Know Your Target Market

Start by identifying how you’ll WIN by knowing your: Who, Issues, and Needs

  • Who: Who will you be talking with on your blog? List your target market. Mine for example is small business owners, entrepreneurs, and marketers.
  • Issues: What issues is your target market dealing with? Mine would be finding enough time to manage social media, juggling a business online and offline, budget, conversion, results.
  • Needs: What are the needs of your target market? This is where you’ll start to identify opportunity. What problems can you solve and what solutions will you provide?

B. Identify the Type of Content You’ll Write

What content do you currently have in place and what will you produce? To become a content marketing powerhouse, you have to write SHARE WORTHY content!

  1.  Content That Educates

This is the number one content marketing choice for most B2B and B2C businesses.

Have a long sales cycle? Educational content can walk your prospects through the consideration process.

Share content that helps your readers evaluate their options. It should also elevate the experience around your business.

  1. Content That Entertains

People love entertainment. From Gifs to Memes, this type of content is heavily shared across social media.

It usually involves videos, comic strips, images and webisodes. It’s entertaining and visually appealing. It likable, shareable, and often the most engaging content on social media.

  1.  Utility Content

Utility content helps your audience accomplish certain tasks, and make the right decisions. This type of content does not tell stories – it gives users tools to get from point A to B.

Utility content is exactly what the user needs to make an educated and informed decision.

So, which type of content sounds most appealing to your audience?

Your goal is to choose one and create a unique piece of content that you’ll share with your audience.

C. Create a Content Calendar

The key to every successful blog is consistency. Determine how often you’ll post and what days of the week you’ll publish new articles.

An editorial calendar will keep you focused on your topic and posting on a regular schedule.

Create a calendar and map out specific topics like:

  • Company milestones
  • Upcoming events
  • Hot topics
  • Industry news
  • Core values

Don’t want to build it out on your own? Grab a copy of our free calendar template.

  5. Network Through Blog Platforms

A big part of blog success is based on the relationships you create. One of the best ways to gain visibility is through blog promotional platforms.

The idea is to join groups that have created Tribes of individuals who share the same interests. This means you’re making targeted connections, as opposed to a scattershot approach.

While blasting your content to as many people as possible might sound like a solid plan, don’t do it.

Put your content in the hands of people who care about your topic.

Pick a handful of websites, Facebook Groups, and online forums designed to connect like-minded bloggers. Here’s how I use one of my favorite tools to build awareness and authority.

Triberr

Tribber is a simple to use tool designed to connect bloggers with similar content creators. The key to success (as with any of these tools) is reciprocation.

You add your blog content and then share other people’s content your audience will enjoy.

To get started:

  • Create your account – you can connect via Facebook, Twitter or LinkedIn or create a login and password.
  • Connect your blog – you can do this through RSS or if you’re using WordPress, download the Triberr plugin to automatically add your blog post.
  • Join tribes – find tribes relevant to your industry or niche.
  • Accept tribe invites – you’ll also begin to receive invites to tribes. Accept those that make sense to the type of content you share.

Take 5 minutes each day to find content, share it to Facebook, Twitter or LinkedIn, and begin a conversation as people share.

Additional Blog Platform Options:

  6. Promote Your Blog Content

When it comes to promotion, you have multiple options. But when you’re new to blogging, the cost effective ideas are the best.

Especially when they’re also going to give you the biggest results for your time.

Over the years, I’ve tweaked my promotional strategy to find the perfect mix.

Each one will help you increase conversation, shares, and traffic around your new site.

A. Influencer Outreach

Influencers are one of the most powerful marketing weapon you’ll ever wield.

By joining forces with an influencer, someone with similar goal to yours, you gain their reach, which you can leverage to promote your blog post.

Find influencers who have the right balance of reach and engagement. start-a-successful-blog-7-easy-stepsReach out in an authentic way. (no stock email please)

Tell them what you appreciate about their content and why you’d like to partner.

I find that the genuine approach is relatable and something most will respond to.

B. Social Network Specific

Twitter Cards

With Twitter Cards, you can attach rich photos, videos and media experience to Tweets and drive traffic to your website.

Add a few lines of HTML to your webpage, and users who Tweet links to your content will have a “Card” added to the tweet.

Pinterest Article Cards (Rich Pins)

Pinterest Article Cards can dramatically improve the interest and click-through rate on your article pins.

Your care will include the title, author’s name, description and story link, right on the pin.

Click to Tweet (CTT)

Embed a click-to-tweet in your blog post and make it easier for the reader to share your blog on Twitter.

Here’s what one looks like:

[clickToTweet tweet=”Want to start a successful blog? Here’s everything you need to know to create your blog today!” quote=”Want to start a successful blog? Here’s everything you need to know to create your blog today!”]

C. Bookmarking and Promotion Tools

  7. Start an Email List Now

This final tip is one I can’t stress enough. Too many newbie bloggers make the mistake of forgetting about list building until years later.

While you can’t turn back time, you can always get started today.

Use tools like Constant Contact, AWeber and my personal favorite, Convert Kit. Then pair that with WordPress plugins to create forms and build a targeted blog list.

Final Thoughts on Starting a Successful Blog

Successful blogs aren’t born overnight. They take time and consistency.

So be patient and write. Then write again, and again, and again.

The more you write, hit that publish button, and stay focused on your cause… the quicker you lose the jitters, build in solid writing habits, and draw an audience eager to read your content.

QUICK START: Ready to start your blog? Watch my getting started guide to create your blog fast!

The post How to Start a Successful Blog in 7 Easy Steps appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>
https://rebekahradice.com/start-a-successful-blog-in-7-easy-steps/feed/ 16
How to Create Pinterest Images That Drive Massive Results https://rebekahradice.com/create-pinterest-images-that-drive-massive-results/ https://rebekahradice.com/create-pinterest-images-that-drive-massive-results/#comments Mon, 17 Apr 2017 00:57:06 +0000 https://rebekahradice.com/?p=11061 Wonder how to use images on Pinterest? Or why you’d create Pinterest images to pin content from your blog? If so, you’re like many businesses still trying to make sense of Pinterest. But what if I were to tell you that it can become your biggest traffic driver? And more than that, you can use […]

The post How to Create Pinterest Images That Drive Massive Results appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>

Wonder how to use images on Pinterest? Or why you’d create Pinterest images to pin content from your blog?

If so, you’re like many businesses still trying to make sense of Pinterest. But what if I were to tell you that it can become your biggest traffic driver?

And more than that, you can use it to convert higher-quality leads in a shorter amount of time?

It’s all possible when you position your content properly.

That means creating super compelling images. How do you do that?

Below I list seven easy tips to help you create Pinterest images that drive massive results. PLUS, grab the Infographic at the end!

How to Create Pinterest Images That Drive Massive Results

  1. Optimize Your Pin for Search

Pinterest users are primed and ready to buy what your business is selling. So you need to create images that move them through the buying process.

Not only is there a higher trust factor on Pinterest, but also higher conversion rates.

87% of Pinterest users say they trust Pinterest over any other network, while 47% say they’ve acted on an offer through Pinterest. (source)

Take my results for example. The top 7 posts on this blog have over 237,000 social shares.

Where do a significant portion of those shares come from? You guessed it… Pinterest.

It’s my number one social traffic referrer, bringing a targeted audience to this website. (read: the “right audience”)

Oh… and once they’re here? That audience converts at a 21.6% higher rate.

So, what are your waiting for? Let’s get your product or service out there!

A captivating Pinterest image will attract attention to your pins. Like this beautiful pin from Blogging Wizard.

As you’ll see, when done right — a Pinterest pin will encourage interaction and inspire growth.

Here are a couple tips:

1. Use Your Keywords in the Image File Name

If you’re uploading images directly to Pinterest, make sure to name your image file based on keywords.

For example, if your content and image topic is:

  • How to Create Captivating Pinterest Images

Then your image file name should be:

  • “create-captivating-pinterest-images.jpg”

Hint: this is basic SEO and should be followed every time you create and upload an image.

2. Fill Out the Description

Have your ever clicked repin only to find there was a period in the description — and nothing else?!

That’s because Pinterest requires you add something to the description — and many are too lazy to add anything more than a period.

Don’t make this mistake.

Take the time to complete your description. Give details about the content they’ll find on the other side of that image. Social Media Examiner is a great example of this idea in action.

  2. Choose Your Words Wisely

Just like on any social network, content moves at a lightning pace in the Pinterest feed.

If you want to get seen, you need to stand out.

So make your images easy to scan, click and repin.

Follow these tips:

  a. Speak Your Followers Language

Do you know who you’re targeting?

Do you know the language they use to talk about their favorite topics?

If you speak their language, using their diction and vocabulary, then you’re much more likely to connect with them and get their attention.

Also, have you taken the time to see how your target market is using Pinterest?

Do your homework! Get inside the head of your followers and try to speak their language — but don’t use a bunch of mindless industry jargon.

No one wants to be talked to or through. Keep your language professional, but conversational.

  b. Make Your Text Easy to Read

Pinterest users will notice the image and text before they read your description.

Make sure you create an image with text that’s easy to read and understand.

It can be tempting to experiment with fancy fonts, but I would caution you on the use of many handwritten or calligraphy fonts. Many can be difficult to read.

The same goes for typeface. Regular, Bold, and Italic all have their place, but need to be used in the right setting.

They can either present a beautiful and stunning design or a muddled mess.

Take a look at byRegina for a perfect example of a balanced and branded design.

  c. Create Value

There’s no need to reinvent the wheel. You have valuable content sitting at your fingertips.

Pull a quote from an evergreen blog article or create a series of images that highlight specific points from an email to your list.

Always think value proposition and solution when creating your pin images.

What value does your content provide and what solution are you offering to your Pinterest followers?

If you can determine how you help and who you help — and then sprinkle in clarifying answers to their most frequent questions — you’ll have a winning text based Pinterest image strategy!

  3. Get Branded

Think of your Pinterest account as a branded channel. And stay on brand!

Determine what colors, fonts, graphic style and typefaces you will use in your marketing. Then translate that across all of your images.

Your brand is far more than a marketing message. It’s the customer experience and journey. It’s your mission and core values that you communicate consistently.

This should be felt in every one of your images — and across your Pinterest boards.

Custom board covers like these from Joycott are a unique way to create an appealing and consistent Pinterest channel for your company.

  4. Include a Call to Action

If you want people to take the next step with you, then tell them!

Don’t assume your Pinterest followers know what action to take. Include a call to action — and make sure it’s crystal clear.

Would you like your Pinterest followers to repin or click-through to your product? Put that in the description or add it as a banner across your image.

Too often businesses leave this key piece out, shying away from the opportunity to direct a potential client or buyer. Don’t fall into that trap.

This pin from DIY Ready is enticing for 2 reasons:

  1. it asks a question (identifies a need)
  2. then it gives you the solution

One more important note: whatever you decide to include as a call to action, avoid using too many words.

Wordy descriptions can discourage or muddy the main message in your image.

  5. Integrate Pinterest Into Your Social Strategy

Pinterest is a wonderful idea collector and creativity generator — but it’s a real powerhouse when cross-pollinated to other channels.

Creating an integrated social media strategy leverages the power of each social network, increasing awareness and brand loyalty.

Pinterest Cross-Pollination Example

Your company has an established Facebook page with a significant following and engagement.

So take advantage of that built-in audience!

  1. Tell your Facebook fans you’re on Pinterest!

Create graphics and posts telling them what type of content you’re pinning and how they can connect with you on Pinterest.

  1. Add a Pinterest tab app to your fan page!

You can use apps like Shortstack or Tabsite for this. The tab apps will let your fans experience your Pinterest profile from the comfort of your Facebook page.

They can view your boards and repin your content without leaving Facebook.

  1. Create posts that cross-promote your content on Pinterest!

It’s time to encourage your fans to start pinning!

Remember: some users have shied away from pinning brand content due to copyright.

So make sure your fans know that you want them to actively share!

  6. Humanize Your Company

Pinterest has the ability to put a face to your company and humanize your brand persona.

Nothing will ever replace face-to-face communication, but Pinterest is an excellent way to extend that relationship.

Your followers want to get to know you — so let them!

Share your unique insight, what inspires you, and how you solve problems for your potential clients.

There’s only one you. Make it shine!

How can you do this?

  • Give a special preview or exclusive details around a new product or service
  • Share your story and the evolution of your company
  • Create pins with behind-the-scenes images of your team
  • Post images to a specific community board highlighting local events
  • Provide a sneak peek into your daily process
  • Get your customers involved — let them share what they love about your business with you on Facebook and then pin it to a special board on Pinterest
  • Highlight special features about your company or product

  7. Use the Right Tools

Creating a captivating Pinterest image might come easy for some, but most find it a challenge.

In fact, you’ve probably wondered how to design an image that grabs the attention of your followers — and do it in a short amount of time?

I have good news for you! There are an abundance of tools to help you create that perfect Pinterest image.

A few of my favorites are Adobe Spark, Canva, and Relay.

Whether you’re sharing your latest blog post, pinning info about your product or building thought leadership through quotes — the right tools can help you streamline the process.

Each one is slick, online, and mobile – making image creation effortless. Want to create a series of pins for the launch of your new app? Or maybe a pin for your board called “Unique Pinterest Board Names?”

You can easily do that with all of these tools!

Don’t fancy yourself a designer? Not proficient with tools like Photoshop? Don’t worry! These tools are user friendly and don’t involve a steep learning curve.

Don’t believe me?

Just take a look at the example below and see what I created a couple of years ago. It might be an older post, but it’s evergreen and still brings in traffic every week.

Try it yourself!

Now It’s Your Turn!

Remember: There IS a market on Pinterest for your business! You just need to position your content the right way

Creating compelling images using these 7 tips will help.

What about you? How are your creating Pinterest images that help you stand out in a noisy news feed?

I’d love to hear your success stories in the comments below!

SHARE AND SAVE THE INFOGRAPHIC (embed code below)

 


The original blog post was written by Rebekah Radice on Post Planner.

The post How to Create Pinterest Images That Drive Massive Results appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>
https://rebekahradice.com/create-pinterest-images-that-drive-massive-results/feed/ 25
How To Write Social Media Content People Actually Share https://rebekahradice.com/write-social-media-content-people-actually-share/ https://rebekahradice.com/write-social-media-content-people-actually-share/#comments Mon, 03 Apr 2017 11:10:37 +0000 https://rebekahradice.com/?p=10811 If you use social media to market your business, writing great content is a must. Valuable content can elevate awareness, encourage interaction, and drive engagement. But the challenge for most companies is getting started. So how do you write social media content your audience actually wants to share… And do it consistently? By understanding their needs, […]

The post How To Write Social Media Content People Actually Share appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>

If you use social media to market your business, writing great content is a must.

Valuable content can elevate awareness, encourage interaction, and drive engagement.

But the challenge for most companies is getting started.

So how do you write social media content your audience actually wants to share…

And do it consistently?

By understanding their needs, appetite, and willingness to consume.

Once you know that, you have the recipe for success.

Below are 7 ways you can write insanely useful content. In fact, by the time you’re done with this article, you’ll be able to create the best social media content your audience has ever read.

How To Write Social Media Content People Actually Share

  1. Know What Your Audience Wants (and Needs)

All great content begins with detailed research. Getting inside the head of your audience will make content creation that much easier.

To learn what they’re looking for, head over to Facebook Audience Insights.

What you’re researching is what content your audience is interacting with. What is it that they like, share, and comment on every day?

This will help you form a hypothesis around their likes, needs, and wants. Rather than guessing, we’re looking to data to tell the story.

You can filter your audience by location, activities, and even buying decisions.

This information will help you plan content ideas. Look at it as vital details to your content creation.

To get started, choose your audience as “everyone on Facebook.” This will give you a broader search than those just connected to your Page.

Leave your location as is unless you’re a local business and move the Advanced section. If you have a price point (high-end or luxury buyers for example), you can add work, education or financial information here.

Here we’ll add an interest that ties to your business keyword. (e.g. your a bakery, you might use “cupcake”). This is going to help you filter content based on similar brand pages.

Now, here’s where it gets fun. ?

Go to the “Page Likes” tab to see what pages your audience is interacting with.

Begin to click-through each page and write down a few things as you go. You’re looking to learn from high interaction pages. (10% engagement or more)

  1. What type of content are they sharing? (articles, images, quotes, motivational, educational)
  2. How much text are they using in their post descriptions? (long vs. short)
  3. What’s their style? (funny, serious, aloof, friendly)
  4. What content receives the highest amount of comments, likes, and shares?

Now take that info and consider your own content.

Does yours have a healthy mix or are your posts all the same? (e.g. type, length, promotional vs entertaining)

Is your content, tone, product, service, and voice easily recognizable?

If your audience can’t discern who you are or what you do, you’ll have a tough time winning them over.

Likewise, if you don’t know what your customers are looking for, you’ll never be able to provide it.

[clickToTweet tweet=”Do your research, get to know your audience, then write your #socialmedia content.” quote=”Do your research, get to know your audience, then write your social media content.”]

  2. Write for Your Reader (not YOU)

Have you ever read a social media post and felt like it was written just for you? That’s what knowing your audience can do for your content.

Once you’ve taken step one and know what they want, now it’s time to write with your audience in mind.

Those two ingredients are the recipe for content gold!

Because once you understand their perspective, you can communicate in their language. Not many do this better than GoPro. They’ve perfected the art of User Generated Content combined with the a simple, but targeted description.

There’s no doubt they know their audience and what they’re looking for when visiting the GoPro profile.

How can you translate this to your business? Get specific and then segment your audience.

Neil Patel of QuickSprout recommends that you define your target customers by creating detailed descriptions.

This is known as persona marketing. It’s a visual and descriptive representation of your ideal customer.

If you haven’t gone through this exercise, I highly suggest you start here.

Knowing who your audience is will help you map that persona to content appetite and ultimately, buying behavior.

Getting Started with Personas

You can create one buyer persona or several to fit the demographics of your audience. They can be simple or complicated, as long as they succeed in creating a clear picture of what motivates your customers.

To do this, you’ll need to consider your customers’ behavioral drivers and their goals, as well as their mindset. For example, write down:

  • Gender
  • Age
  • Job Description
  • Skills/Responsibilities
  • Income
  • Size of Company

It’s also crucial to understand the concerns and hesitations that your buyers have that may prevent them from choosing your product or service.

What’s pushing your audience towards the old (comfortable) decision and away from you?

New equals change and that’s scary to almost everyone.

Here are some practical methods from Hubspot for gathering the information you need to develop personas:

  • Look through your contacts database to uncover trends about how certain leads or customers find and consume your content.
  • When creating forms to use on your website, use form fields that capture important persona information. For example, if all of your personas vary based on company size, ask each lead for information about company size on your forms.
  • Take into consideration your sales team’s feedback on the leads they’re interacting with most. What generalizations can they make about the different types of customers you serve best?
  • Interview customers and prospects, either in person or over the phone, to discover what they like about your product or service. This is one of the most important steps, so let’s discuss it in greater detail …

As you become aware of who the person is you’re speaking with (writing for), think about the benefits of working with you.

What will they earn, be able to do better, how will it improve their life?

All of this will work its way into your social media content. Because remember, the more you focus on benefits and the value you offer…

The more useful you and your company become.

Hot to Pair Persona With the Social Media Content You Share

  3. Use Emotionally Charged Copy

People don’t want to spend all day reading about your product or service.

They want to be entertained, surprised, enlightened, and motivated.

As Jonah Berger points out in his book “Contagious,”

“A product, service, story has to beckon emotion…the right emotions. [Because] When we care, we share.”

And sharing is the byproduct of highly useful content. But what exactly does emotionally charged content look like?

Take these two examples. As a Pittsburgh Steelers fan, the Mean Joe Green Coca-Cola commercial has always been one of my favorites.

Who doesn’t smile from the emotional connection created between Mean Joe and that young kid?

And who doesn’t know the Budweiser commercials? This Clydesdale and puppy bonding moment is one of the Super Bowl’s best.

That emotion is exactly what you want to tap into. While you might not be the sappy or sensitive type, your audience could be.

Find what moves and motivates them and then weave that into your social media content.

Here’s how to use it:

Test the emotional value score (EMV) of your social media posts with the Advanced Marketing Institute Headline Analyzer.

I use this as an initial A/B test. How will this resonate with my audience on an intellectual, empathetic, and spiritual level?

To use it in your content, start by taking a headline and write two different versions. Here’s an example using this blog post.

This iteration received a 50 on the EMV scale. I’ve been testing for years and have found that 50 – 70% is my sweet spot for highly shareable content.

This one is well outside of my current champion. The 50-70% I mentioned above.

Dependent on your target market, speaking to an intellectual crowd as opposed to spiritual can make a huge difference in perceived value.

Test the EMV of your copy, share across social media, and then determine your sweet spot by analyzing the outlier.

What was most successful and what variation was used?

Now turn that into a template you can rinse and repeat over and over again.

  4. Share Captivating Stories

Every business has a story. What’s yours?

The key is to share it in a real and relatable way.

Think about it. Who do you connect with online and in real life? It’s with the people and companies that move you.

Let your story bring your audience into your world. By doing this, you’re creating a bond, and that translates into trust over time.

Seth Godin defines a story as this,

“Great stories make a promise. They promise fun, safety or a shortcut. The promise needs to be bold and audacious. It’s either exceptional or it’s not worth listening to.”

If you’re lost on how to tell your story, there’s no better place to start than analyzing the great storytellers within your industry.

How are they using social media to create points of interest and encourage deeper, more significant relationships?

As Ian Rowden, Chief Marketing Officer at Virgin Group says,

“The best brands are built on great stories.“

And Virgin knows how to show and tell a great story. No matter where you look, the culture and personality of the Virgin brand is clear.

How to Express Your Company Story

  • What details can you share that will allow customers to make an educated decision about your business?
  • What would people love to know about how you built your company? What did you learn along the way?
  • How can you communicate the essence of your business?
  • Why do people hire you or your product? What are they looking to achieve through you?
  • Share what you do, what problems you solve, and why you’re passionate about your product or service.

Enthusiasm is contagious. Make your idea worth catching!

  5. Declare War on Bland

The average person reads 6.5 hours per week. That means you’re spending close to 1 hour per day consuming content.

While that doesn’t make you an instant copy expert, you do know the difference between unique and cookie cutter.

I’d also bet that in the midst of this reading, you’ve also become quite picky about what you give time to.

It shouldn’t be a surprise that your audience feels the same way.

If you want your social content to stand out, you need to declare a war on bland and boring.

Brands like Adobe and Volkswagen have done exactly that.

They’ve set themselves apart by translating an established offline brand into a vibrant online culture.

Could someone emulate the brand? Of course, and they have.

Can there be an exact duplicate? Not in my opinion.

If you want to build a legion of fans, simply dropping links to your content isn’t going to work.

How to Set Your Company Apart

Write down your answers and use them as positioning statements across social.

  • What do you do better than anyone else?
  • What do your customers love about your company?
  • What proof do you have? (testimonials, awards, etc)
  • What problems do you solve? (be specific)
  • Who have you helped and what was the outcome?
  • How do you improve your customers lives?
  • What’s your company vision and why does it drive you?
  • What does success look like to you, your customers, and within your industry?
  • What’s the cost of being ordinary and what are you doing every day to combat that?

Brainstorm those questions and write down as many answers as possible. You’ll be amazed at how quickly they’ll help you formulate a value proposition.

Each one can be used across social to create differentiation and position you as the brand of choice.

  6. Apply the Rule of One

I’ve written about this many times in the past, but never in the context of social media. The idea behind the rule of one is simple:

Know the goal of your post and stick with it.

Don’t get lost in a sea of options.

It’s easy to get over eager about what you have to share. I get it. You love your business.

But abstain from the idea that more is better. Instead, focus on one key takeaway in each of your posts.

Why?

Because marketing is just like sales.

A confused mind won’t buy. So when you add too many options, your audience gets confused.

Do they call, click, share? Probably none of the above if  you’ve made too many requests in one post.

[clickToTweet tweet=”A confused mind won’t buy, like, share, retweet or click. Keep #socialmedia posts to one CTA.” quote=”A confused mind won’t buy, like, share, retweet or click. Keep social media posts to one CTA.”]

The bottom line:

Know the end goal of each post and align it with your CTA.

  7. Useful Content is Shareable Content

The final, and most important component is writing content people actually want to share.

Getting likes and comments on Facebook may feel great, but it can’t compare to the power of a share.

Once one person shares your post, a whole new audience is opened up. Now you’re in front of a group that you otherwise might never have reached.

In essence, shares are your greatest form of word of mouth marketing.

To create useful, share-worthy content, you need 3 things:

1. Original content. As Herman Melville once said,

It is better to fail in originality than to succeed in imitation.

It’s the same with social media marketing. If you want to stand out, you need to be unique.

This doesn’t mean every piece of content is original, but it all must align with your brand.

Put your own voice into everything you share.

2. Irresistible content. Stella & Dot, a boutique-style accessories company does this in every post.

Their content is irresistible to their social fans – female entrepreneurs. They’re not only selling the dream of financial freedom, but a revolution against more of the same.

3. Empathetic content. Empathy. A word tossed around a lot these days, but often misunderstood.

Ann Handley, author of “Everybody Writes,” says empathy is,

The most important in marketing today is the idea of empathy. I would even go so far as to call it pathological empathy. You’ve really got to focus relentlessly on the recipient.

When your content is empathetic to the needs of your audience, you acknowledge that you understand their current situation.

In other words, your social media content must humanize your brand.

Final Thoughts

Not every one of your posts will be gold.

But, if you take the time to:

  • Research your audience
  • Understand what they’re looking for
  • Discover how to deliver ridiculously valuable content consistently…

You’ll find that producing social media content your audience wants to share becomes effortless.

What content are you creating that your audience eats up? I’d love to hear it (and see it) in the comments below!

The post How To Write Social Media Content People Actually Share appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>
https://rebekahradice.com/write-social-media-content-people-actually-share/feed/ 17
How ALL Wildly Successful People Use Social Media for Events https://rebekahradice.com/how-all-wildly-successful-people-use-social-media-for-events/ https://rebekahradice.com/how-all-wildly-successful-people-use-social-media-for-events/#comments Mon, 20 Mar 2017 00:29:53 +0000 https://rebekahradice.com/?p=10995 Ever leave a conference and wish you’d connected with more people? Or worse yet – realize you didn’t capture any contact information, making event follow up next to impossible? Yep, we’ve all been there. Whether it’s a lack of preparation or a whirlwind event, showing up without a plan is an immediate fail. But there […]

The post How ALL Wildly Successful People Use Social Media for Events appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>

Ever leave a conference and wish you’d connected with more people?

Or worse yet – realize you didn’t capture any contact information, making event follow up next to impossible?

Yep, we’ve all been there.

Whether it’s a lack of preparation or a whirlwind event, showing up without a plan is an immediate fail.

But there is one thing all wildly successful people know that you can learn from.

Using social media before, during, and after an event will set you apart. In fact, it’s the key to expanding your network.

How do I know? As a speaker, I spend a lot of time traveling, networking and connecting.

As I’m getting ready to leave for two large conferences this week – #AdobeSummit and #SMMW17 – it’s easy to see that organization and preparation are the keys to success.

Want to get a jumpstart and use social media for your next event?

Below are steps you can take right now to research, establish relationships, and follow up after your next conference.

Plus, I share the exact tools you need to leave an indelible mark in the mind of your networking contacts.

How ALL Wildly Successful People Use Social Media for Events

Before the Conference: Do Your Research

First things first.

As you prepare for your event, do your research. Who are you eager to meet? Twitter is one of my favorite social networks and a perfect place for initial research.

With Twitter, you can gain insight into people’s likes, passions, and industry.

There are several ways you can do a little reconnaissance with Twitter without seeming creepy or stalkerish.

  1. Hashtag Research

Look at who’s tweeting into the hashtag. For example, the #AdobeSummit hashtag has been busy for the last several weeks.

If you enter the hashtag and then click “People,” you’re now able to see everyone that’s joining in the conversation.

A quick scroll through the list and a review of each bio will give you an idea of who you might want to:

  • Begin to chat with prior to the event
  • Make a connection with once at the event

While I’m already connected to Joe (and excited to meet in person), I’d want to get to know him based on this tweet alone.

Keep this in mind as you’re making new connections. Social media and conference connections are no different than live networking events. You need to have commonalities and a reason to take that relationship further.

Now from here, you can go deeper into your research with Twitter Advanced Search.

  2. Twitter Advanced Search

Begin with a simple Twitter review. Look at their bio, tweets, interactions, favorites and lists. I’ll use my friend Jeff Sieh, a speaker at #SMMW17 as an example.

A quick scroll through his Twitter profile and I see we have several things in common – social media, our love of Pinterest, and a goofy (albeit dry), sense of humor.

Test it out yourself. Write down 3-5 topics that you have in common personally and professionally.

For me that list might be:

  • Social media
  • Tech
  • Dogs
  • Wine
  • Ocean

Or visual marketing as in the case of Brian Fanzo. We both share a love for the Adobe spark app.

Once you have your list, now go to Twitter Advanced Search and use a specific search operator to find any tweets sent including those keywords.

Here’s how that looks:

From:RebekahRadice “social media”

Now I can see all tweets sent surrounding this topic. It’s a simple way to filter through a massive number of tweets and get to the content that matters.

[clickToTweet tweet=”“No business relationship is mutually beneficial if you don’t know their business.” @Funnelholic” quote=”“You can’t propose a mutually beneficial business relationship if you can’t understand their business.” @Funnelholic”]

  3. Followerwonk

I absolutely love this free tool. With Followerwonk, you can research specific people, an industry, niche or area of expertise.

Just log in, click on “search Twitter bios,” enter your keyword and you’re off and running.

 4. Twitter Lists

Add conference attendees to a special Twitter list making it easy to keep up with them before and after the event.

I would suggest making this a public list so others can follow it. Share the list with conference attendees as you network to encourage interaction.

Here’s the list created by Social Media Examiner for #SMMW17. This includes all speakers, making it easy to keep up with tweets before attending the event.

This list created by Deloitte includes all Adobe Summit Insiders. Following this list will give you a sneak peek behind the scenes if you’re not able to make it to Las Vegas.

Go in With a Giver’s Heart

See how easy each of those tools are?

Now when you meet people at your event, you have a foundation. You can easily talk about what interests them, rather than simply selling yourself.

The goal is to go in with a giver’s heart and mindset. What benefit can you be to this person and how can you make a positive impact on their business or life?

Too often networking is viewed as a one-way street. I see so many people walking into a conference with a bullhorn, ready to blast their message to anyone that will listen.

Imagine the difference it makes when you come in with a completely opposite approach.

To win the relationship, you must be willing to go deeper. Take the time to prepare and you’ll stand out in every first impression.

[clickToTweet tweet=”“If you’re tempted to upsell someone else, stop what you’re doing & upserve instead.” @DanielPink” quote=”“Anytime you’re tempted to upsell someone else, stop what you’re doing and upserve instead.” @DanielPink”]

Tap Into the Power of Social Media

Social media is today’s version of old school networking. Take your face to face meeting and extend it into an ongoing conversation.

Before you even leave the conference, connect across various social channels.

Do your research and identify where your contact spends their time. Is it Facebook, Twitter, Instagram or maybe LinkedIn?

There’s no sense in connecting on a platform where they’re not active. While you might love LinkedIn, if they’re not paying attention – no matter how many times you send that InMail – it’s going to fall on deaf ears.

Once you’ve connected, begin to sincerely interact with the content they share. This might be sending a birthday wish or congratulating them on a new client.

You can also add them into a system like Post Planner to easily keep up with the content they’re sharing on Facebook and Twitter.

Go to Find – Add in their Twitter or Facebook URL – Click Save and now all content they post or tweet populates into your account.

This makes it easy to share, interact, and keep up with them on social media.

Whatever the case, be authentic in your conversations. Because, if there’s one thing I know about relationship building on social media, it’s this.

[clickToTweet tweet=”“When you take a real interest in others, they’ll take a genuine interest in you.” #AdobeSummit” quote=”“When you take a real interest in others, they’ll take a genuine interest in you.” @RebekahRadice”]

Send a Personalized Email

Think email is dead? Think again!

According to a Direct Marketing Association study, email is as effective as ever.

Email marketing yields an average 4,300% return on investment for businesses in the United States. (Direct Marketing Association)

Ideally, this first touch point should be done within 72 hours, but dependent on the length of time you’re at the event – this might not be possible.

The goal is to get in touch as quick as you can, making sure that the conference is still fresh in everyone’s mind.

So what should this email look like?

Make it simple, but memorable. Personalize your introduction, share why it was a pleasure to meet them and the specific reason you’d like to connect.

Take a few moments to jot down what about your conversation stood out. Reflect on what struck a chord with you and any key takeaways.

This will show you paid attention and aren’t simply looking to make a random connection.

Here’s an example:

Hi Diana,

Thank you so much for your time at Adobe Summit. What a treat to finally meet you in person!

I was so impressed with your use of Twitter and the way you personalize every interaction. You truly have a gift for making everyone you meet feel special.

We had discussed a potential collaboration on a live streaming project and I wanted to make sure we continue that conversation.

If you are free next Friday, I would love to grab lunch/cup of coffee. (If not in the same city, add in here a follow up phone or Skype call). 1pm PT would be perfect. Does it work for you as well?

Looking forward to it!

Rebekah

As you can see, the email doesn’t need to be long or super formal. The only things that matter are this:

  • Be human
  • Make it personal
  • Don’t sell

A spammy sales or standard form letter will instantly kill your chances of standing out.

Get Them Into a Follow Up System

Where do most people fall down in their business? On the follow up!

After your initial meeting, get everyone into a Contact Management System.

Whether this is an online tool or an old-school filing method, the key ingredient to follow up success is systemizing your touch points.

This involves scheduled reminders that will keep your relationships warm and active.

Most importantly, a system takes it out of your head so you can focus on what matters. As productivity guru, David Allen says…

[clickToTweet tweet=”‘Your mind is for having ideas, not holding them.” – David Allen” quote=”‘Your mind is for having ideas, not holding them.” – David Allen”]

Use Tools to Make Follow Up Easy

Technology has come a long way in helping you keep up with your contacts. Use tools to ensure new contacts are top of mind.

A few of my favorite tools:

Nimble

Nimble is a cost-effective CRM solution with a whole lot of social power. Use this to stay in touch through email, social media integration and project management workflows.

Insightly

Insightly is easy to use and free with limited functionality. It works as both a CRM and project manager with customizable workflows.

Rapportive

This easy to use Gmail add on gives you all the information you need about you contact right within your Inbox.

See LinkedIn details while connecting on that platform, Facebook and Twitter.

Commun.it

I’ve used this tool for years and appreciate the ease of use and how straightforward the data is.

Use Commun.it to track conference attendees, establish new connections and see what they’re sharing across Twitter in real-time.

BONUS TIP: Publish an Article About the Conference

Want to really capitalize on the event? Publish a follow up article!

Use the article to highlight special moments shared between you and your new contacts, share lessons learned and feature tips from speakers or individuals who offered invaluable insight during the conference.

It’s a great way to recognize those people you met. Everyone loves to receive public recognition. This will go a long way towards establishing a positive relationship and making an enduring first impression.

And don’t forget:

Most of your connections couldn’t attend the event. Give them your unique perspective on what made your time there extraordinary.

Your insight is unique and valuable to your audience. It also goes a long way in establishing your thought leadership around a particular topic. Don’t miss this opportunity.

Your next step is spreading the word about your post.

Promotion will be the key to getting this article seen. Use the event hashtag and make sure the article written is widely distributed to all your social networks.

If you’ve included people in your article, you can tag them on Twitter.

BUT, I caution to use this wisely. Tagging people just for the sake of it is spammy and will lose you friends faster than many other tactics.

Final Thoughts

Making the most of your conference experience is a critical piece many people miss. Most likely because it’s not easy.

It takes planning, execution and a commitment to staying in front of your contacts.

It all takes tenacity. Don’t give up before you’ve even begun.

[clickToTweet tweet=”“Agile networking means continuous learning and talking to people.” @sensiblefolk @NancyRichmond” quote=”“Agile networking means continuous learning and talking to people in your field.” @sensiblefolk via @NancyRichmond”]

Prepare to win every moment (and relationship) at your next event by getting started today.

You never know who or where that next opportunity might come from!

The post How ALL Wildly Successful People Use Social Media for Events appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>
https://rebekahradice.com/how-all-wildly-successful-people-use-social-media-for-events/feed/ 15
The Top Video Creation Tool for Social Media (and How to Use it) https://rebekahradice.com/top-video-creation-tool-for-social-media/ https://rebekahradice.com/top-video-creation-tool-for-social-media/#comments Mon, 06 Mar 2017 14:30:41 +0000 https://rebekahradice.com/?p=10909 Would you like to use video in your business, but don’t know where to get started? Want to create videos you can share on social media, but struggle to find the right tool? I have good news! You can create branded video content without the stress or worry. And you can do it in a matter of minutes. […]

The post The Top Video Creation Tool for Social Media (and How to Use it) appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>

Would you like to use video in your business, but don’t know where to get started?

Want to create videos you can share on social media, but struggle to find the right tool?

I have good news!

You can create branded video content without the stress or worry. And you can do it in a matter of minutes.

How? With the top video creation tool on the market – Animoto!

I’ve used Animoto since 2012 and while, in full disclosure, this is a sponsored post…

I would never write about a tool I don’t personally use and haven’t found extremely valuable.

If you’re ready to get started with video marketing…

I’ve got the step by step instructions to creating, sharing, and using video content on social media.

The Top Video Creation Tool for Social Media (and How to Use it)

Getting Started with Video Marketing

Whether you’re creating a video you’ll share on YouTube, Facebook or Twitter, you only need one thing.

A simple process that you can rinse and repeat over and over again. ?

Sure, video creation can feel overwhelming.

From aspect ratio to compositing, the terminology alone is enough to stop you dead in your tracks.

But what if I told you that getting started isn’t hard?

It’s true… but don’t let that convince you.

Take a look at these video statistics to see the power of video content.

  • Videos increases consumer awareness around your product by 74%.
  • 1/3 of online activity includes watching video.
  • 75% of viewers visit a company website after watching their video.
  • Adding a video to your website can increase the chance of a front page Google result by up to 53x.
  • Using videos in email marketing doubles click-through rates.
  • 71% of marketers say that video conversion rates consistently outperform other marketing content.
  • Audiences are 10x more likely to engage with video content — embed, share, or comment — than text-only blogs or related social posts.

Based on those statistics, doesn’t integrating video into your marketing efforts make sense?

I’d say so!

Why Use Animoto?

There are many important things to consider when you’re choosing a video creation tool. Ease of use, learning curve, flexible features… each one is important.

That’s where Animoto makes your decision easy.

Animoto gives you full control over the marketing content you’re producing. You can make your videos to your exact specifications… and for me, that’s really important.

If you’re worried about how your logo appears or that your color scheme, typography, and message align with your brand — no need to stress.

You can modify every aspect, or for those that want to create in a hurry, make minimum changes.

When I first started using Animoto, I was looking for a cost-effective video solution. That’s the second reason Animoto wins my vote.

Instead of hiring a marketing team, you get one in Animoto.

For a startup, video marketing is a necessity, but can come with a hefty price tag. Instead, use Animoto to create high quality professional marketing videos in a short amount of time.

How to Create Your Animoto Video

Creating marketing videos has never been this easy. When you first land inside Animoto, you’ll see how clean and user-friendly the interface is.

To begin, you’ll choose between two options:

  1. Slideshow Video – instantly transform your photos and video clips into stylized videos.
  2. Marketing Video – build unique, branded videos in minutes with your photos and video clips.

We’ll choose “Marketing Video” for the sake of this walk through, but both offer similar functionality.

Now you have the opportunity to use a pre-designed template or start from scratch. When you’re first getting started, I highly recommend a template.

Chose the type that best fits your product, service, app, book, you name it. There’s a theme for anything and everyone.

Next step – click on “Choose Storyboard.”

Once the template loads, you’ll see the Storyboard (all videos) within your chosen design.

Now this is the part that really excites me.

Just look at how brilliantly simple this tool is. Instead of starting from scratch, you only have to change out what’s already there.

With a few small tweaks,  you’re able to create and share videos that perfectly represent your brand.

Here’s the top features and what you need to know to navigate your Animoto video creation.

  – Drag and Drop

As the name suggests, this feature lets you drag and drop images, text, and videos into your storyboard.

Whether you want to drop in images of your product to create a social media promotional video or give a brief overview of the benefits,

Animoto makes this effortless.

  – Text Control

By touching the Text icon on the image you want to modify, you can add text to your project.

And it’s simple to do! Just click on the T to add a title and subtitle.

This adds an overlay to your image and allows you to modify the time it spends on-screen.

  – Voice Over

This feature allows you to put your voice over any text and image that you dropped on your storyboard.

You can access it by touching the microphone icon on the image or text.

Get creative! You can record anything you like from a quick tip to a product description.

The sky is the limit!

Spotlight

Want to highlight something special in your video? Click the star icon to shine a spotlight on that image, text or video.

I’ve been a fan of this feature since the early days. It’s a nice way to showcase:

  • A date or time
  • Unique feature
  • Product specifications
  • A special moment
  • A customer, fan or follower

Whatever the case, spotlight lets you display content in your video for just a bit longer.

What Type of Video to Create with Animoto

  1. Create an Interview Series

Nowadays, business success depends a lot on how personal and open you are.

Interviews with employees or customers can be a great step towards building engagement.

Create an interview series to share a more personal side of your brand.

You can also give special insight that only the people behind your company can offer.

Or create a series where you interview top industry experts. Whatever the case, make your videos:

  • Relatable
  • Appealing
  • Value Based

  2. Go Behind The Scenes

Everybody enjoys going behind the scenes. Whether it’s your favorite band or brand, we’re all a bit voyeuristic.

Tap into that human compulsion with video. Showcase what and how things happen in your business.

Viewers will appreciate seeing something they don’t usually have access to. You can even make it feel very VIP and only offer access to certain segments within your audience.

From day-to-day processes to products, employees and even your office space – your audience will eat up the chance to come along on your journey.

Walking people through your business will also build awareness and engagement. Plus, it will give them a deeper appreciation for what you do and who you help.

With video, you can go from “abstract” to “real” in mere minutes.

Use Animoto’s “Slideshow Video” to drag and drop your photos and videos. Add some text and voila! You have new video content!

 3. Share Live Events

Give your viewers a glimpse into an event you’re attending or your business is involved in. However, don’t just show the event, but talk to your audience.

Use text and voiceover to walk them around, giving them the inside scoop. Make your audience feel as if they’re with you.

It’s also a great idea to get the audience to voice questions and share comments. You can add your video to Facebook, YouTube, even Twitter.

Get the conversation going by asking them what they’d like you to show next. This will make your social media followers feel engaged and connected to your brand.

  4. Offer Video Training

If your business has useful and interesting information to share, you can be sure that there will be an audience to listen to it.

People love learning new things and if you’re able to teach them something new, they’ll respect and value you for freely sharing. It also goes a long way in building credibility, positioning you as an expert in your field.

Use the “Video Slideshow” option (the Brilliance template is one of my favorites) to add in photos and video clips.

And remember…

Your training sessions don’t have to be overly scripted. In fact, the public will appreciate the “in the moment” feel of your video.

The more transparent you can be, the better your audience will receive your message.

  5. Answer FAQ

Nothing builds engagement better than direct communication with your audience. Ask your audience what they’d like you to answer or pull from your list of customer or client FAQ.

When you take the time to share your knowledge, you do two things.

  • You let viewers know that their voice is heard
  • You show that you truly care about what they think

And when you answer someone’s question, make sure to mention the name as that will make them feel included and valued.

  6. Repurpose Your Content

One of the best ways to leverage video is to repurpose current content.

Take your highest performing (top trafficked) content and translate that into new media.

What do I mean by this?

Take that blog post (the one that continues to bring traffic to your website) and pull out 2-3 points.

Expand upon each one, sharing an in-depth look at that specific topic.

Your audience is eager to learn, take the time to teach them something new and breathe new life into old content.

Not only will it position you as an expert within your field, but it pulls your audience in – allowing them to get actively involved.

Where to Share Your New Video:

YouTube

You’ve created your video, now it’s time to optimize, upload, and share it with the world.

Before you upload though, look to your keyword research. You want to optimize for search and humans so make your filename clear, concise, and based on the intent of your audience.

You also want to ensure that your content, title, and filename are consistent.

Once you’ve optimized your file name, put together your description. Both steps are incredibly important if you want your video to get found.

Here’s a look at how we break down our descriptions at Post Planner.

  • Include your description (similar to your meta it should include your keywords, arouse curiosity, and encourage a click)
  • Add a bit of background on your company
  • Include additional relevant links
  • Add your call to action

Facebook

Upload your new video natively. I know you’ll feel compelled to just drop the YouTube link, but don’t do it.

Facebook wants to keep viewers on their platform, so it’s no wonder that they love native video.

And don’t forget to add your compelling description. What you write is like your blog headline.

It’s the hook. That tantalizing morsel that gets your fans to click play. ??

Email

Did you know that adding video to email can:

  • Boost open rates by 19%.
  • Boost click-through rates by 65%.
  • Reduce unsubscribes by 26%.

That’s according to video marketing trends by Syndacast and I can attest – it’s absolutely true.

Twitter

Don’t leave your Twitter followers out in the cold. Tweet your video!

And don’t just tweet it once. Share it multiple times to capture the attention of a larger segment of your audience.

Pinterest

Didn’t realize you can pin video on Pinterest? You should!

As stats point out, 84% of communication by 2018 will be visual and 79% of all internet traffic will be video.

Add to that 90% of users on Pinterest want to purchase and you have a winning combination!

Final Thoughts

Animoto is the best marketing partner you can have.

Unlike a conventional marketing team, Animoto doesn’t require instructions again and again.

It will do what you want, when you want to do it.

And there’s never a time restraint. You can make your marketing video anytime, anywhere – no matter where you’re working from.

It’s your on-the-go video creation tool.

So what will you create first? I’d love to hear about your video project in the comments below!

The post The Top Video Creation Tool for Social Media (and How to Use it) appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>
https://rebekahradice.com/top-video-creation-tool-for-social-media/feed/ 19
How 25 Brands Make the Most of Visual Content on Social Media https://rebekahradice.com/brands-make-the-most-of-visual-content-on-social-media/ https://rebekahradice.com/brands-make-the-most-of-visual-content-on-social-media/#comments Mon, 30 Jan 2017 12:44:28 +0000 https://rebekahradice.com/?p=10809 Are you using visual content within your social media posts? Want to know how you can make the most of visual marketing on Facebook, Pinterest, Instagram, and more? Sure you do! Because here’s the reality. If you’re not creating visually appealing content that captures audience attention, your competition is. Graphics can tell your company story, boost […]

The post How 25 Brands Make the Most of Visual Content on Social Media appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>

Are you using visual content within your social media posts?

Want to know how you can make the most of visual marketing on Facebook, Pinterest, Instagram, and more?

Sure you do!

Because here’s the reality.

If you’re not creating visually appealing content that captures audience attention, your competition is.

Graphics can tell your company story, boost awareness, and drive additional traffic to your product or service.

So how can you create visual content that helps you better connect with your fans and followers?

Join me in this look at 25 brands that make the MOST of visual content on social media.

How 25 Brands Make the Most of Visual Content on Social Media

1. Volkswagen

Volkswagen claims that all people and all things have a story to tell, and you see this evidenced in each of their Facebook posts.

Across their Page are visual stories about VW automobiles and their customers. Whether you want to learn about VW history, understand the heritage of the Beetle or find your next car, Facebook is the place to do it.

Each image is designed to further the culture and experience around the Volkswagen brand. Watch (and learn) as they highlight important milestones within the company by weaving a powerful story into each post.

2. Starbucks

Starbucks has a presence on multiple social media platforms, each one successfully expressing what the brand is all about.

Their use of visual marketing is bursting with personality and originality, and although Starbucks often uses posts to advertise products, it’s done in a creative and subtle way.

This is a lesson many companies have yet to learn: Sometimes less is more… especially when it comes to visual content.

3. Bud Light

Bud Light has an active and vibrant Facebook Page ripe with visual marketing.

From colorful graphics to native video, Bud Light has created an interactive Facebook community through visual media.

And they’re not afraid to let their fans join in on the fun. They consistently invite followers to submit personal photos.

Whether a day at the beach or an event Bud Light is promoting, audience participation gives the Page a unique “small town” feel.

4. Dunkin Donuts

This brand’s visual marketing is so upbeat, colorful and delicious looking that users can’t tear their eyes off it.

Dunkin Donuts posts are 100% in line with their style: They are bright, imaginative, and cheerful. Humor makes the posts popular and shareable.

The brand never does direct advertising, instead choosing to show off their product in an unusual way.

5. Kate Spade New York

The success of Kate Spade New York lies in their use of color, which alone is key to effective visual marketing.

Since the brand specializes in bold and stylish wear, they use their posts to continue showcasing their style and their work.

Kate Spade New York’s use of graphic prints, crisp color and playful sophistication makes them a powerful presence on Facebook (and one of the most followed brands on Pinterest).

6. Target

Target uses several boards on Pinterest to market their store and products. Although each board exemplifies a different marketing strategy, all of them use engaging and informative graphics.

Target doesn’t just post photos of their products, like many other brands do. They combine images with text to create fun and shareable images.

7. Nike

Nike understands marketing on Instagram as well as the mentality of their target audience, and they use this knowledge to effectively showcase their brand.

The brand loves to post inspirational hashtags and photos showing everyday moments related to sports. The focus is on speaking to everyone who has a dream and encouraging them to ”Just do it!”

8. Sharpie

Any creative soul will love the Sharpie Pinterest page.

Marketing a simple product with a limited variety and few uses can be quite difficult, but Sharpie has succeeded in turning its Pinterest page into something more!

Sharpie provides handy tips and creative ideas — all of them interesting enough to be shared.

9. tHe Horse Footwear

tHe Horse Brand sells watches, but does it in a simple yet interesting way.

Their strategy can be described in one word: “Consistency.” Every day, they publish visual posts on Facebook, all of them featuring different types of people wearing their watches.

The people and the places are different, but the watches are always the same. This consistency tells people what to expect and keeps them coming back each day to see who will wear the watch today.

10. Grammarly Cards

Grammarly is an online proofreading and correction service with an excellent visual marketing strategy.

Their Pinterest page is filled with funny and engaging content that people enjoy and frequently share.

The humor and wit are coupled with attractive pictures the Grammarly Cards audience cannot ignore.

11. Oreo

Oreo knows how to keep an audience happy and actively engaged.

The visuals the brand posts have it all — including wit, culture and parodies. They take any popular event or entertainment update and work their cookie right into it.

This makes Oreo posts fun and shareable.

The time it takes Oreo to react to an unforeseen event is phenomenal. The brand’s fast response to the Superbowl (“You can still dunk in the dark”) won widespread recognition.

12. Lisa Curry

Lisa Curry, an Olympic athlete, personal trainer and writer, is a queen of visuals.

She combines great quotes with eye-catching images to create visually appealing graphics that get shared like hotcakes on her Pinterest and Facebook pages.

Lisa often chooses inspirational quotes to spread her message of health and wellness.

13. IHOP

IHOP’s Instagram page is filled with colorful and mouth-watering images that have their audience out the door and heading towards the nearest IHOP in mere minutes.

Not only do their posts show colorful and delicious-looking pictures, but they also have an upbeat sense of humor.

IHOP caters to their (generally young) crowd by posting memes, customer-submitted images and fantastic food photos.

14. Home Depot

Home Depot knows their audience, and the brand effectively markets to them.

Their posts are made for homeowners and those who love creating something practical and good looking.

Their Instagram page is full practical, original and creative ideas.

15. Dr. Pepper

The Dr. Pepper brand knows how to make their content appealing.

They have a talent for turning their product into great visuals that are both attractive and humorous.

The content they post on their Facebook page is proof that design is just as important a factor as written copy.

16. Cook Smarts

The graphics posted by Cook Smarts are a fantastic example of how visual marketing should be used.

Their Twitter page is full of shareables: simple images with witty and creative text.

They also have numerous infographics which provide their audience with handy tips and other info. 

17. Coca-Cola

Coca-Cola’s content marketing strategy is built on visual marketing. They provide their audience with fun, colorful and quirky visuals that are easy to like and share.

The company concentrates its efforts on interactive content to keep their audience engaged.

Coca Cola also has uniquely designed animated gifs and plenty of brand memorabilia that reminds the audience whose page they’re on.

18. Aeropostale

Aeropostale knows its fashion-savvy audience and effectively caters to their tastes.

The brand posts simple, yet lovely, images featuring an ensemble of clothes and accessories that go together to create one distinct look.

Through this strategy, Aeropostale advertises its own clothes (which are at the center of the composition) gives its audience ideas about what goes well with what, and creates a definite brand look.

19. Whole Foods

Besides offering their customers healthy, organic foods, Whole Foods also provides followers with exceptional and informative visual graphics.

This is a brand that knows how to tell a story visually and make it appealing to all.

Although they have some product advertisements, most of their posts include great images combined with valuable advice.

20. Taco Bell

Taco bell knows how to grab their audience’s attention and keep it.

The vibrant colors and artistic look of their graphics get their posts noticed.

Although some of the graphics they post on Instagram are advertising their products, most simply show off the product in an artistic and attractive way.

21. AMC Theaters

AMC utilizes a very effective visual marketing strategy on Pinterest. They transport their audience to a world of films through attractive movie-lover memorabilia.

AMC’s Pinterest posts never promote AMC directly, but entertain and inform their audience.

They also post numerous fan photos, and giveaways which keep their followers loyal and engaged.

 

22. GoPro

The very nature of the GoPro makes it the perfect brand for visual content marketing.

After all, no words are necessary to market their GoPro cameras – their photos say it all.

The quality of the photos and their extreme setting help these graphics get shared like wildfire.

23. Jetsetter

If you combine Jetsetter, Pinterest and visual marketing the result is incredible success.

The brand successfully utilizes several visual marketing strategies to make their popularity soar.

First, they post stunning photography (guaranteeing them hundreds of reposts).

Then, they combine those photos with travel or inspirational quotes — making them even more shareable among the brand’s public.

Last but not least, Jetsetter successfully engages their fans with contests — a huge drawing card for them.

24. Honey Bunches of Oats

This cereal company has long figured out the secret of visual content marketing through social media.

All of their posts on Facebook are visual, and humor is their best weapon. Honey Bunches of Oats creates funny and memorable visuals that are easy to share.

Most of their graphics have the brand’s logo attached to it, so it continues to remind the users who is behind the great photos and the witty humor (even if the graphic is taken out of context).

25. International Delight

This iced coffee brand knows how to use visual marketing to gain popularity. They utilize several approaches.

First, they post colorful and mouth-watering photos that get numerous shares — especially on a hot summer day.

Next, they add helpful hints or ideas to their graphics to keep their audience interested and engaged.

Last, but not least, they take visual marketing to the next level by posting cool iced-coffee-related photos sent in by their followers.

This increases engagement while making their followers feel like they are a part of the brand.

Final Thoughts

While your competition might be using visual content, most companies are still falling short.

You have an opportunity to create a consistent strategy and make your visual mark.

Understand each visual social network, how it works, and what your audience is looking for. You can’t take a one-size-fits all approach.

Learn the language of that network and then create custom visuals that tell you message and unique story.

Your business can succeed at visual marketing. The key is to create differentiation and stand out among the noise.

Do you have brands to nominate to this list of champs?

Or observations about the ones I’ve listed?

Let me know in the comments. Let’s talk!

 

Originally written by Rebekah Radice and posted on Post Planner.

The post How 25 Brands Make the Most of Visual Content on Social Media appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>
https://rebekahradice.com/brands-make-the-most-of-visual-content-on-social-media/feed/ 13
7 Social Media Infographics That Will Make You More Productive https://rebekahradice.com/social-media-infographics-that-will-make-you-more-productive/ https://rebekahradice.com/social-media-infographics-that-will-make-you-more-productive/#comments Mon, 23 Jan 2017 12:23:43 +0000 https://rebekahradice.com/?p=9241 How would you rate your social media productivity? Would you say it’s a battle you might win, but tend to lose more often than not? If so, don’t beat yourself up. Staying productive while managing social media is tough. It requires:  Organization Awareness Commitment But the great news? Each of those skills is attainable with […]

The post 7 Social Media Infographics That Will Make You More Productive appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>

How would you rate your social media productivity?

Would you say it’s a battle you might win, but tend to lose more often than not?

If so, don’t beat yourself up. Staying productive while managing social media is tough.

It requires: 

  • Organization
  • Awareness
  • Commitment

But the great news? Each of those skills is attainable with the right plan in place.

So with a never-ending to-do list and a million shiny objects screaming at you – how can you avoid distractions and work smarter?

With the 7 social media infographics I’m sharing today!

Each one will make you more productive, efficient and effective. 

7 Social Media Infographics That Will Make You More Productive

Infographic #1:

A Productive Day in the Life of a Social Media Marketer

Ever wonder what a day in the life of a social media marketer really looks like?

I can tell you, it’s not all fun and games.

It’s a lot of hard work that when paired with consistent processes can equal massive success.

And not just for you as a marketer, but your clients, customers, and community.

Courtesy of my friend Ian Cleary at Razor Social.

Infographic #2:

Social Media Workflow for a 40 Hour Week

If you want to build a better social media strategy, you need to get more done in less time.

This means you need to:

  • Stop working on tasks that don’t deserve your attention.
  • Stop giving too much time to tasks that can and should be done faster.

If you’re wondering how long certain activities should take, the benchmarks below will help you set a baseline.

These 11 components make up the hours that go into building a strong social media strategy:

  1. Updating social networks – 4 hours
  2. Planning, writing, and publishing blog posts – 7.5 hours
  3. Research and planning internal and external content to share – 4 hours
  4. Curate and share content – 2.5 hours
  5. Engaging with your community – 4 hours
  6. Monitoring brand mentions online – 2.5 hours
  7. Developing campaigns, such as promotions and contests – 2.5 hours
  8. Community growth – 2.5 hours
  9. Strategy management and adjustments – 2.5 hours
  10. Analytics Reporting – 2.5 hours
  11. Contingency time for damage control or unexpected problems – 4 hours

by Mark Smicklas via Social Media Explorer

Infographic #3:

13 Productivity Tips for the Busy Professional

Social media productivity can be an elusive animal to wrangle. Just when you think you have a system in place, the rules change.

Or worse yet — the social networks change and you’re starting from square one.

To stop that endless cycle, it’s important to plan and organize your time. One rule I live by is suggested by Hubspot in the Infographic below:

Work in sprints to eliminate wasted (non-productive) time spent and avoid getting stuck on any one task for too long.

To maximize my time, I’ve combined the Pomodoro Technique to the Lean Agile Methodology. This allows me to break down tasks into a one week sprint.

To Do This in Your Business:

  1. Ask yourself:
    • How many hours can you reasonably work on and in your business each day?
    • What are your high value tasks? (the tasks only you should be working on)
  1. Now take each task and work on it in chunks of time. For me it’s 25 minutes on, 10 minutes off. Sound hard to do?

Consider what you’re losing by bouncing from one shiny object to the next.

According to the American Psychological Association’s overview of multitasking research, there are three types of multitasking:

  1. Performing two tasks simultaneously. This includes talking on the phone while driving or answering email during a webinar.
  2. Switching from one task to another without completing the first task. We’ve all been right in the middle of focused work when an urgent task demands our attention; this is one of the most frustrating kinds of multitasking, and often the hardest to avoid.
  3. Performing two or more tasks in rapid succession. It almost doesn’t seem like multitasking at all, but our minds need time to change gears in order to work efficiently.

Each one has been proven to decrease your productivity. In fact, only 2% of the population can actually multi-task successfully. Yikes!

So stop bouncing from one task to the next. Use a tool like Tomato Timer or a plugin like the Chrome Pomodoro Timer to manage and track your daily tasks and time.

Infographic #4:

Advanced Social Media Checklist

Contrary to what some marketers think, social media isn’t just a channel to blast out promotional content.

Doing this without building relationships isn’t going to magically produce a ton of website traffic.

While that may have been common practice in the past, social media marketing has matured.

Now there are a variety of ways to leverage the power of key social networks to grow your business.

In fact, the role of a social media professional has grown so much that keeping up with everything that needs to get done on a daily, weekly, monthly and quarterly basis can be overwhelming.

That’s why Sprout Social put together the only social media checklist you’ll ever need.

And why I asked Michael Patterson, Digital Marketing Specialist with Sprout Social to break it all down for you.

Infographic #5:

Create a Social Media Presence for Your Business

A big part of managing time on social media is knowing how and where to spend it.

But here’s the good news:

Marketing your business on social media isn’t as complicated as it sounds.

Want to know why?

Because you don’t have to have a huge following to do it!

As a small business, instead of connecting with a lot of people — you just need to connect with the RIGHT people.

Recently, I had the opportunity to sit down with Peg Fitzpatrick.

Peg is the co-author of Art of Social Media and works daily with Guy Kawasaki. Between her booming business and Guy’s, she manages a whopping 13 million followers.

Holy wow, right? Peg knows her stuff and she came ready to share her top tips.

If you’re ready to make social media work for your small business, grab this Infographic and read my full interview here.

Infographic #6:

How to Share Your Content with a Social Media Strategy Template

This one isn’t so much an Infographic as it is an awesome social media template.

CoSchedule has put together a social media strategy template to help you map out your promotional plan.

Why do you need to plan before you launch a piece of content?

As Ben Sailer from CoSchedule puts it, “an effective plan helps you do better and work more efficiently… with less stress.”

I don’t know about you, but I’m all for that.

He goes on to say…

A good plan also includes:

  • A clear list of goals and objectives
  • An audit of your existing social media presence
  • Competitive analysis
  • A basic social media content strategy outline
  • Building a social media calendar
  • Established methods for measurement and analysis

Building an effective strategy for social media takes time. But it’s time well spent!

Plus, added benefits are:

  • Maintain consistent posting schedules across channels
  • Avoid last-minute rushing to find content to share
  • Stop missing the boat on trending topics due to poor planning

You can download the 6 page template here to get started.

Infographic #7:

How to Share Your Content with a Social Media Strategy Template

I know you might find this hard to believe, but I can tell you from experience…

If you want to improve social media productivity, you need to create better habits.

And this isn’t just online. It’s in every aspect of your life.

Set yourself up for success from the start of your day with these 44 Ways to Be More Productive.

Final Thoughts

There’s no secret formula that will make you productive on social media overnight.

But you can take immediate steps to improve your habits.

My Challenge to You

Focus on one social media task at a time. Complete it with no distractions before you move on to the next.

When you start to multi task, you force yourself to stop.  Think of the wasted time it takes to get back on track?

Take the challenge and stick with it for one week. See how it makes you feel…

  • Less stress?
  • Reduced overwhelm?
  • More productive?
  • Getting things done that matter?

Stop running and instead, get results through increased productivity.

I guarantee it will inspire new energy and drive.

The post 7 Social Media Infographics That Will Make You More Productive appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>
https://rebekahradice.com/social-media-infographics-that-will-make-you-more-productive/feed/ 12
5 Facebook Marketing Tips That Will Increase Engagement https://rebekahradice.com/facebook-marketing-tips-that-will-increase-engagement/ https://rebekahradice.com/facebook-marketing-tips-that-will-increase-engagement/#comments Thu, 12 Jan 2017 12:30:59 +0000 https://rebekahradice.com/?p=10642 About to abandon Facebook marketing? Given up hope of ever reaching your target audience? I know how you feel! Capturing the attention of your audience is increasingly difficult — whether because of Facebook’s latest algorithm changes or the constant uptick of shared content in the news feed. Not long ago, writing a Facebook post and […]

The post 5 Facebook Marketing Tips That Will Increase Engagement appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>

About to abandon Facebook marketing?

Given up hope of ever reaching your target audience?

I know how you feel!

Capturing the attention of your audience is increasingly difficult — whether because of Facebook’s latest algorithm changes or the constant uptick of shared content in the news feed.

Not long ago, writing a Facebook post and asking for a LIKE, share or comment was all it took to maintain an active business page.

Today it takes far more than that. To capture fan attention, you have to get creative.

The good news? It’s not that hard!!

You can beat Facebook’s algorithm changes and position your page for optimum exposure.

Below are 5 ways to dazzle and delight your fans — and keep them engaged and coming back for more!

5 Facebook Marketing Tips That Will Increase Engagement

  1. Ask Thought-Provoking Questions

To gain audience attention and get them interacting with your page, you need to give people something to talk about.

While your goal is to provide an entertaining space, it’s also to make your audience think and want to respond.

Ask your audience questions about current events or important changes within your industry.

This creates a more intimate relationship between you and your audience. It also offers valuable insight into what matters most to your fans.

As Robert Half, founder and president of Robert Half International, once said:

Asking the right questions takes as much skill as giving the right answers.

And if you need help brainstorming ideas for good questions, try the “Questions” category in Post Planner’s awesome Status Ideas Engine.

  2. Post Timely Content

There are 3 reasons to stay on top of current events in your industry and then share that information on a consistent basis.

  1. Sharing a hot news story capitalizes on the conversations happening right now in your field or niche

And just like a water cooler, Facebook acts as a virtual way for your fans to discuss their thoughts with others.

This translates into relevance — and a relevant Facebook page is more likely to show up organically in the news feed.

  1. Sharing trending or hot topics, lets you add context around the content

Adding your thoughts around a particular topic is a great way to establish expertise.

Here’s an example of using timely content in an effective way. The folks at National Geographic share mind-blowing Live videos from some of the most amazing locations around the world.

The images provide an intimate look at the life on the front lines of National Geographic, putting fans in the middle of the action.

And lastly:

  1. When you post timely content your fans find interesting, they’re more inclined to share

Sharing, just like commenting or Liking a post, can increase your reach and page engagement.

And just like the timeliness of your content matters, so does the timing.

When you post is crucial, regardless of how appealing your content may be.

If you’re sharing your content at a time when most of your audience is asleep or at work, there’s a huge chance your post might not get the amount of shares it deserves.

Kissmetrics analyzed how the performance of different types of social media content changes according to timing. According to their data, most Facebook shares occur on Saturday.

However, these are all general metrics.

To get real results — you need to look at your own analytics and determine when you audience is online and when they are most active.

  3. Make Your Content Ridiculously Valuable

The single most effective way to build loyalty and trust is to share a ridiculous amount of valuable information.

This is content that you freely share with a no-strings-attached policy.

Make use of your skills and experience by giving away a series of useful tips. Whether it’s a video tutorial, Facebook Live or a simple how-to text based post, share what you know and share it often.

Kris Carr is an excellent example of knowing your audience and delivering exactly what they need. She’s educational, transparent, and personal. A powerful combo no matter the size of your company.

As you can see, while it’s important to create a fun atmosphere, it’s also critical that you provide value.

Take past newsletters, emails and other marketing collateral and turn them into quick tips.

Whether it’s information that saves your audience money, helps them make money or win in a negotiation, keep them tuned in and coming back for more.

And while you’re sharing great content, don’t be afraid to share other people’s content if it’s relevant to your audience.

Many Facebook marketer’s shy away from this idea. I’m often asked, why would I share other people’s content on my Facebook page?

My question is — why wouldn’t you?

There are so many benefits!

  1. Sharing other people’s content instantly adds value to your page since it adds variety in the content you share. It helps you become the “go-to” place for good content in your niche (regardless of where it originated).
  2. Sharing other people’s content is often called “sharing the love.” It’s one of the fastest ways to get the attention of influencers and other people you respect on Facebook.
  3. Sharing other people’s content (even content from your competitors) makes you look confident and sure about your position in your industry.
  4. Sharing other people’s content shows your fans that your focus is on THEM, not YOU.
  5. It shows that your first priority is sharing valuable content (regardless of the source).
  6. Sharing other people’s content builds good Facebook karma! What comes around goes around — and often others will take notice of your page and start sharing your content when they see you doing the same.

If you’re struggling to find other people’s content to share, here’s a few quick and easy ideas.

  1. Research Relevant Hashtags

Track the most popular hashtags in your industry or niche. Pay attention to who’s talking and what they’re talking about.

As you find that engaging content you want to share, save it for later (by liking the tweet, creating a pin board, etc.) Now you’ll have it at your fingertips when you need it.

  1. Repurpose Your Own Successful Content

You don’t need to reinvent the wheel when you have content available to you. Repurpose your most successful content into new media!

  • Create engaging social media quote images from your blog posts
  • Shoot a 2-minute video tip or checklist from one point you made in a blog post
  • Take a conversation on social media and write a new blog post around it
  1. Stay Ahead of the Curve with Current Trends and Hot Topics

Following trends is human nature. Follow those conversations. Jump in and share that content. 

If you can alert your audience about emerging trends before anyone else — you’ll not only jumpstart your engagement, but you’ll keep those eyeballs glued on your page!

  4. Make Use of Visual Content

If Facebook, Pinterest and Instagram have proven anything, it’s the power of visual content.

Don’t miss the opportunity to light up the news feed and increase engagement through eye-catching images.

You might pull a quote from your latest blog post, share a hot tip or a motivational quote.

Now pair that text with a beautiful graphic. Fans casually scrolling through their news feed will be drawn to your image and will be more likely to engage with your page.

Are you out at an event or enjoying one of your favorite spots in the community? Capture that image and share it!

Give a behind-the-scenes look into your business or an insider perspective on what makes your business tick. And don’t forget to brand it.

Use a similar look and feel across all your graphics to create brand awareness and easy recognition.

Constant Contact uses templates across all their social networks that create a streamlined look. No matter where you connect with them, their content is completely recognizable.

And while you’re sharing visual content, make sure you’re using video – recorded and live.

A BuzzSumo study conducted in June 2016 shows that videos are surpassing other types of Facebook content in terms of average total shares.

The study was conducted on 25 million Facebook posts from 10,000 top publishers. From their analysis, it’s clear that the average Facebook shares for video content have doubled since August 2015.

Live video is also gaining momentum. Facebook Live alone is already one of the most powerful social media tools marketers can and should leverage.

Peg Fitzpatrick used live video to promote one of Adobe Sparks recent feature update. Showing your fans how you actually do something in your business is a smart use of live video.

If you want to create great visual content, you need to use the right tools. Here’s a list I put together with the top visual tools that will simplify your content creation!

  5. Create a Strategy, System and Schedule

You can’t build engagement without one key ingredient: consistency!

Create a Facebook strategy that includes a posting calendar.

This lets you plan ahead, rather than hopping on at the last minute desperately looking for content to share.

And don’t forget to schedule your posts to publish regularly throughout the week. A checklist of daily to-do’s will save you time and brain cells.

Here’s a quick and easy way to stay on top of your day with an Infographic from Sprout Social.

Final Thoughts

Though you might be suffering from a case of Facebook organic reach woes, don’t remove this social media giant from your online strategy just yet.

With more than 1.3 billion users, Facebook is still a major destination for consumers and your potential clients.

Look for ways to inspire and encourage interaction.

Need help getting started?

Download Your FREE 2017 Social Media Content Calendar!

Grab Your Copy!
Originally written by Rebekah Radice and posted on Post Planner.

The post 5 Facebook Marketing Tips That Will Increase Engagement appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>
https://rebekahradice.com/facebook-marketing-tips-that-will-increase-engagement/feed/ 16
How to Fill Up Your Social Media Calendar [Strategy + Template] https://rebekahradice.com/social-media-calendar-strategy-template/ https://rebekahradice.com/social-media-calendar-strategy-template/#comments Mon, 09 Jan 2017 12:30:49 +0000 https://rebekahradice.com/?p=10688 Struggling to find great content to share on social media? Find that you’re endlessly searching for that perfect piece of content? If you’ve felt overwhelmed by the amount of time you spend on social media… …Here’s the not so secret, secret. Social media planning can be a HUGE boost to your business and your productivity. […]

The post How to Fill Up Your Social Media Calendar [Strategy + Template] appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>

Struggling to find great content to share on social media?

Find that you’re endlessly searching for that perfect piece of content?

If you’ve felt overwhelmed by the amount of time you spend on social media…

…Here’s the not so secret, secret.

Social media planning can be a HUGE boost to your business and your productivity.

That’s why you need a social media calendar.

But I get it. Starting from scratch and mapping your content strategy can feel daunting.

To help you get started, I’ve documented the exact strategy I’ve followed for years.

Ready to build a strong and loyal social media community? Read on!

Download Your FREE Social Media Content Calendar!

Grab Your Template!

How to Fill Up Your Social Media Calendar [Strategy + Template]

How a Social Media Content Plan Helps You Succeed

  1. Quality Isn’t Enough

Quality vs. quantity. It’s the age-old battle between marketers. Is less really more or is more the new black?

Less is more. But only when that content is:

  • Relevant
  • Valuable, and
  • Personalized

[clickToTweet tweet=”‘56% of marketers believe that personalized content promotes higher engagement rates.’ via @IBM” quote=”56% of marketers believe that personalized content promotes higher engagement rates.”]

Beyond that, it gives your audience important insight into who you are. Now pair your quality content with the right content and you have a winning combo.

You also create differentiation. Instead of blending in among the same old posts and tweets, you set yourself apart. You’re defining a niche, creating a voice, and positioning your company as the “go to” resource.

Think about it this way…

The trust your fans and followers feel toward your content translates into trust for your brand and product. And as Ron Guirguis points out in an Edelman Trust Survey,

“People don’t just buy products anymore, they buy the companies that make products, the values they represent and what they stand for.”

Putting a solid social media content plan in place can help you build that trust.

It also keeps you top of mind and a top choice when they decide to invest in you or your competition.

In other words, your content becomes a bridge, shortening the time between acquisition (awareness) and revenue.

  2. Attraction Marketing

When you produce quality content, you’re attracting an audience. But what does that matter if it’s not an audience ready to take action?

Sharing the wrong content with the wrong people means you end up with a whole lot of what you don’t want.

The winning combo is when you transition passive readers into prospects, leads, and then sales.

If you’re currently having trouble with social media conversions, it’s more than likely because of this:

You’ve been wasting your time producing and sharing the wrong content.

But the good news is this:

You can fix it.

And it doesn’t require a ton of time, money or effort. You can right the ship in a few easy steps and get your content on track and engagement humming.

  3. A Calendar Alone Won’t Save Your Content

One of the best ways to produce continual content is through a social media editorial calendar. Creating one will act as your daily content guide.

Rather than sitting and staring blankly at your computer screen when it comes time to write, your inspiration will have been previously designed.

But a calendar by itself won’t solve your social media engagement issues. Or give you back your day.

The key to making this work is this:

  1. Clarity – Knowing who your audience is and what problem you solve.
  2. Purpose – Understanding the purpose of your content.  Know why each piece of content supports your business goals and growth.
  3. Action – A plan without action is, well – just a plan. If you want to create better content, you have to start somewhere.

[clickToTweet tweet=”Stop wishing, dreaming, and writing down #socialmedia goals. Get busy executing! FREE Template” quote=”Stop wishing, dreaming, and writing down social media goals. Get busy executing upon them.”]

Creating Your Content Editorial Calendar

  Step 1: Set Goals and Make Them Stick

Before you get to your daily social media tasks, you need to know your goals and objectives. They’ll give direction to your strategy.

They also give flight to your ideas. As Thomas Oppong put it (one of my favorite authors on Medium),

“You are judged by your outputs, not your thoughts. It pays to take real action in the direction of your goals.”

So let’s get at it.

Set your social media goals and objectives.

Visualize them and then turn them into action.

Write out the daily steps you will need to take to reach these objectives.

Determine what daily, weekly, and monthly social media disciplines will help you reach these goals. Write them down beginning with this process.

Your goals:

What do you want to achieve?

  • Increase Sales
  • Drive Traffic
  • Improve Customer Experience
  • Heighten Brand Awareness

According to a survey by Simply Measured, 71% of marketers surveyed cited “Brand Awareness” as their #1 social media objective.

If it’s yours too, build your objectives around a creative content schedule that maximizes every social network you’re actively using.

Your objectives and tactics:

Now break down those goals into objectives and specific tactics.

What will you achieve that will support your overarching goals?

A few examples:

Increase Sales

  • Create 5 specific pieces of content for Facebook and Twitter each week
  • Design a Pinterest image for each new blog post

Drive Traffic

  • Tweet 1-2 evergreen blog posts to Twitter every day
  • Use a CTA (call to action) for blog

Improve Customer Experience

  • Shorten normal response time
  • Allow for easier access to support

Heighten Brand Visibility

  • Use live streaming to connect with a market previously untouched
  • Create new interview series

Write down the areas that need to be improved in order for you to reach your objectives.

Set a deadline for each of the objectives and get it into your calendar!

  Step 2: Content Brainstorming

The most important element as you begin to outline your calendar is determining what topics matter most to your customers.

This will require research as you take a deep dive into the wants and needs of your potential clients, buyers, and users.

This is where a tool like Google Analytics becomes your best friend. Identify the top keywords and phrases your audience is actively searching for online.

Those terms will then become your weekly social media theme or focus.

Here’s how to do that…

Generate Content Ideas With Analytics

Analytics (Google, Facebook, Twitter, Pinterest) are a fantastic source of information (and inspiration). We’re going to begin with Google Analytics.

Head over to yours and look at:

  1. What blog posts received the most views.
  2. Review your top 50 and sort based on topic. e.g. Facebook vs Twitter

Now ask: is there a chance to —

  • Create 10-20 tweets from that content?
  • Design images with quotes from your content?
  • Write additional content around that topic?

The answer to all of the above is almost always — YES!

This will begin to help you form two things:

  1. Themes or weekly/monthly social media topics
  2. An opinion on the type of content most interesting to your audience

Once you know that, you can focus on creating more of what they like (and less of what they don’t).

Look at Your Competition

Don’t limit yourself to your own content – check out the blogs and websites of other people in your industry.

See what kind of content your competitors are sharing and which types are getting the most shares.

BuzzSumo is my favorite tool to use and provides a quick snapshot around any topic, keyword or website.

Go to the “Content Research” tab, type in any URL, and then look to the social engagement. Is there a topic that you could write about?

If their audience is similar to yours, creating content based on proven performance is a smart move.

  Step 3: Determine Content Types

Probably not a big surprise, but…

You can’t randomly share content and hope it produces results.

You need to share the type of content that converts.

So, what does that look like?

Below are a few content formats guaranteed to convert every time.

They focus on the biggest buying triggers like trust, credibility, and reciprocity.

Content Formats That Convert

  • Blog posts
  • Webinars
  • Ebooks
  • Case studies
  • Special Reports
  • White papers
  • Workbooks / Downloads
  • Podcast interviews
  • Checklists / How-to’s
  • Video guides and tutorials

Your Next Steps:

Choose one at a time. Let me repeat that:

One at a time. (this is for all those over-achievers. I see you and know who you are) ?

Now, determine how that will support your content goals. Once you’ve done that, it’s time to tackle it. For example: once you’ve tested how webinars work for you, then move onto the next idea.

Combining too many ideas at once will cause a couple of things to happen:

  • You’ll struggle to keep up with the amount of work it takes to execute each of these ideas
  • You’ll have a difficult time tracking which idea has the biggest impact unless you’re running a full scale Inbound Marketing strategy

Here’s a look at a few content formats and how to use them as a brainstorming starting point.

Webinars (Live and Recorded)

Webinars are a fantastic way to build a list and sell to it. They’re effective for both B2B and B2C marketing.

But keep in mind: maximum effectiveness only happens when you provide a serious amount of value.

My process for webinars is similar to presentations. (I wrote about it here)

eBooks

eBooks boost your brand’s credibility and move leads through your marketing funnel.

eBooks will see best results if it’s a topic relevant to your audience and you’re a credible source.

Use them as a free offer to guide them into next steps, build your list and…

Brand your name as reliable, knowledgeable and trustworthy.

Special Reports

The purpose of reports is to help the reader solve a specific problem.

For example, if you were a health and diet coach, you could create a report for prospective clients.

You would show how to choose the right health coach dependent on specific needs and goals.

It would solve the problems of anyone researching health and diet coaches. It will also position the author as a potential choice when it comes time to hire someone.

Workbooks / Downloads

Workbooks or downloads usually go hand in hand with eBooks or reports. They can be a terrific conversion tool.

They help the reader take the necessary action and go from a prospect or lead to a real customer.

For example, a workbook on healthy eating could complement an eBook on healthy lifestyle.

The eBook generates new leads while the workbook or worksheet converts them into customers. The one below is one of my most successful downloads and has moved people from social media goals into content marketing and business goal strategy.

Think about the end result you’re looking to achieve.

Case Studies

Case studies are articles that show the reader how your company solves problems.

They focus on the problem itself and explain in detail how you solved it, who you solved it for, and the end result.

Case studies build credibility in B2B or B2C marketing and for service oriented businesses.

They can range between 4-40 pages, depending on the type of information they share and the niche.

We leverage these at Post Planner to show blog readers how our current users are succeeding with the app. You can do the same with your biggest fans and supporters.

White Papers

White papers are most effective for B2B marketing. They’re guides or reports that give the reader all the information they need on a specific issue.

While they’re nothing new in the online world, their purpose is still beneficial.

You want to help your readers understand a specific issue and move them through the decision making process.

Like case studies, white papers start out with a summary and then transition to the challenge. Next, they focus on how the product or service solves this specific problem.

White papers end with a conclusion and a call to action that guides the reader towards the next step. They range anywhere from 10 to 30 pages long.

  Step 3: Content Calendar

Now the fun begins!

This step takes the research you’ve done and pairs it with an actionable plan.

Creating your content calendar can be as simple or as detailed as you want to make it. You can use excel, Google Drive or a Word doc depending on your comfort level and needs.

STEP 1: Focus on your theme for each week. Your theme is based on your topics and those are associated with the keywords or terms you want to be known for. 

For example, if you sell jewelry, your topics might be, “sterling silver jewelry” or “birthstone jewelry.”

STEP 2: Now you’ll take those topics, and break them down into a daily focus. Here’s how to do this: treat each theme as a content bucket. So let’s say content bucket #1 is sterling silver jewelry.

Now write down 5 different questions you can answer around that topic. Add one of those questions to each week in your calendar.

  • Example Question: What type of sterling silver jewelry should I buy for my wedding?
  • Topic for Your Calendar: How to Choose the Best Sterling Silver Jewelry for Your Wedding

STEP 3: Determine destination.

e.g. Social Network (Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, YouTube, etc)

STEP 4: Call to action and funnel purpose.

How will you build awareness, nurture your social media relationships or activate and inspire them to take action?

Know those next steps and include a call to action in each of your posts.

Identify what that action is:

  • Click a link
  • Opt in
  • Download
  • Sign up
  • Join a webinar

The options are limitless, but each post needs a clear CTA or you’ve missed a huge opportunity.

STEP 5: What CTA content you’ll include.

These are links, images or videos that share your content in a blog format, landing page, white paper download… you get the picture.

Your goal is to add everything that you’ll need to keep it right at your fingertips. You don’t want to spend time searching for a related item when you’re getting ready to post.

Simplify by keeping everything in one location.

  Step 4: Posting Strategy

Once you’ve completed the planning and visualization aspects of your content strategy, it’s time to create a posting strategy.

This is a checklist of your daily, weekly, and monthly tasks.

Decide which social media channels you will share your post across. Create a separate column in your content calendar for Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, LinkedIn and Pinterest with an example of which type of media you will share.

Will you share an image, link, video, Infographic, whitepaper or free downloadable eBook?

Repurposing your content for social media is a vital piece of the blogging process and must be incorporated into your content calendar.

Now it’s time to determine how often you’ll post. Look to your analytics for information on when your audience is most engaged and when they’re online.

If you need a daily social media checklist, I’ve created one in an earlier post. Take that and add it into your daily to-do list.

And here’s a free calendar that will make planning ahead a breeze.

  Step 5: Use the Right Tools

Are you spending more time than you have trying to keep up with social media?

If so, you need to incorporate a few automation tools.

Automation lets you schedule your posts ahead of time. But more than that, it allows you to get your content in front of your audience when they’re most active.

If you want to know when your best time to post is, you’ll need to dig into your analytics.

Armed with that information, you can make data-driven decisions.

True Social Metrics is a tool I use daily to better understand when and how my audience is spending their time online.

Analyzing the data lets you see when your customers are interacting with you online. Rather than throwing posts out hoping for an outcome, you predict it with data.

Once you know your best times to post, take those and add them to your favorite social media management tool. For me, that’s Post Planner and Sprout Social.

In Post Planner, I can add those times to my unique Plan. Now here’s where the automation comes in.

When I add content into my Plan, it’s then scheduled based on those pre-determined times. It also sorts based on the type of content.

No dragging and dropping or scheduling. Just add my favorite content and let the system do the heavy lifting.

Pretty cool, right?

Sprout Social has a similar feature. Add your perfect times to post to your Queue and drop your content in.

Final Thoughts

Is your social media content turning your readers and fans into contacts, leads and sales?

If not, it’s time to get strategic with the content you’re sharing.

When you create the right content and share it at the right time with the right people:

You begin to grow a loyal following…

And that is the start of a beautiful relationship.

The post How to Fill Up Your Social Media Calendar [Strategy + Template] appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>
https://rebekahradice.com/social-media-calendar-strategy-template/feed/ 6
7 Social Media Trends You Need to Add to Your 2017 Strategy https://rebekahradice.com/social-media-trends/ https://rebekahradice.com/social-media-trends/#comments Mon, 05 Dec 2016 12:38:42 +0000 https://rebekahradice.com/?p=10620 Winston Churchill famously said, “Those that fail to learn from history, are doomed to repeat it.” There’s a lot to learn in looking at past social media trends. It shines a light on what worked, what didn’t and more importantly: It unlocks opportunity for future endeavors. So what are the trends shaping 2017, and how […]

The post 7 Social Media Trends You Need to Add to Your 2017 Strategy appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>

Winston Churchill famously said,

“Those that fail to learn from history, are doomed to repeat it.”

There’s a lot to learn in looking at past social media trends. It shines a light on what worked, what didn’t and more importantly:

It unlocks opportunity for future endeavors.

So what are the trends shaping 2017, and how will they affect your marketing strategy?

Here’s a look at the top trends that could make or break your social media marketing in 2017.

My 7 predictions that will rapidly transform how your company uses social media.

7 Social Media Trends You Need to Add to Your 2017 Strategy

1. Omni-Channel Marketing

Multi-channel marketing is, by now, a well recognized and essential strategy. it connects users with the content they’re seeking, no matter the platform.

Multichannel marketing is the ability to interact with potential customers on various platforms. In this sense, a channel might be a print ad, a retail location, a website, a promotional event, a products package or even word of mouth. Multichannel marketing is about choice. – Wikipedia

But omni-channel marketing is still emerging.

And after my latest presentation at Hubspot’s #Inbound16 on omni-channel marketing, it’s easy to see why there’s confusion between the two.

While multi-channel diversifies a marketing strategy, omni-channel pulls it all together.

With omni-channel, you take your customer on a journey. No matter where they find you or how they interact with your product, the experience is seamless.

From online to offline, one device to the next, omni-channel is fluid.

Whether shopping online, in store, on social media, a tablet, phone, or desktop…

…Each customer touchpoint and platform is blended together perfectly.

And the good news? It’s easier to implement than you might think.

Getting Started Ideas:

1. Create a branded experience from your logo to colors, fonts, message and more across all channels. For physical items, include multiple photos and reviews to add context.

2. Use inventory management to know what your business has in stock and analyze the data to understand what people are buying, when and where they’re doing it, and why.

3. Check the analytics on potential online customers engaging with your product and turning away or abandoning shopping carts. Why is it happening and how can you offer more information to reduce it?

4. Regularly walk through how a customer perceives your company. How are they engaging with you? Have you created any blockers? Now work to improve your interactions and the buying experience.

2. Live Streaming Video

Last year saw a monumental shift in live streaming video.

No longer inaccessible, live streaming was democratized. From Periscope to Facebook Live, streaming was open source.

And the enthusiasm around it has only continued to pick up steam. Sure, it’s had its ups and downs and fair share of failures.

But within those moments rose a platform and medium made for marketing. Oh the potential.

Blog scientist Harsh Agrawal even goes so far as to say,

“I wouldn’t be exaggerating if I said live streaming will change social media and the world as we know it.”

…The world as we know it. Let that sink in for a moment.

Sure, it’s too early to say how much of the market live streaming will capture, but my prediction is this.

Live streaming will change social media as we know it.

It’s easy to see where we’re headed. Especially when you look at the steady decline traditional TV viewing has seen.

Q2 traditional TV viewing by 18 to 24-year-olds dropped by more than 9 hours per week, or by more than one-and-a-quarter hours per day.

Meanwhile, live streaming continues to soar.

Just take a look at how NASA is using it. Their live stream lets you watch Earth from the International Space Station 24/7.. And believe it or not, an average of 3,000 people around the world watch it at any given time.

So what benefits does live streaming offer your business?

Benefits include:

  • More authentic interaction with your audience
  • Brings a human element to digital marketing
  • Creates a library of content that can be viewed or repurposed later
  • Facilitates learning from real-time audience feedback
  • Product story communication directly from product experts (source: BrandLive)

Many companies are adding video to their marketing campaigns because it offers a relational perspective into the company and helps explain concepts in a simpler way than words or pictures.

What live streaming channel should you choose?

Although Facebook Live is still the most popular live video channel, other brands are rising in the ranks.

Periscope gets a respectable 29% of the market, but niche sites like Twitch are getting millions of daily users as well.

So how do you harness this technology for your company?

Don’t stress – it doesn’t mean you have to go out and hire a video production company.

If you want to do things simply, you can stream a short video to a site like Facebook or YouTube using your phone. Or you can use a video host like Ustream or Lifestream.

The benefit to a host is that you can embed the stream on your own website, pulling traffic there exclusively. Otherwise, your customers will stay on another site like YouTube instead of going to yours.

3. Short Form (Expiring) Content

While Instagram and Snapchat are popular with the 18-24 demographic, each platform is worth billions in its own right.

Not sure if your audience is on either channel? My guess is the answer is a resounding, YES!

With the release of Snapchat feature clone Instagram Stories, live expiring content has become bigger than ever.

The fact that content disappears after 24 hours means it’s ultra-relevant, boasting a low production cost as viewers expect an “in the moment” experience.

One of the best brands on Snapchat right now is Warby Parker, the eyeglass frame maker. They’ve mastered the format’s creative, casual vibe by offering a look into their company’s offices.

While they show off their trendy reading and sunglass frames, they give a unique insiders view.

They’ve even experimented with offering exclusive frame deals to their Snapchat followers, selling limited edition glasses only available through Snapchat. The frames sold out in record time.

Over on Instagram, brands are molding their images on Instagram Stories and finding new ways to connect with their tribes. In fact, more than 500,000 business advertisers are now on Instagram.

Popular companies like Starbucks, NASA, and National Geographic use Instagram Stories to share more live, unedited content from the brand.

How You Can Use Snapchat and Instagram Stories:

  • Go behind the scenes
  • Explain product creation
  • Interviews with employees or influencers
  • Intros to your different products
  • Bite sized, authentic interviews by you about your company’s vision

  4. Relationship Marketing

Relationship marketing isn’t a new term within social media. But what I believe we’ll see in 2017 is the return of true community building.

Over the last several years, we’ve come through a period I refer to as the “transactional mindset.” Many saw social media as a one way conversation, never bothering to cultivate a community.

Those days are over and it’s reflected in the data.

55% of consumers are willing to pay more for a guaranteed good experience?

But the keyword here is a guaranteed good experience.

Consumers aren’t looking for more options; they want the right option available to them.

And they want the buying experience to be personalized.

While building your client base is extremely important, relationship marketing invests in current customers as well.

It works to increase customer loyalty with the understanding that it’s much easier and less expensive to maintain customers than find new ones.

This type of marketing appeals to the emotions of your customers. If they associate your brand with value and positive life moments, they will continue to purchase from you.

Coca-Cola is genius at relationship marketing. They’ve been selling the same basic product for years and yet are the most recognized brand in the world. How?

They link their soda and people with happiness.

How to incorporate this into your business:

Gather data: Find out what’s working and what can be improved on from current or past customers.

Discover what your audience prefers most, like watching videos, listening to podcasts, reading blog posts, or other forms of engagement.

Interactions: Provide answers to all your customers’ common questions on their preferred social media channels, in friendly language.

And make sure your tech support is flawless!

Personalize: Analyze metrics on people’s buying preferences. If they liked one product, offer them a compatible one. If they buy the same product more than once, give a discount on their next one.

Find out what resonates with each segment of your audience and market directly to them, on a 1 to 1 ratio.

  5. Quality Reigns Supreme

It’s not enough to slap whatever you’d like up on social media these days; it all must be part of a thoughtful strategy.

2017 will bring an even larger appetite for quality content. Not only that, but social media platforms increasingly favor posts of higher perceived relevance than just any low engagement, run of the mill post.

We’re saturated with messages from all sides, so for your brand to stand out, you’ve got to pull away and offer a unique, fresh approach to the solution your company offers to a customers’ problem.

Create a customized experience that speaks directly to your audience.

Here’s how to do this. Finish the sentence: “Only we ____.”

Once you identify how your company stands out, you can also identify what will make your company successful, and why.

Then you can set realistic goals. Document these and keep them prominent in your mind. Instead of more content and less advertising, focus on less quality content and an increased advertising budget.

And take this customized experience one step farther.

Treat your clients like friends and your social media profiles like personal pages to humanize customers’ interactions with your brand.

If you can’t keep up with questions on all social media channels, consider only using one or two and being great at them instead of mediocre at all.

  6. 24/7 Intelligent Customer Service

Even if you have a stellar product, if you stink at customer service, your company will fail.

66% of customers switch companies due to poor service. (Accenture)

Another 53% say they leave because they feel unappreciated. (NewVoice)

What an epic fail to allow more than half of what was – at one time – a happy customer switch to another company.

Imagine if your brand could resolve customers challenges the first time. Think how you might massively increase customer loyalty.

Gone are the days of waiting on hold for a customer service representative who doesn’t know how to fix your problem.

Today, an unhappy customer can effectively shout from the rooftops about their bad experience as easily as posting a tweet.

That means no company, including yours, can afford to overlook intelligent customer service. Put a plan in place to quickly provide answers and solutions to empower your customers.

This requires 3 things. That you: 

  1. Invest in the right people
  2. Evaluate your current customer success strategy
  3. Implement an agile success plan

1. Invest in the Right People

“Great vision without great people is irrelevant.” – Jim Collins

To win the hearts and minds of your customers, you need a team committed to exceeding expectations.

Have a product? Your success team needs to understand capabilities and functionalities end to end.

Providing a service? Ensure each customer service representative is familiar with the benefits most important to potential clients.

If CSR’s can’t translate your value, how do you expect your customers to grasp it?

2. Evaluate Current Strategy

Answer a few questions to gauge the effectiveness of your customer success strategy:

  • Are you clearly demonstrating to your customer/clients the 3 core benefits of your company?
  • Are they receiving a seamless and predictable experience?
  • When was the last time you calibrated your message with your promise to your customers?
  • Have you continuously improved/optimized your product and/or service to meet the needs and expectations of your customers?
  • Is there a small subset of users that provide consistent feedback you can leverage? (e.g. users that offer insight into your product/service)

3. Implement an Agile Plan

Your customer success plan needs to remain agile. Listen to your customers, review the data and get ready to pivot.

What are a few examples of KPI’s you might add to your plan?

  • Answer questions within 1 hour on all social channels.
  • Treat clients like friends to improve NPS score by 25%.
  • Humanize customers interactions to increase positive sentiment by 50%.

 7. Empathy as an Artform

Empathy is a term we’ve discussed as long as I’ve been with Post Planner. But to me, it’s not just a term.

Empathy is a movement. It’s a belief system and a culture that must be embraced by every team member.

While there might be a lot of talk around empathy these days, I believe we’ll see it reach new heights in 2017.

Companies that take empathy from an idea to an artform will not only survive, but thrive. And the statistics prove it.

The top 10 companies in the Global Empathy Index 2015 increased in value more than twice as much as the bottom 10 and generated 50% more earnings.

Average earnings among the top 10 were up 6% in 2016, while the average earnings of the bottom 10 dropped 9%.

As Bill and Melinda Gates put it,

Take your genius and your optimism and your empathy and go change the world in ways that will make millions of others optimistic as well.”

Final thoughts

One thing is certain:

The only thing we can count on is change.

2017 offers an exciting opportunity to create change rather than succumb to it. So get out and test. Try something new.

Get out and rock your 2017!

 

Written by Rebekah Radice and originally posted on Post Planner.

The post 7 Social Media Trends You Need to Add to Your 2017 Strategy appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>
https://rebekahradice.com/social-media-trends/feed/ 22
How to Strengthen Your Social Media Strategy Right Now https://rebekahradice.com/strengthen-your-social-media-strategy-right-now/ https://rebekahradice.com/strengthen-your-social-media-strategy-right-now/#comments Mon, 28 Nov 2016 12:00:54 +0000 https://rebekahradice.com/?p=10518 Sun Tzu, a Chinese military general who wrote “The Art of War” once said,  “Strategy without tactics is the slowest route to victory. Tactics without strategy is the noise before defeat.” And so it is with any social media campaign embarked upon without strategy or tactics. No matter the situation — when the two aren’t […]

The post How to Strengthen Your Social Media Strategy Right Now appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>

Sun Tzu, a Chinese military general who wrote “The Art of War” once said,  “Strategy without tactics is the slowest route to victory. Tactics without strategy is the noise before defeat.”

And so it is with any social media campaign embarked upon without strategy or tactics.

No matter the situation — when the two aren’t paired — defeat and failure are imminent.

While Sun Tzu couldn’t possibly foresee the emergence of social media, his advice is as relevant as ever.

I recently had the honor to Keynote the NATO Experts Forum: Social Media for International Organizations where I shared 10 steps to strength a social media strategy.

In this article, I walk you through each step I outlined and how you can put in place within your business.

Want to get started?

Read on — and don’t forget to grab the slides to my presentation at the end!

How to Strengthen Your Social Media Strategy Right Now

  1. Review Your Use of Social Media

If you want to succeed at social media – once and for all – you need to begin by reviewing your use of social media.

Which social networks support your goals? Are they the same as when you started?

More than likely, the answer is no. Now is the time to clean house.

Take a look at which social networks are worth your time…

…And which ones are wasting more time than you have to give.

Here’s an easy way to get to the bottom of that.

Answer 5 Questions:

1. What social network(s) is your audience actively using?

Not you — your audience. This isn’t about where you prefer to spend your time.

Research to see what social networks your audience is most active on.

How can you do this?

Ask them!

  • Create a poll in Google Forms.
  • Email the link to your database.
  • Offer a free give to encourage involvement.
  • Post your poll on social media.

2. What platform(s) align with the type of content you share?

Not everyone consumes content in the same way. Likewise, not every platform is built to optimally allow your audience to consume your content.

Think about what type of content you share and pair that with the best social network.

  • For video content – YouTube, Persicope, Facebook Live, Vimeo.
  • For visuals – Instagram, Pinterest, Facebook.
  • For business-focused content – LinkedIn, Quora, Medium.

3. What platform(s) are appropriate for your industry?

Not sure which platform is right for you? While there’s no one-size-fits-all answer, there is a simple way to determine what’s appropriate for you.

Just take a look at your business and the product or service. How can you bet position your company, make connections, and demonstrate the value?

For example:

If you’re a health and fitness company, engaging your audience through video could be a powerful way to take them through your daily workout.

As a local bakery here in Los Angeles, La Brea knows sharing images of their latest creation speaks volumes to those looking for a tasty treat.

Your Next Steps

Find the networks best suited for you and your industry. Then go all in.

Stop dancing around and playing with 20 social channels.

Instead, choose the social media site(s) that will help tell your story in the most effective way possible.

4. Are your goals and channels aligned with your target audience?

When you speak to everyone, you connect with no one. Align your company goals with each social network.

[clickToTweet tweet=”‘When you speak to everyone, you connect with no one. Target your message to the right audience.’ ” quote=”When you speak to everyone, you connect with no one. Target your message to the right audience.”]

Be specific in as much as what you’re trying to achieve as to who you’re looking to connect with.

Then clearly share your value in a way that resonates with that audience.

5. Do you understand your “buyers journey?”

The buyer’s journey has changed. How your customer arrives at your digital doorstep is more complicated than ever before.

Today it takes research, empathy, and a deep understanding of their struggles.

Here’s Where to Begin

  1. Understand the specific needs of your targeted group.
  2. Provide solutions tailored to meet their needs.
  3. Nurture them through the decision making process.
  4. Build trust and rapport through continuous touch points.
  5. Become an invaluable resource.
  6. Provide a solution based on the job your business performs.

  2. Optimize Social Networks

If your social media message is one-size-fits-all —  your audience will be listening, just not to you.

Connect with a customized message.

Your first step is to identify the struggle (pain point) your audience is facing.

The second step is personalization. Segment your audience to create better conversations.

Listen across your social channels. What does your audience want from you?

Your third step is to optimize each social network to provide that custom experience. Begin by testing the content you share on each platform. Formulate a hypothesis to get actionable data.

You can do this through a variety of ways.

5 Ways to Test and Optimize Social Media Content

  1. Test Visuals – A/B test your visual content to find the outlier.
  2. Isolate Variables – Test one thing at a time, such as:
    1. Headlines
    2. Calls to action
    3. Images
    4. Length of content
    5. Keywords/Hashtags
  3. Test Content Frequency vs. Content Length
  4. Test Types of Content
  5. Test Blog Post Titles (e.g. SEO vs a social optimized headline)

Here’s an example from Sprout Social. See how they’ve used two different versions of the same post?

This will allow them to gauge and track audience engagement.

Social Optimization

SEO Optimization

Now take what you’ve learned and iterate and duplicate that champion. Continuous improvement is the key!

3. Identify Specific Goals

Have you outlined clear and measurable social media goals? Are you making a consistent effort to track each of them?

If you don’t know what metrics are most important to your business, how can you track success? 

Here’s 3 steps to identifying your social media goals.

Step 1: Take a Look Back

Look back at the content you posted throughout the year.

How well did it perform? What changes can be made based on data?

Step 2: Clarify What You Want to Achieve

Get clear on current objectives and key results. This means internally organizing your goals and ensuring each team member supports those goals.

61% of Communication Directors say, “brand awareness” is their top goal.

But the team? Executive Directors say, “engaging the community” is most important and Development Directors – “Education and Training.”

Yikes! No wonder you’re not achieving all that you want to.

Determine what you want:

  • Increased awareness.
  • Engaging community.
  • Thought leadership.
  • Trust and rapport.
  • Expanded reach.

Step 3: Stop Talking and Start Doing

Find yourself talking about goals, but not really defining them? It’s ok. Shake off that shame and get down to it.

Write down 5 goals and one big, bold, “blow your mind” type of goal.

The key is to chunk this down. By starting small, you eliminate the feeling of overwhelm. Then you unpack each high level goal into actionable steps.

The SMART goals strategy will help you do this.

Want to set your 2017 social media goals? Get my Social Media Goals Worksheet and create yours today.

  4. Design Your Content Strategy

In a world where your audience already has a massive amount of hoops to jump through, make your content easy to access.

Not only will content help build your brand, but it lets consumers connect with you

90% of consumers find custom content useful, and 78% believe that organizations providing custom content are interested in building good relationships with them.

Here’s three ways to design a great social media content strategy.

1. Curate Great Content

  • Search BuzzSumo.
  • Look up keywords in Pinterest.
  • Look through “Featured” on Slideshare.
  • Use Post Planner’s “Find” section.

2. Get Visual

Visual marketing is impacting every industry and niche. Think it hasn’t touched yours? Think again.

  • 63% of all social media content includes an image.
  • Content with an image receives over 94% more views.
  • 60% of people interact with an organization whose images appear within search.

It’s time for your business to get visual.

3. Don’t Forget Video

There’s no doubt about it.

Video is hot, hot, hot.

Creating several videos (produced and live) that support your social media strategy is a must.

Here’s where to begin:

  1. Take key points from evergreen content, break them down into a simple bulleted list.
  2. Show your audience how to do something, make something better, fix their problem.
  3. Usually, 2-3 video scripts is enough. And they do not have to be long and complicated.

Once you’ve created your scripts, it’s time to record your video or go live.

  5. Put Your Social Media Plan in Place

The only way to build a solid social media following is to stay in the conversation.

Create a schedule to consistently share and engage on a daily basis.

Determine the what, how and where of your social media strategy.

  • How will you share?
  • What will you share?
  • Where will you share?

Break this down into a content calendar with a separate column for Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Pinterest and Instagram with an example of which type of media you’ll share.

Here’s a free calendar I put together to make planning ahead a breeze.

Now add automation to the mix.

Automation can be a huge time saver. It can also be a reputation killer.

You never want to push so much out that you take the “social” out of social media marketing.

For me, it’s a way to stay engaged and involved in the important things like building my community.

Rather than running around like a crazy person looking for content to post. Or trying to frantically keep up with a schedule — in real time.

So stop the rat race and instead…

Use automation to:

  • Share your best content.
  • Schedule ahead on holidays and weekends.
  • Listen to what’s being said about you and instantly interact and respond.

  6. Empower Your Team

Does your marketing and sales team know why you’re using social media? Do they understand the end to end process?

Have you shared the how, when, and what of your daily strategy?

You can’t encourage team member buy-in when you haven’t shared the details.

Empower Your Team

  • Communicate: Who you’re trying to reach.
  • Educate: On what you’re trying to achieve.
  • Build: A specialized team that focuses on daily processes.

The key to your success is a team committed to following the vision…

…Every single day without fail.

  7. Promote, Engage, Interact

Hard to believe, but…

56% of organizations are flying by the seat of their pants with NO promotional plan in place.

Maybe it’s because promotion feels like a massive undertaking.

Or they (you) just don’t know where to start.

Well, here’s the good news. Social media promotion doesn’t have to be hard.

Below is a simple way to get in and stay involved with your social media activities daily.

  • Create your social media editorial calendar: As mentioned above – this is a non-negotiable if you want to remain consistent.
  • Types of content: Choose the type of content you’ll share and which tools you’ll use to create that content.
  • Schedule response time: Don’t just hop into social media whenever you feel like it – schedule it into your calendar like any other event. (twice per day is my recommendation)
  • Outline a simple daily social media strategy: Not sure where to begin? Buffer put together a daily checklist anyone can follow.

  8. Follow the Golden Rules

Social media might still feel like the wild wild west where anything goes.

But there are a some golden rules you need to follow.

  • Listen – Social media is an excellent listening tool. Pay attention to your fans and followers and offer solutions to their problems.  You can listen through Google Alerts, keyword research and other online tools such as Social Mention.
  • Tell Your Story – Share the magic that makes you , YOU.
  • Stay Consistent – It’s not enough to hop on social media and push out content every once in a while. You need to post and write often and with purpose.
  • Maintain Focus – It’s easy to get caught up in “shiny object syndrome” when it comes to the newest, latest and greatest social media tool or strategy. Just say no to the new and stay focused on what you’re building. Work your strategy with diligence.
  • Create an Experience – It’s no longer just about the process. Today it’s about creating an integrated (and seamless) experience across all channels — and devices.
  • Be Social – Do I need to explain this one? Get social, stay social, be social.

  9. Mix it Up

There are many different ways to mix up your content. Everyone has their own idea of the perfect social media content ratio.

The best way to find yours? Test!

Here’s an example of a 5-3-2 rule Benjamin Carter-Riley uses.

The 5-3-2 rule is a guideline that makes sure he doesn’t share too much or too little of a certain type of content.

For example, if he wants to schedule 10 tweets, he would divide up the content like this:

  • 5 tweets with other people’s content
  • 3 tweets with his own content
  • 2 personal tweets

The personal tweets might be a photo of his city or anything that lets his audience relate more on a personal basis.

The magic of this content ratio is that it takes the focus off you and puts it on your audience.

This goal is to build a reputation as someone who brings value to the community.

It will also prevent you from falling into the trap of only posting promotional content. (which is an easy mistake to make while you’re scheduling social media posts)

  10. Track, Measure, Adjust

Measuring the impact of your social media efforts can help you:

  1. Set the right goals
  2. Determine what’s really working/ what needs adjustment
  3. Iterate

And stop measuring typical/vanity metrics, such as the number of likes, shares, and comments.

Identify the metrics that matter to you and track them daily. (e.g. traffic, shares, conversions)

Because as Chuck Palahniuk, Author of Fight Club says,

“If you don’t know what you want, you end up with a lot you don’t.”

Final Thoughts

We live in an online world where the landscape is constantly evolving.

What worked yesterday, no longer works today.

Creating a strategy ensures that no matter what’s happening in the market and the digital space, your brand is immune to the negative effects.

Get the Slidedeck – Download Your Copy!

The post How to Strengthen Your Social Media Strategy Right Now appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>
https://rebekahradice.com/strengthen-your-social-media-strategy-right-now/feed/ 15
11 Facebook Principles That Will Improve Your Marketing https://rebekahradice.com/facebook-principles-that-will-improve-your-marketing/ https://rebekahradice.com/facebook-principles-that-will-improve-your-marketing/#comments Wed, 02 Nov 2016 03:30:32 +0000 https://rebekahradice.com/?p=10520 More than 1.7 billion people worldwide use Facebook. That’s almost 25% of the Earth’s population – a colossal number. Sure, some might predict the social media giant’s impending downfall, but for now… …It’s clear to see that Facebook is alive and well. And if you’re not active on Facebook, chances are, your competitors are. This […]

The post 11 Facebook Principles That Will Improve Your Marketing appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>

More than 1.7 billion people worldwide use Facebook.

That’s almost 25% of the Earth’s population – a colossal number.

Sure, some might predict the social media giant’s impending downfall, but for now…

…It’s clear to see that Facebook is alive and well. And if you’re not active on Facebook, chances are, your competitors are.

This means incorporating a Facebook marketing strategy is critical.

Increasing online exposure takes thoughtful planning. It also takes an alignment of company goals and vision.

Below are 11 principles I (and we at Post Planner) eat, sleep and breathe daily.

Each one has been the driving force behind our success. But more than that, they’ve been the fuel to power our Facebook strategy.

Follow one or follow them all, you won’t regret the impact they’ll have on your business.

11 Facebook Principles That Will Improve Your Marketing

1. Eat Your Own Dog Food

One of the best, if not the best ways to market your business on Facebook is to practice what you preach.

Have a product or a service?

Train others to do something within their business?

You better be able to show and tell potential customers how you use the product you sell.

And not only that, you must prove its value and the benefit it offers your audience.

I’ve seen too many companies and supposed trainers share what they’ve never actually experienced.

Hard to imagine, right?

The other huge bonus to using your own product or tool is getting first hand knowledge of:

  • Potential issues
  • Aha-moments
  • New feature ideas

Rather than waiting to hear the good, bad and ugly…

…You get ahead of the curve.

How to Use This in Your Business

Through video, you have the unique opportunity to highlight your employees, product, and culture.

Atlassian, makers of JIRA (a tool we use daily) and HipChat, nailed this idea.

This video humanizes the brand through the eyes (and thoughts) of the team.

Atlassian’s video shows that they do what they say, use the tools they build, and embody their values.

Prove the value of the product you sell. Show (don’t tell) that you not only eat that dog food, but you gobble it down.

2. Be Data Informed (and Driven)

In social media, almost every interaction…

…Be it a like, click through or comment – is measurable.

The key is using those data points to inform your team and make constant improvements.

You can find out what’s working and what’s not through:

  • Google Analytics
  • Facebook Insights

And a plethora of tools that let you take a deep dive into your results.

How to Use This in Your Business

Here’s how you take Facebook and Google and put your data on overdrive.

If you run campaigns like we do here at Post Planner, you need details about customer actions.

Google analytics when combined with Facebook provides the answers you’re looking for.

Need to know what visitors clicked on or how they arrived at your website? You can do that!

And it’s simple. Just use UTM parameters.

UTM or tracking codes will link back to Google Analytics. Now you can dive into Facebook fans behavior.

Here’s an example:

You want to track clicks from one of your Facebook Page tabs. You’re looking to see how well it’s driving traffic to your website.

Here’s simple steps via Kristi Hines:

  • Place the URL anywhere you have a clickable link or graphic and want the click to resolve to your desired landing page.
  • For instance, you could have a CTA on your page that says “Learn more about my app” that sends visitors to your website’s About page.
  • When someone clicks on this URL from Facebook, Google Analytics will be able to identify and attribute the source.

Data doesn’t lie.

Leverage it to increase your Facebook engagement and company success.

3. Embrace Heresy

Your brand has its own personality. And like people, brands are passionate about certain topics.

But up until recently, traditional advertising shied away from sharing those “less than generally accepted opinions.”

Today, Facebook allows you to reach your audience through those topics on an emotional level.

You are marketing to human beings after all…

…And specific ones at that.

Be clear in your message and take chances. Be bold in your tone and language.

Sure, this will look different for you than it does us. The idea is to be true to who you are.

Embrace what makes you different and the opinions that set you apart.

Avoid conformity, question conventions, and state your beliefs. People connect with companies that show they aren’t afraid to be authentic.

How to Use This in Your Business

Facebook as a company fights conventional thinking on a daily basis.

They challenge us to look at the world just a little bit different.

Rather than see things for what they appear to be, you are asked to see them for what they truly are…

…Or could be.

But not just that, CEO Mark Zuckerberg says he’s constantly challenging his own team. He pushes them beyond traditional beliefs.

Look internally to yours.

  • Why are you building your product?
  • Why are you creating an eCourse?
  • Why are you writing that latest blog post?

Challenging perceived truths or wisdom, looking for new ideas, and risk-taking are all a part of embracing heresy.

4. Collaborate With Customers

The great thing about Facebook marketing is your ability to stop speaking at your audience.

Instead you’re speaking with them. You’ve become an active participant in the conversation.

And more than that…

….You ask for their opinion.

If you want to understand the needs of your customers, treat them like collaborators.

Ask questions, request input and suggestions, invite them to test your product. Their insight and feedback is invaluable.

Nature Valley is a great example of this in motion.

“How do you savor your mornings” asks fans to share their granola breakfast ritual.

Taco Bell asked fans to sign a petition to get a taco emoji added to messaging services.

Kinda cute, right? A smart way to let their Facebook fans become a part of the story.

And the outcome? Fans prevailed!

How to Use This in Your Business

Let your fans know you’re listening, that you value their voice.

Use a tool like Shortstack to ask fans about an important decision in your business.

Trying to decide what color to use in your new branding or which mascot you should choose?

Create a Facebook campaign with:

  • A simple question
  • An offer or benefit

What can you give away that’s valuable enough that your fans will want to offer their opinion?

Doesn’t have to be difficult, expensive or convoluted. The only thing that’s important is that you make your fans feel special.

5. Promote Others

“It is literally true that you can succeed best and quickest by helping others to succeed.” – Napoleon Hill

At Post Planner, we know that together we’re smarter, stronger and better.  

That’s why we use our platform – whether it’s the app, blog or social media – to promote others.

As one we can only do so much. But when we promote and celebrate the people in our network?

Together we become a powerful force.

And what better way to say thank you to your fans then celebrating THEM?!

How to Use This in Your Business

Create a theme day and highlight one of your fans. Or use a specific hashtag to share the stories of your fans.

Doves #BeautyStory does exactly that.

6. Create a Sense of Community

The great thing about Facebook is that you’re not limited by length on posts.

140 characters, anyone?

Nope, with Facebook, you can go in-depth and create a sense of community.

Open the doors of your business, give a behind the scenes look and share your key learnings.

One of the best performing brands on Facebook is Nike. They capitalize on this idea by inspiring their fans with personal stories.

How to Use This in Your Business

This idea is to listen, respect, and empathize with your fans.

It’s educating and informing. Sharing the real day to day trials, tribulations and victories.

Choose one company or person per week and highlight their story. Create a graphic with a tool like Adobe Spark and include a quote or shoutout.

And don’t make it difficult. None of these ideas have to be complicated to be effective.

7. Be Grateful, Be Kind

Facebook marketing isn’t your way to spam the newsfeed and push sales.

It’s about sharing, promoting, and interacting with a benefit mindset.

The simple formula is this:

You provide value, become a resource, and your fans pay attention.

That means you take a step back. Rather than writing for your benefit, you write for your fans.

See your company through their eyes.

  • What would they like to hear about?
  • What would they love to know?
  • How can you thank them for being a supporter?

Remember:

Facebook marketing is a lot like dating. Remember that first date? How nervous you were?

Think you would have asked for a kiss before you’d even finished dinner?

Of course not (or at least you shouldn’t).

The point is…

…We all like to be wooed.

Show your fans that you’re committed to the relationship. Aim to connect on an emotional level.

How to Use This in Your Business

If you’re a local business, call out the efforts of those in your area.

Empower your fans through the kindness of others. Give them the motivation to become influencers in their own circles.

Highlight the little guys, the heroes, the local inspirations.

If your business is National, talk about your mom on Mother’s day or say thank you to the person who sent you a letter yesterday.

It might be a digital world, but we still want human interaction.

And everyone wants to be acknowledged, no matter how small it seems.

8. Embrace Transparency

A powerful Facebook strategy includes a commitment to transparency.

Did someone post a negative comment on your page?  Treat them with respect by responding immediately.

Don’t lash out or try to cover it up – offer a real solution. Let other customers see how you react to negative reviews.

And when someone in your company makes a mistake, own up to it and apologize.

Post about it instead of letting bad publicity craft its own story. Your company will benefit in the long run.

How to Use This in Your Business

In August 2015, Bic thought it would be a good idea to celebrate National Women’s Day with an offensive quote.

Their Bic South Africa page posted an invite to their fans, asking that they “look like a girl, act like a lady, think like a man, and work like a boss.”

Even worse was their explanation. They claimed that the quote had been taken from a blog…of which they hadn’t cited.

Doh.

They took down the post, but recovery was difficult.

Don’t be that brand. Own up to your mistakes, learn from them, and move forward.

9. Spread Laughter (Always!)

Companies with Facebook pages that stay lighthearted in their approach tend to perform better than their stuffy counterparts.

Of course this won’t always work, that’s why it’s a principle and not a rule.

But consider the fact that the one of the best Facebook ads of 2014, the ALS ice bucket challenge, promoted finding a cure for a debilitating brain disease.

And it did it by asking people to dump water on their heads.

Seems a little crazy. And silly. But millions did it without reservation.

The takeaway and how you can use this in your business immediately:

Stop taking yourself too seriously.

10. Be Clear

Quite often, people are ready to take that extra step but need a small nudge.

Tell your Facebook fans exactly what you want them to do.

Want them to read your post, visit your site, buy your product, or share the post? Be clear with your call to action.

You can also use the Facebook“Call to Action” button to direct fans to a product, service, your latest webinar or even a book.

But make sure your fans know the value of clicking or sharing.

Let them know what they’ll see on the other side. e.g. access to a discount.

How to Use This in Your Business

There are 7 “Call to Action” buttons. Each one can be used to clearly direct your audience so there’s no confusion.

Check out our Facebook 30 Day Challenge and learn how you can use these buttons to drive more traffic and sales to your website.

Peg Fitzpatrick’s Facebook page is an excellent example of how to best combine your cover photo with your CTA,

11. Kick Ass

Be the best company out there in your niche. Welcome competition; it spurs you to do better.

Experiment with your Facebook strategies; often the best engagement comes about that way.

And make sure your efforts stand out from the crowd. Use imagery, videos, and content to position your brand.

How to Use This in Your Business

Don’t just push out content. Let context give flight to your strategy.

Free Solo might share other people’s content, but they know their audience. Everything shared on this page has a unique tone and voice.

Let your content do the same…breathe life into that boring, seemingly simple post.

Now, I have to disclose that this is a page managed by our CEO, Josh Parkinson. It’s his “passion page” and something we’ve all created here at Post Planner.

But that aside, my point is still the same.

Let your kick ass voice be heard…loud and clear across your page.

Final Thoughts

Facebook can be an unbelievable goldmine and a great source of new prospects.

All you need is to put your principles into the heart of your strategy.

So, do it!

Be amazing at Facebook marketing. Connect your audience to the principles that drive your brand forward.

Originally written by Rebekah Radice and posted on Post Planner.

The post 11 Facebook Principles That Will Improve Your Marketing appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>
https://rebekahradice.com/facebook-principles-that-will-improve-your-marketing/feed/ 13
A Smart Twitter Content Strategy You Need to Use https://rebekahradice.com/smart-twitter-content-strategy/ https://rebekahradice.com/smart-twitter-content-strategy/#comments Mon, 26 Sep 2016 11:30:45 +0000 https://rebekahradice.com/?p=10472 Not sure how to make the most out of your Twitter content? Wondering how to get more mileage out of every single tweet? Repurposing content is a secret all smart Twitter marketers use to maximize exposure. Not only do you breathe new life into content you’ve already created… …But you extend the reach of your tweets. […]

The post A Smart Twitter Content Strategy You Need to Use appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>

Not sure how to make the most out of your Twitter content?

Wondering how to get more mileage out of every single tweet?

Repurposing content is a secret all smart Twitter marketers use to maximize exposure.

Not only do you breathe new life into content you’ve already created…

…But you extend the reach of your tweets.

That’s what makes this smart Twitter content strategy simple, but powerful.

Instead of creating, curating and tweeting content all day long, you repurpose your most popular content.

Want to get started?

Below are 13 ways you can take a single tweet and turn it into 13 new pieces of media.

A Smart Twitter Content Strategy You Need to Use

What does “repurposing content” mean?

I’m sure you’ve read about people who repurpose their content, and maybe you’ve tried it yourself, but do you REALLY know the power of repurposing?

Each piece of content you create starts with an idea…a good idea.

You map out the framework for how that idea will offer value to your audience.

You provide tips and solutions that will solve their problems.

In other words, you craft a piece of content you’re proud of.

Now what? That’s it?

This is where the power of repurposing comes in.

The valuable ideas you had when you sat down to write that piece of content don’t suddenly become useless after you tweet.

As a matter of fact — you can use that same idea to create dozens of additional pieces of content — across multiple channels.

Repurposing content is a mindset. It’s a content philosophy that will allow you to crank out high quality content fast and frequently (often leaving people scratching their heads).

It’s a way to ensure that your ideas always stay relevant and top-of-mind.

It’s a way to repackage your Twitter content in new ways that will attract a new audience.

Let’s take a single tweet for example

I can think of 13 ways you can repurpose a single tweet.

But before you get started — you need to have some good tweets to choose from!

I recommend clicking over to 13 Good Tweets You Can TOTALLY Copy Right Now (Templates Included).

Or, better yet…

Use the Post Planner app to choose from thousands of viral photos you can tweet.

This is content that is already proven to be successful, and it will take all the guesswork and time out of finding content to tweet.

IMHO, it’s a no brainer!

Once you’ve started tweeting super good content, here’s what to do next:

Check your Twitter Analytics. Which tweet got the most engagement over the past 90 days?

I went into my own Analytics and found that my tweet with the highest engagement over the past 90 days was a tweet that showed a slice of bacon and hash browns that looked like a wookie.

That tweet had a 5.8% engagement rate, which is pretty high.

(All credit for this Star Wars breakfast work-of-art goes to Carrie Elle)

As you see, there was another tweet with almost 3 times as many impressions, but what we are looking at here is engagement.

Another option is to look at your Google Analytics to see what your most popular posts are and repurpose those.

But since we are focusing on repurposing a successful tweet in this post, we’ll stick to Twitter Analytics.

The tweet with the Chewbacca bacon will work just fine.

(after all, who doesn’t like bacon?)

Either way, repurposing content will build thought leadership and influence around your niche.

Now comes the fun part

Look at the list below and follow the journey of social media engagement that can come from one tweet.

1. Create a SlideShare of Top Tips

You could easily create a SlideShare that gives step-by-step directions. Here’s one we created a while back that did exactly that.

Just think, if  I repurposed my tweet into a slidedeck, anyone could make their own wookie bacon on Saturday morning! ?

But no matter what tweet you’re repurposing, remember:

Tutorials work well on SlideShare. Find a way to teach and tell, not sell.

2. YouTube Video of SlideShare

You can turn your tweets into SlideShares and those into YouTube videos.

Or turn it around. Turn your YouTube videos into SlideShares.

Better yet, do both so you get the most reach.

It’s simple when you think about your industry and all that you tweet about daily. Consider something like this from Technology Guru’s.


It’s short and to the point, but powerful in it’s ability to reach a whole new audience.

Now take that video and tweet it!

3. Infographic

Gone are the days when you have to hire a designer for a stunning infographic!

There are plenty of free tools that you can use to create your own infographic quickly and easily.

I recommend trying Canva, PiktoChart or GoodLabs.

You could easily take your original tweet and break it down into something more detailed like the SlideShare or YouTube you created.

It would barely require any more work.

See how easy this repurposing stuff is?

4. Livestreaming (Periscope, Facebook Live)

People want to see you making this Star Wars breakfast so livestream it!

Livestreaming allows you to connect with your audience on a whole new level.

When the recording is complete, write a follow up post and embed the livestream right into your site.

At this point, you are becoming pretty well known for your wookie breakfast.

Klout has even added Star Wars to your list of expert topics, and people are starting to ask you some specific questions.

One Twitter follower asked, “How do make scrambled eggs and fruit look like Star Wars too?”

5. Share a Question on Quora

Now is the perfect time to share that question on Quora.

Get some great answers? Tweet a link to them!

6. New Blog Post

After thinking about how to answer that question, you decided to write a third blog post that explains how to create scrambled egg tie-fighters and turn blackberries into Millennium Falcons.

There are so many people engaging with your content now!

Keep the momentum going.

You are nowhere close to being finished with repurposing that single tweet!

7. Webinar

You’ve got plenty of content now to make some PowerPoint slides and host a webinar.

You invited another Star Wars fan to co-host the webinar with you, and you’re both promoting it on your social networks.

In this webinar, you’ll talk about all kinds of Star Wars food designs — and of course you’ll circle back around to the original wookie bacon and hash browns.

After all, it’s tricky getting that wookie shade of brown just right, but you’ll instruct your audience how to do it easily!

Oh, and while you’re at it, go ahead and create another SlideShare for your webinar.

8. Quote Images for Twitter

Quote images work well on Twitter, and as long as you remember to use a hashtag in your tweet, you can capture the prime real estate in Twitter search (if your picture is high quality).

Pull the images from the Star Wars breakfast foods you created for your webinar slides (they are right there on your camera roll).

Use a photo-editor to crank up the colors (vibrance, saturation, contrast, brightness) and optimize each image for Twitter.

In other words, make it a horizontal image. Vertical images don’t get as much engagement on Twitter.

Then, drop those images into Canva, Relay or Over to add a Star Wars quote on each one.

Now tweet these with a link to your blog and the #StarWars hashtag.

You’re really on your way now!

But we’re not finished yet…

9. Bullet Point Images for Pinterest, Facebook and G+

While you’re at it creating those Twitter images, how about create some customized graphics for Pinterest, Facebook and G+?

Unlike Twitter, you can use a vertical image on the other 3 big sites, and they typically do well (again, IF your images are high quality).

Instead of putting a quote on these photos, how about put a funny bullet point list with 4 reasons why bacon and wookies combined make the best breakfast ever.

10. Email Autoresponder Series

It’s time to get your email list included on all this Star Wars fun.

It’s the perfect time to gather all the content you have so far and create an autoreponder series.

Don’t forget to include a call-to-action!

11. Interview / Podcast

Now you’re probably about 3 weeks into the repurposing project for your tweet.

People are starting to ask you some very specific questions about your kitchen.

They want to know what kind of knives you use when creating your Star Wars creations, and they want to know if one kind of bacon works better than another.

You’ve decided to invite your favorite food artist on Twitter to be the special guest on your podcast.

You’ll answer all the questions that people have about your wookie design and kitchen, and you’ll also interview the food artist about general tips and tricks to save time while making food art.

The interview goes even better than expected, and now you have plenty of content for a new blog post too!

Don’t forget to embed your podcast.

12. Free Bonus Material for New Opt-In Subscribers

You guessed it!

Now when anyone opts into your email list, they’ll receive a link to your blog post and podcast — which will give them 15 time-saving expert tips to make food designs lickety-split.

13. Ebook

You didn’t even realize this was going to happen…but suddenly you’re an expert on Star Wars food designs.

You have so much content now that it would be nice to consolidate it all in one place.

How about an ebook?

Don’t run and hide!!

Many people are intimidated by the thought of putting together an Ebook, but just remember, you don’t have a deadline so you can take your time with it and have fun!

I recently wrote my first Ebook, and it was a wonderful experience.

Mine was about 18 pages (gDoc), which translates to about a 25 page Ebook (with the design).

You can click over to Fiverr to find the perfect designer who can bring your words to life!

I recommend reading How to Create an Ebook from Start to Finish [+18 Free Ebook Templates].

Conclusion

There you go!

You have now taken a single tweet and repurposed it 13 times.

With each repurpose, you are further establishing yourself as a leader in your industry.

When you add all the social media promotion that goes along with these 13 tactics, you have an entire marketing campaign that will continue to generate website traffic for months after it’s over.

So go choose your most engaging tweet and get to work.

There is all kinds of online goodness waiting for you on the other side!!

(image credit: Carrie Elle)

Post written by Diana Adams and originally found on Post Planner.

The post A Smart Twitter Content Strategy You Need to Use appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>
https://rebekahradice.com/smart-twitter-content-strategy/feed/ 33
11 Steps to the Best Social Media Marketing Campaign https://rebekahradice.com/best-social-media-marketing-campaign/ https://rebekahradice.com/best-social-media-marketing-campaign/#comments Tue, 13 Sep 2016 21:35:28 +0000 https://rebekahradice.com/?p=10334 Times change and so do social media tactics. The social media campaign that worked last year – heck, 6 months ago –  may no longer elicit the same results. People want more. Your audience craves more… …Even demands more. So, what’s the answer? You could pump out content 24/7. You might consider hiring someone to write, post and share […]

The post 11 Steps to the Best Social Media Marketing Campaign appeared first on Rebekah Radice.

]]>

Times change and so do social media tactics.

The social media campaign that worked last year – heck, 6 months ago –  may no longer elicit the same results.

People want more. Your audience craves more…

…Even demands more.

So, what’s the answer?

You could pump out content 24/7. You might consider hiring someone to write, post and share your content.

Or, you could design a customized social media campaign.

Because, let’s face it. It’s no longer enough to identify prospects, find their pain, and present one-off solutions.

To gain the attention of your audience today, you need to run campaigns that speak their unique language.

So where do you begin?

You put a plan in place with this 11 step guide to launching an awesome social media campaign.

11 Steps to the Best Social Media Marketing Campaign

STEP 1: Identify the Struggle (Pain Point) of Your Audience

Before you dive in to creation, it’s crucial to identify the struggle you solve.

Think about it…

You’re a health and diet coach that’s written a report to help readers lose weight.

Sure, you could create a social media campaign that speaks to a general audience, hoping to cast a wider net.

Or, you could create one that speaks to a specific reader,  to the needs of that exact group.

Rather than a generalist, you become known as a specialist.

Someone who’s hyper focused on fixing the issues your audience is facing.

Not only will you build credibility, but position your business as the go-to resource.

That’s the power behind a social media marketing campaign that’s custom designed to:

  • Attract
  • Convert
  • Close
  • Delight

…the exact right audience.

It’s one with a singular purpose and audience in mind.

In the Jobs to Be Done framework, this is the struggling moment.

That situation where your audience:

  • Struggles with an issue
  • Seeks a solution
  • Researches their options
  • Makes a decision to switch

As Chris Spiek on JTBD Radio puts it,

“The struggle is like the seed of innovation. Where people struggle to do something, (it means) they care about it, they want to do something different. There is something being pulled there.”

So before you begin creating a social media campaign, identify your customers struggle.

What’s the challenge they’re facing? Think about the content you can create that becomes the solution.

It’s not as hard as you think and I’ll show you how. Keep reading…

STEP 2:  Assemble Your Team

Before you think about running a social media campaign, first get clear on the role each team member will play.

Whether there’s 1, 2 or 10 of you – an undefined structure leads to a muddled process and mass confusion.

So let’s start at the top and work our way through each role.

More than likely, you’re the marketing stakeholder and architect – the creator of this campaign.

That makes you responsible for the initial:

  • Research (identify the value)
  • Preparation (confirm hypotheses, assumptions, proposed solution)
  • Planning  (implementation, deployment, and tracking of critical success metrics)

Everything necessary for the launch of each new campaign.

I use Google Drive for this. You’ll begin with a brainstorming and research session.

Here you’ll outline all details. Once you’re done, add it into Google Docs and then relay those specifics with Sheets.

Below is an example of what our team at Post Planner looks like.

ROLES / Ownership

  • Architecture: Rebekah
  • New UX/ Major Creative Initiative: Frank
  • Design/ Production: Igor, Darko, Shilja, Henry, Ambreen
  • Development: Darko, Henry
  • Testing: Ashish
  • Copy: Rebekah, Frank, Leeann, Sveta
  • QA: Leeann / Rebekah on final QA

Even if there’s only two of you, make sure you know who does what.

Split up the tasks across a specific period, detail your tasks and then add to your calendar.

STEP 3: Set Your Social Media Campaign Goals

What you do today, lays the foundation for how well your campaigns perform tomorrow.

Specific goals are key to staying on track.

If you want to move your social media campaigns forward, stop creating ambiguous targets.

Not sure where to begin?

Dominique Jackson with Sprout Social suggests that you take stock.

“What are your strengths and weaknesses? If you have a large number of followers, but you’re not getting the social media engagement you’d like, your focus would be generating more activity.

Maybe you’ve joined several Facebook groups but haven’t been active in them. In that case, your goals could center around being more efficient with Facebook groups.

Taking stock of your current position or performing a social media audit will allow you to look back at what you’ve accomplished and help you set goals to get better results.”

Below are goals my team and I set for a recent campaign. What’s the saying? Go big or go home! ?

  1. Achieve 250,000 visits within first 90 days.
  2. Add 10,000 new contacts within first 90 days.
  3. Acquire 500 new customers within first 90 days.

And here’s the current outcome – 2 weeks in. Well on our way…

Now that you know what you’re trying to achieve, it’s time to get smart about implementation.

If you want to succeed with your social media campaign, there’s a lot more to it than preparation.

Overseeing each aspect of your campaign through careful planning is critical.

[clickToTweet tweet=”What you do today, lays the foundation for how your #socialmedia campaign performs tomorrow. ” quote=”What you do today, lays the foundation for how well your social media campaigns perform tomorrow.”]

STEP 4: Find Your Core Topics

This next step will help in every aspect of your content marketing.

Here’s a short version of a process I take each of my clients through…

…Finding the core topics you’ll write and talk about, plus create content around.

Take a moment to determine:

  1. Your core topics (what content aligns with your business)
  2. What you want to have people recognize you for (e.g. social media)
  3. How success will look and feel when you get there

Because you can’t identify what your audience is looking for until you know the value you provide.

Here’s the steps you’ll take to get there:

Step 1: Use tools to find the intent of your audience. (what they’re looking for when searching for you)

Step 2: Take the intent and turn that into your keywords. (what you’ll write content around)

Step 3: Determine how hard it will be to rank for those keywords. (can you get to page 1 of Google or are you fighting an uphill battle)

With goals and benchmarks in sight, you can begin to flesh out the details of the campaign.

STEP 5:  Create an Email Workflow to Nurture Your List

Successfully getting leads from social media is not the end of the process.

You must nurture those leads. You can do this through a series of follow-up emails.

So, your next step is creating email copy for your campaign.

This will become a simple workflow that will keep you in front of your new contacts.

No matter what email marketing system you use:

You’ll want to add 4 important pieces to your social media campaign series.

From here, you can build upon it. Adding extra nurture and consideration emails.

  • Email 1: Welcome
    • This should go out immediately after opt-in. Remind them why they’re receiving it. Then set expectations of what they’ll receive in the future. This should be friendly, informational, and in your tone and voice. Keep it true to you!
  • Email 2: Nurture
    • This is a value add that lets your contact get to know you a little bit better. It could be a blog post, Infographic or free download. Just make sure it’s in line with your social media campaign.
  • Email 3: Consideration
    • The consideration stage is where you can start to introduce your product or service. Give them a taste of how you help and specific features that will guide them in the buying decision.
  • Email 4: Activation
    • Your offer. What’s that next step you’re asking your audience to take?

Add these emails to your workflow and space them out. Just because they’ve opted in, doesn’t mean they want to hear from you everyday.

I suggest a 2-3 day interval to keep them interested, but not ready to click the unsubscribe or spam button.

Two PRO Tips:

1. Start your campaign with a targeted email

Your existing leads should be the first to hear about your new social media campaign.

Kick it off by sending a targeted email to your existing audience.

Get them excited and eager to share the news. Let them evangelize on your behalf.

2. Track the effectiveness of your campaign

Once you’ve kicked off your campaign, it’s time to circle back. Determine which emails have performed and which ones haven’t.

Look at:

  • Delivery rate
  • Open rate
  • Click rate
  • Conversions

STEP 6:  Design Custom Landing Pages

Now the fun begins!

You’re ready to start creating landing pages to present your offer.

You’ll want to write the content for your page first.

Then you’ll come back through and optimize your landing page for SEO.

Finally, you’ll ensure that your page includes a clear value proposition and a call to action.

PART 1: The Copy

  • What is it that you want to offer/sell?
  • Describe the item in detail, but don’t get too wordy.
  • Who specifically does this help? What are they struggling with?
  • What problems will this solve? (list 3-5)
  • How will this make the person/company better? Share how it will improve their lives.
  • How will this satisfy a basic need?
  • How will this increase the quality of their life/business?
  • How will this help them reach their dreams?
  • How is this different from other products/services/tools/training out there?
  • Are there any bonuses you can offer to make this even more irresistible?

PART 2: The Offer

  1. What is the most compelling reason people should take action on your offer?
  2. Is there a way to give a teaser or taste (e.g. one chapter of your book) before commitment?
  3. Describe the item in detail.
  4. What will they INSTANTLY gain from your offer?
  5. Share your personal experience. Why did you create this? What did you learn through the process?
  6. What testimonials or third-party feedback can you provide as proof that your solution works?

PART 3:  The Tools

  • How are you going to sell this item? (Paypal, Shopping Cart, etc)
  • How will you deliver this item to your customer?

STEP 7: Write an Announce Blog Post

Each campaign deserves to get shared, and the best way to do that is through a blog post.

Write a post that introduces your audience to your new campaign.

Make sure the post centers on your campaign keywords and includes the specific long-tail keywords you’re targeting.

Hubspot uses the announce post tactic quite often.

The goal is to:

  • Write a quick post for your readers or anyone with the problem you’re going to solve
  • Optimize that content for people and search engines
  • Make your copy and content natural and attractive to both

STEP 8: Make Use of Video (Live and Recorded)

There’s no doubt about it.

Video is hot, hot, hot.

Creating several videos (produced and live) that support your campaign is a must.

Here’s where to begin:

  1. Take key points from your campaign, break them down into a simple bulleted list.
  2. Show your audience how to do something, make something better, fix their problem.
  3. Usually, 2-3 video scripts is enough. And they do not have to be long and complicated.

Once you’ve created your scripts, it’s time to record your video or go live.

STEP 9:  Get Post Content Ready for Social Media

Social media is one of the best ways to share information about your campaign.

You can use it to raise awareness and promote your offer.

You’ll want to create content for each channel. This should be customized to the social network, including copy and graphics.

Also, think about using paid search and other channels.

And don’t forget to make unique tracking URL’s for your posts.

Use a tool like Bit.ly or Google URL Builder to monitor through UTM parameters.

Not familiar with UTM tracking?

This is the best way for you to see what content is showing up on social and the campaign that sent them there.

It’s a necessary addition to your social media campaign.

Here’s how you do this:

  • Create a unique link for all assets within your campaign.
  • Add the URL to each social media post.
  • Use your tracking URL in your Facebook or Google+ cover with a Call to Action.
  • Use it in your Facebook Call to Action button. Lead fans to your latest campaign.

An easy way to quickly build out your unique link is through RavenTools.

How does this help you?

Your campaign deserves a fighting chance at success.

UTM parameters and unique links give you the insight you need to continuously iterate.

Rather than hoping for an outcome, you predict what your audience is looking for.

STEP 10: Create Graphics for Blog, Email and Social Media

if you want your campaign to stand out on social media, you have to earn the attention of your audience.

And you have to do it in a short amount of time.

That’s where customized graphics for any blog posts, emails and social posts come in.

As Vivek Patel points out.

According to webdam.com, posts that include images pro